Curriculum Faculty of Arts & Social Sciences the Women University

CURRICULUM FACULTY OF ARTS & SOCIAL SCIENCES

THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN CURRICULUM OF HISTORY & PAK STUDIES

BS (4-Year)

THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN

B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 2nd Semester Credit Hours =138

SYLLABUS OF B.S. HISTORY & PAKISTAN.STUDIES B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 1st Semester Credit Hours =138

Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours ENG-101 English-I (Functional) 03 ISL-101 Islamic studies 03 COMP-101 Basic Computer -I 01 HPS-101 Introduction to History 03 HPS-102 Pre-Prophetic Period & Pious Caliphate(517-661 A.D) 03 HPS-103 History of Freedom Movement (1857-1947 A.D ) 03 HPS-104 History of Saffavids (1501-1786 ) 03 Total 19 Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours ENG-102 English-II 03 PAKS-101 Pakistan Studies 03 COMP-102 Basic Computer -II 01 HPS-151 Research Methodology 03 HPS-152 History of Ancient Civilizations 03 HPS-153 History of Pakistan (1947-2008 A.D ) 03 HPS-154 History of Islamic Art & Architecture 03 Total 19 B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 3rdSemester Credit Hours =138 Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours

ENG-201 English-III 03 URD-101 Urdu(Functional ) 03 COMS-201 Communication skills 01 HPS-201 History of Umayyad and Abbasids (661-1258 A.D) 03 HPS-202 Muslim Rule in South Asia (711-1526 A.D) 03 HPS-203 History of Modern Muslim world (1919-1945) 03 HPS-204 History of Religious thoughts in Islam 03 Total 19

B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 4th Semester Credit Hours =138 Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours ENG-202 English-IV 03 PUNJ-101 Regional Language (Punjabi) 03 COMS-202 Communication skills 01 HPS-251 Muslim Rule in South Asia (1526-1707 A.D) 03 HPS-252 History of Europe (1453-1789 A.D) 03 HPS-253 History of modern Arab world –I (1919-1945 AD) 03 HPS-254 History of modern Arab world –II (1945-1992AD) 03 Total 19 B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 5th Semester Credit Hours =138 Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours HPS-301 Historiography 03 HPS-302 History of Europe (1789-1919 A.D) 03 HPS-303 Muslim rule in Spain (755-1492) 03 HPS-304 History of the Ottomans 03 HPS-305 Cultural Heritage of Pakistan 03 Per/Arab/Turk-101 Persian/Arabic/ Turkish 02 Total 17 B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 6th Semester Credit Hours =138 Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours HPS-351 Life and teachings of Prophet Muhammad (S.A.W) (571-632) 03 HPS-352 History of Ancient India 03 HPS-353 History of The Mughals 03 HPS-354 British administration and constitutional development in India 03 (1858-1947) HPS-355 Indus Valley Civilization 03 Total 15

B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 7th Semester Credit Hours =138 Course Code Name Of Subject Credits Hours HPS-401 History of Sufism 03 HPS-402 History of Muslim contribution to science 03 HPS-403 Muslim political thought in South Asia 03 HPS-404 Constitutional History of Pakistan (1947-2008) 03 HPS-405 Folks, Art and Crafts 03 Total 15

B.S. History & Pakistan Studies 8th Semester Credit Hours =138 Course Code Name of subject Credits Hours HPS-451 Research Project +Comprehensive Viva -Voce 15

DETAILS OF THE COURSES Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 1st Semester HPS-101 Introduction to History 3 Credit Hours Course Content: 1. What is History? 2. Nature and scope of History 3. Benefits of History :History as a corrective force ;History as a repetitive force 4. Branch of History (Political ,cultural, social, economic) 5. Relationship of History with other social sciences 6. Causation 7. Objectivity and subjectivity 8. Classification of History :Narrative History, scientific History ,Philosophy of History ,Future History Suggested Readings: 1. Bernard Cohn. An Anthropologist among Historians and other Essay ,Oxford University Press,1988 2. Caroline Steedman. Dust :The Archive and Cultural History ,Manchester University Press ,2002 3. Carlo,Ginzburg .Clues.Myths,and the Historical Method, John Hopkins :University Press,1992 4. Carr, E.H., What is History? Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1961. 5. Collingwood, R.G. The Idea of History .Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1978. 6. G.W.G.Hegel .Elements of the Philosophy of Right. Cambridge University Press, 1991. 7. Gertrude Himmalfarb. The New History and the Old, Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1987. 8. Govranski. History Meaning and Method, USA, 1969. 9. Johan Stuart Mill .On Liberty and Other Essay, Oxford University Press, 2008. 10. Qureshi, Muhammad Aslam.A Study of Historiography. Lahore: Pakistan Book Center, Latest Edition. 11. Peter Burke. Varieties of Cultural History, Cornell University Press, 1977. 12. Ranjit Guha. The Small Voice of History, Delhi: Permanent Black, Delhi, 2010. 13. Stern Fritz. Varieties of History: from Voltaire to the Present, vintage, 2nd Edition 1975. Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 1st Semester HPS-102 Pre-Prophatic Period & Pious Caliphate (517-661 A.D) 3 Credit Hours Course Content 1. Pre –Islamic Arabia. Geographical, Socio Economic and Religious conditions of Pre- Islamic Arabia, especially the City State of Makkah. 2. The Holy Prophet (S.A.W)(517-632AD) Early Life of the Prophet, Prophet –hood and Preaching of Islam, Response of the Society, Migration to Ethiopia and Medina,Socio-economic and cultural conditions in Madinah ,contributions of Ansar and their ‘Brotherhood’ ,Charter of Madinah ,wars with Quraysh,(Battles of Badr,Uhd and Ahzab),Peace Accord of Hudaybia, Prophet’s letters to the various rulers ,conquest of Makkah, Battle of Hunayn ,spread of Islam in central Arabia, Tubuk Expedition ,Prophet’s last pilgrimage and the significance of the last sermon ,Life and achievements as a Prophet and statesman .Role and contribution of Ashab-i- suffah. 3. HazratAbu Bakr Siddique (R.A) (632-634 AD) Early life and sacrifices for the cause of Islam, his Election as caliph; Movements of Apostasy, rise of false prophets ,the refusal of zakat payment ,consolidation of Centre, Conquest of Iraq ,relations with Iran ,Syria ,and Byzantine, Compilation of Quran, his character and achievements . 4. Hazrat Umar Farooq (R.A)(634-644 AD) His early life and acceptance of Islam ,his services to the cause of Islam, his role during the Caliphate of Abu Bakr,Umar’s nomination as Caliph ,conquests of Iran , Syria, Palestine,Egypt,Azerbaijan and Armenia, Expansion of Muslim power ,Reforms and administration, development of Muslim institutions and the projects of public welfare, his character and achievements. 5. Hazrat Uthman Ghana (R.A) (644-656 AD) Early life ,acceptance of Islam, his role during the life time of the Prophet, Abu Bakr and Umar, his election as Caliph, Conquest of North Africa, Cyprus, Tabaristan, Tukharistan and Makran,the Sabite Movement, opposition of Uthman. His martyrdom and its consequences, his services to the cause of Islam, Compilation and codification of Quran, his character and achievements. 6. Hazrat Ali Karam Allah Wajho(656-661 AD) Early life ,his role during the life time of the Prophet ,Abu Bakr, Umar and Uthman, Hazrat Alias Caliph ,Battle of the Camel ,Battle of Siffin, emergence of the Kharijites, Battle of Nahrawan, Hazrat Ali’s martyrdom, his character and achievements. Nomination of Imam Hasan as Caliph and his abdication. 7. Administration and Structure of Government under the Pious Caliphate Administrative ,financial and judicial System under the Pious Caliphs ,Status of the Dhimmis and the Mawalis ,social life of the Muslims, and salient features of the Khalifat-i-Rashida Suggested Readings: 1. Ali, Syed Ameer, History of the Saracens, Lahore: Sang-i-Meel Publishers, 1985 2. Ali, Syed Ameer, and The Spirit of Islam, Lahore: Sang –i-Meel Publishers, 1985. 3. Cambridge History of Islam, Eds.P.M.Holt, Ann K.S.Lambton and Bernard Lewis, Cambridge: Cambridge university Press, 1970(Relevant Chapters). 4. Haq Mazhur –ul ,A Short History of Islam ,Lahore ,Latest edition . 5. Hitti, Philip K, History of the Arabs,10th edn ,London,1974. 6. Hamidullah, the Muslim Conduct of State, Lahore: 1977. 7. Holt,P.M. Cambridge History of Islam.Cambridge,1970 8. Hourani, Albert, History of the Arab Peoples, 1992. 9. Hussaini, S.A.Q.Arab Administration, Latest Edition. 10. Hussaini,S.A.Q.Constitution of the Arab Empire, Lahore 11. Ibn-e- Hisham,Seerat-un-Nabi Kamil,tr.Maulana Abdul Jaleel Siddiqi, Lahore, 1979.(Urdu) 12. Ibn Jarir,Abi Jaffar Mohammad ,TAREEKH-E-Tibri,tr,Mohhammad Ibrahim Nadvi, Karachi,1982.(Urdu) 13. Ibn-i-Ishaq, Sirat-ul –Nabi. 14. Khan, Majid ali, Muhammad: The Final Messenger, Lahore, 1983. 15. Lings, Martin, Muhammad: His Life based on the earliest sources, Lahore .1983 16. Muir,William ,Annals of the Early Caliphate, London,1983. 17. M uir,William .The Caliphate,Its Rise,Decline and Fall.Beirut,1963. 18. Nadvi,Shah Moeen-ud-Din Ahmad Tareekh-i-Islamk.Vol-I,Islamabad,1975(Urdu) 19. Naumani Maulana Shibli;Seerat-un –Nabi.Lahore ,Vol-I,1975.(Urdu) 20. Shaban,M.A,Abbaside Revolution.Cambridge :Cambridge University Press,1970. 21. Shaban ,M.A Islamic History :A New Interpreation,Cambridge :Cambridge University Press,1976. 22. Siddiqui,Abdul Hameed,The Life of Muhammad (SAW).Lahore ,1981. 23. SiddiqiAmir Hassan ,The Origin and Development of Muslim Institutions ,Karachi:1969. 24. Siddiqi,Mazharuddin,Development of Islamic State and Society .Lahore 1956.

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 1st Semester HPS-103 History of Freedom Movement (1857-1947 AD) 3 Credit Hours Course Content: 1. The Arrival of the Europeans and the Rise of British Rule in India 2. The Uprising of 1857 and its impact on the Indians 3. The Rise of Indian Nationalism and the Creation of Indian National Congress 4. Hindu Revivalist Movements, Hindi-Urdu Controversy 5. Condition of the Muslim community after 1857and the rise of Muslim Nationalism. 6. Aligarh Movement and its social ,Political and religious contributions .Sir Syed Ahmad Khan and his services .Mohsin –ul- Mulk,Waqar –ul –Mulk and Syed Amir Ali. 7. Parallel Movements to Aligarh:Deoband ,Nadwat-ul –Ulama 8. Partition of Bengal 1905 9. Simla Deputation and the Creation of all India Muslim League 10. Indian Councils Act o 1909 11. Lucknow Pact 1916 and the Government of India Act 1919 12. Khilafat & Hijrat Movements and their effects on the Muslims of India 13. The Indian Constitutional Problem and efforts for its Solution :Simon Commission,Nehru Report ,Jinnah ‘s Fourteen Points . 14. Political Philosophy of Iqbal and his Allahabad Address 15. Three Sessions of the Round Table Conference,Gandhi –Irwin Pact.Communal Award 1932,Poona Pact and the Government of India Act1935 16. Elections of 1937and Congress Rule in the Provinces 17. Genesis of the Idea of Pakistan 18. Lahore Resolution 1940. 19. Cripps and Cabinet Mission Plans 20. Transfer of Power (3rd june Plan )and Partition 21. The Radcliffe Boundary Commission Award 22. Controversy about the Governor –General ship of Pakistan and its effects on the Partition Process. Suggested Readings: 1. Abdul Hamid .Muslim Separatism in India .Karachi :Oxford University Press,1967. 2. Aziz ,K.K .The Making of Pakistan :A Study in Nationalism .Islambad :National Book Foundation,1976. 3. Bos ,Sugata ,and Ayesha Jalal .Modern South Asia :History .Culture ,Political Economy .Lahore :Sang- e0-Meel Publications ,1998. 4. Chand ,Tara .History of the Freedom Movement in India .Vols .I.IV.Lahore :Book Traders ,1972. 5. Chandra, Bipan.et.al.Indian ‘s Struggle for Independence 1857-1947. New Delhi:Penguin Books ,1989. 6. Embree,Ainslie T.India ,s Search for National Identity .Delhi:Chanakya Publications,1980. 7. Ghose ,Sankar Socialism. Democracy and Nationalism in India .Bombay:AlliedPublishers,1973 8. Hayat, Sikandar .Aspects of the Pakistan Movement. Islamabad: National Institute of Historical and Cultural Research, 1998. 9. Nehru, Jawaharlal .The Discovery of India .New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1981. 10.Qureshi, Ishtiaq Hussain .The Struggle for Pakistan .Karachi: University of Karachi 1974. 11. Roberts ,P.E.History of British India .London :Oxford University Press ,1952 12. Sayeed,Khalid B.Pakistan :The Formative Phase ,1857-1948.Karachi Oxford University Press,1998. 13. Seal ,Ani .The emergence of Indian Nationalism :Competition and Collaboration in TheLater Nineteenth Century .Cambridge :Cambridge University Press,1968. 14. Smithy,Vincent A. The Oxford History of India .Karachi :Oxford University Press ,1983.(BookVII,VIII,IX and X) 15. Suntharalingam, R .Indian Nationalism: An Historical Analysis .New Delhi:Vikas Publishing House Pvt.Ltd, 1983. 16. Talbot .Lan.Provincial Politics and the Pakistan Movement: The Growth of the Muslim League in North –West and North East India, 1937-47.Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1988. 17. Waheed –uz –Zaman.Towards Pakistan .Lahore: Publishers United, 1978. 18. Wolpert, Stanley .A New History of India .New York: Oxford University Press. 1997.(Chapters 13to22) 19. Zacharias, H.C.E. Renascent India Form Rammohan Roy to Mohandas Gandhi. London: George Allen & unwin Ltd 1933 20. Bhutto Mumtaz Dr.Sindh Ji Seyasi Tareekh 1843 to 1947 zaki publication ,Karachi 1992.

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 1st Semester HPS-104 History of Saffavids (1501-1786) 3 Credit Hours Course Content: Foundation of the Dynasty by Shah Ismail Other Rulers and their Achievements Later Saffavids 1732-1786 Religious Life under the Saffavids: Society and Culture under the Saffavids Ottoman-Saffavid Relations Afghan –Mughal Relations with Safavid Recommended Readings: 1.Lockhart, Laurence ,The fall of the Safavi Dynsty and the Afghan Occupation of Persia ,Cambridge ,1958. 2.Roemer,H.R.(1986).The Safavid Period”.The Cambridge History of Iran,vol.6:The Timurid and Safavid Periods.Cambridge :Cambridge university Press. 3.Richard Tapper.”Shahsevan in Safavid Persia”,Bulletin of the School of oriental and African Studies ,university of London ,vol 37,No 3,1974. 4.Lawrence Davidson ,Arthur Goldschmid,A Concise History of the Middle East,Westview Press ,2006. 5.Mottahedeh,Roy,The Mantle of the Prophet:Religion and Politics in Iran,One World ,Oxford,1985,2000.

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 1st Semester COMP-101 Basic Computer -I 01 Credit Hours Course Content:

1-Basic Definitions & Concepts, 2-Hardware :Computer Systems & Components. 3-Storage Devices, 4- Number Systems, 5-Software: Operating Systems, 6-Programming and Application Software, 7- Introduction to Programming, Suggested Readings: 1. Introduction to Computers 6th International Edition, Peter, N. McGraw-Hill 2. Using Information Technology: A Practical Introduction to Computer & Communications, 6th Edition. Williams, S. McGraw-Hills. 3. Computers, Communications & information: A user's introduction, Sarah, E. Hutchinson. Stacey, C. Swayer. 4. Fundamentals of Information Technology, Alexis L Mathewsleon Leon Press. Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 1st Semester ENG-101 English –I (Functional) 3 Credit Hours 1-Basics of Grammar 2-Parts of speech and use of articles 3-Sentence structure, active and passive voice 4-Practice in unified sentence 5-Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure 6-Transitive and intransitive verbs 7-Punctuation and spelling 8-Comprehension Answers to questions on a given text 9-Discussion General topics and every-day conversation (topics for discussion to be at the discretion of the teacher keeping in view the level of students) 10-Listening To be improved by showing documentaries/films carefully selected by subject teachers 11-Translation skills 12-Urdu to English 13-Paragraph writing Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher 14-Presentation skills Introduction Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building

Recommended books:

1. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercises 1. Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492 2. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506 58 3. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993.ISBN 0 19 435405 7 Pages 20-27and35- 41. 4. Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2.

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 1st Semester ISL-101 Islamic Studies 3 Credit Hours Objectives: This course is aimed at: 1 To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies 2 To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization 3 To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships 4 To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious life. Detail of Courses: Introduction to Quranic Studies 1) Basic Concepts of Quran 2) History of Quran 3) Uloom-ul -Quran Study of Selected Text of Holy Quran 1) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith(Verse No-284-286) 2) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No-1-18) 3) Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No-1-11) 4) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No.63-77) 5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam(Verse No-152-154) Study of Selected Text of Holy Quran 1) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No.6,21,40,56,57,58.) 2) Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18,19,20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment 3) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar,Tadabar (Verse No-1,14)

Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) I 1) Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah ( Before Prophet Hood) 2) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah 3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Makkah Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) II 1) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina 2) Important Events of Life Holy Prophet in Madina 3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina Introduction To Sunnah 1) Basic Concepts of Hadith 2) History of Hadith 3) Kinds of Hadith 4) Uloom –ul-Hadith 5) Sunnah & Hadith 6) Legal Position of Sunnah Selected Study from Text of Hadith Introduction to Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 2) History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 3) Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 4) Nature of Differences in Islamic Law 5) Islam and Sectarianism Islamic Culture & Civilization 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization 2) Historical Development of Islamic Culture & Civilization 3) Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization 4) Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary Issues Islam & Science 1) Basic Concepts of Islam & Science 2) Contributions of Muslims in the Development of Science 3) Quran & Science

Islamic Economic System 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System 2) Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics 3) Islamic Concept of Riba 4) Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce Political System of Islam 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System 2) Islamic Concept of Sovereignty 3) Basic Institutions of Govt. in Islam Islamic History 1) Period of Khlaft-E-Rashida 2) Period of Ummayyads 3) Period of Abbasids Social System of Islam 1) Basic Concepts Of Social System Of Islam 2) Elements Of Family 3) Ethical Values Of Islam Reference Books: 1) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam” , IRI, Islamabad 2) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State” 3) Hameed ullah Muhammad, ‘Introduction to Islam 4) Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi,” 5) Hussain Hamid Hassan, “An Introduction to the Study of Islamic Law” leaf Publication Islamabad, Pakistan. 6) Ahmad Hasan, “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research Institute, International Islamic University, Islamabad (1993) 7) Mir Waliullah, “Muslim Jurisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes” Islamic Book Service (1982) 8) H.S. Bhatia, “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep & Deep Publications New Delhi (1989) 9) Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” Allama Iqbal Open University, Islamabad (2001)

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 2nd Semester COMP-102 Basic Computer -II 01 Credit Hours Course Content:

1-Databases and Information Systems, 2- Networks, 3-Data Communication, 4-The Internet, 5-Browsers and Search Engines, 6-The Internet: Email, Collaborative Computing and Social Networking, 7-The Internet: E-Commerce, 8- IT Security and other issues, 9- Project Week, 10- Review Week Suggested Readings: 1. Introduction to Computers 6th International Edition, Peter, N. McGraw-Hill 2. Using Information Technology: A Practical Introduction to Computer & Communications, 6th Edition. Williams, S. McGraw-Hills. 3. Computers, Communications & information: A user's introduction, Sarah, E. Hutchinson. Stacey, C. Swayer. 4. Fundamentals of Information Technology, Alexis L Mathewsleon Leon Press.

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 2nd Semester

ENG-102 English -II 3 Credit Hours 1-Paragraph writing Practice in writing a good, unified and coherent paragraph 2-Essay writing Introduction 3-CV and job application Translation skills Urdu to English 4-Study skills Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading, summary and précis writing and comprehension 5-Academic skills Letter/memo writing, minutes of meetings, use of library and internet 6-Presentation skills Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation) Note: documentaries to be shown for discussion and review Communication Skills a) Grammar Recommended books: 1. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third Edition. Oxford University Press 1986. ISBN 0 19 431350 6. 2. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Chrisitine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 019 435405 7 Pages 45-53 (note taking). 3. Writing. Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 435406 5 (particularly good for writing memos, introduction to presentations, descriptive and argumentative writing). 4. Reading. Advanced. Brian Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1991. ISBN 0 19 453403 0. 5. Reading and Study Skills by John Langan 6. Study Skills by Riachard York.

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 2nd Semester

HPS-151 Research Methodology 3 Credit Hours Course Content: Historical Research: An introduction Definition and significance Objectivity &subjectivity in historical research Sources of historical Research Nature of historical documents Kinds of Historical documents Formal and informal documents Official and Non official documents Research process Identification of a problem Review of literature Research design Data collection Data analysis Writing the research paper Techniques of Research Qualitative Research Quantitative Research Acknowledgement & documentation Turabian manual for writing Questionnaire Bibliography Suggested Readings: 1. Gay, L.R.Educational Research: competencies for Analysis and Application, New Jersey: Prentice hall Inc, Latest Edition. 2. Kumar, Ranjit .Research Methodology: Step by Step Guide for Beginners London: Sage Publication Latest Edition. 3. Langlois, ch.v.and ch.seignobos .Introduction to the Study of History, New York Barnes, Latest Edition. 4. Majumdar, P.K Research Methods in social Sciences .New Delhi Viva Books Latest Edition. 5. Pathan G.M,Tahqeeq jo- Fun ,sindhi:university of Sindh (Jamshoro),1984 6. Qadir, Khurram, Tarekh Naweesi (Urdu), Lahore Sang –e-Meel Publishers. 7. Research Methodology: An Anthology Islamabad: National Books Foundation, Latest Edition. 8. Roberta H.Markman, PeterT.Markman, Marie L.Waddell; Ten Steps to Research, Barron’s Sixth Edition. 9. Robinson, chare, F.Islamic Historiography. London: Cambridge University Press, Latest Edition. 10. Williams, Robert C.The Historian’s Toolbox: A student Guide to the Theory and craft of History, New York: M.E.Sharpe, Latest Edition. 11. Zina, o Leary, The Essential Guide to Doing Research .united kingdom: sage pub Co 2004.

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 2nd Semester HPS-152 History of Ancient Civilizations 3 Credit Hours Course Content:

1. Indus Valley Civilization 2. Mesopotamian Civilization 3. Egyptian Civilization 4. Ancient China 5. Ancient Greece (Hellenic) 6. Roman Civilization. Suggested Readings: 1. Burkitt, M.c.our Early Ancestors.Cambridge:1929. 2. Burns, E.M.and Ralph.P.L.World Civilizations, Latest Edition 3. Cary, C.A.History of the Greek World: From 323 to 146 BC. London: 1959 4. Durant, Will. The Life of Greece. New York: 1939. 5. Easton, Stewart C.The Heritage of the past: Earliest Time to 1500.USA:1970. 6. Frankfort, Henri.The Art and Architecture of the Ancient Orient .London:1958. 7. Gibb, H.A.R., Studies on the Civilization of Islam, Ed.Stanford j.Slaw, London, 1962. 8. Graig, A.M. The Heritage of Word Civilizations, II Vols, New York, 1986. 9. Kosambi, D.D .The Culture and Civilization in Ancient India: An Historical Outline, New Delhi, 1982. 10. Martin Whiller, Five Thousand Years of Pakistan. 11. Masson-Oursel, Paul HD will man Grabowska.Philippe Stern. Ancient India and Indian Civilization. London: 1951. 12. Reither, j., World History: A Brief Introduction, 1973. 13. Roberts, J. M. Huntington, World History, Latest Edition. 14. Sabt-i-Hasan, Pakistan Main Tahzeeb Ka Irtiqa (Urdu) 15. Tannebaum, Edward R.A History of World Civilization. USA: 1973. 16. Toynbee, Arnold J. Hellenism: The History of a Civilization. Oxford: 1959. 17. Wallbank, T. W .and A.M Taylor, Civilization: Past and Present, Vol.1, 3rd Ed., Chicago, 1954. Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 2nd Semester HPS-153 History of Pakistan (1947 -2008 A.D) 3 Credit Hours Course Content: Pakistan: A Course Profile Quaid-e-Azam as Governor General & the Early Problems of Pakistan Constitution Making First Constitutional Assembly (1947-54) Basic Principles Committee Objective Resolution Issue of Representation and Parity between East &West Pakistan Language Issue Provincial Autonomy Dissolution of the First Constituent Assembly Second Constituent Assembly (1954-56) Formation of One Unit as the basis of parity between East & West Pakistan. Constitution of 1956 and disruption of Parliamentary democracy. Gen. Ayub Khan’s Regime (1958-1969) Reforms Constitution of 1962 29 Basic Democracy War of 1965 Tashkent Pact Gen Yahya Khan’s Regime (1969-1971) LFO and Election of 1970 Post-Election Crisis The War of 1971 Separation of East-Pakistan Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto Era (1971-1977) Socio- Political, Religious and Economic Reforms Constitution of 1973 Election of 1977 and its consequence Zia-ul-Haq Regime (1977-1988) Islamization Constitutional Amendments Controlled Democracy Election on Non Party - Basis Junejo as Prime Minister Soviet Invasion in Afghanistan and its Impact on Pakistan Elections of 1988 Democracy and Frequent Change of Government (1989-1999) Mohtarma Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Shareef. Gen.Parvaiz Musharraf Era (1999-2008) Foreign Policies of Pakistan Determinants and Objectives of Pakistan’s Foreign Policy Pre-Cold War Foreign Policy Post-Cold War Foreign Policy Pakistan, s Foreign Policy towards its Neighbors Suggested Readings: 1. Ahmad, Justice (Rtd) Masud. Pakistan: A Study of its Constitutional History 1857-1975. (Lahore: 1983). 2. Ahmad, Mushtaq.Pakistan, s Foreign Policy 3. Ahmar, Moonis, Ed., the World after September 11: Challenges and Opportunities, (Karachi, 2003). 4. Afzal, M .Rafique, Political Parties in Pakistan, 1947-69, 2 vols, (Islamabad: 1986). 5. Ali, Mehrunissa. Reading in Pakistan’s Foreign Policy, 1971-1998. (Karachi: 2001). 6. Andrew , W.P. The Indus and its Provinces, Their Political and Commercial Importance 7. Anwar, Syed. Pakistan:Islam,Politics and National Solidarity.(Lahore:1984). 8. Burki, Shahid Javed , Pakistan under Bhutto 1971-77.(Hong Kong:1988). 9. Burke, S.M; Pakistan,s Foreign Policy: An Historical Analysis.(Oxford:1969). 10.Burke,S.M., Main Springs of India and Pakistan foreign Policy. 11.Binder, Leonard, Religion and Politics in Pakistan,(Los Angeles:1963). 12.Callard ,Keith., Pakistan :A Political Study.(New York:1957). 13.Chaudhry ,G.M.,Strategic Dimensions of Pakistan Foreign Policy .(Lahore:1989). 30 14.Chaudhry , GW.,Constitutional Developments in Pakistan. (London:1963). 15.Chaudhry Muhammad Ali , The Emergence of Pakistan,(Lahore:1967) 16.Chaudhry Muhammad Ali, The Task Before Us ,(Lahore:1974). 17.Feldman Herbert. The End & the Beginning,Pakistan:1969-71.(Karachi:1976). 18.Gauhar Altaf ,Ayub Khan :Pakistan,s First Military Rule ,(Lahore ,1994). 19.Khan, Muhammad Ayub,Friends Not Masters ,A Political Autobiography,(Karachi:1967). 20.Khan, Mohammad Ayub.Pakistan,s Relations with the Soviet Union 1947-79: Constraints & compulsions. (Karachi:1988). 21.Khan ,Hamid, Constitutional and Political History of Pakistan. Karachi: Oxford University Press , 2005. 22.Khalid Bin Saeed,. Political System of Pakistan. (Bostan:1967). 23.Lifschultz, L.,Bangladesh: The Unfinished Revolution,(London:1977). 24.Mahmood , Safdar , Pakistan Muslim League Ka Dour Hukumat (urdu),(Lahore:1973). 25.McGrath , Allen, The Destruction of Pakistan,s Democracy , (Karachi:1996). 26.Munir , Justice Muhammad , From Jinnah to Zia, (Lahore:1979). 27.Niazi , Kausar , Last Days of Premier Bhutto ,(Lahore:1991). 28.Noon , Firoz Khan , From Memory , (Islamabad:1993). 29.Nur Ahmed , S. (Edit . Baxter Craig), From Martial Law to Martial Law , Politics in the Punjab 1919-1959 , (Lahore: 1985). 30.Rizvi , Hassan Askari. Military and Politics in Pakistan 1947-1997. (Lahore: Sang e Meel , Publications:1998). 31.Safdar Mehmood , Pakistan Divided , (Lahore:1984). 32.Sayeed , K.B., Politics in Pakistan, The Nature and Direction of Change , (New York:1980). 33.Shahi, Agha. Pakistan,s Foreign Policy: An Appraisal. (Lahore:1977). 34. Tlbot, lan , Provincial Politics and Pakistan Movement, The Growth of the M.L. in North, 35.Waseem, M. Pakistan under Martial Law :1977-85.(Lahore:1987). 36.Weiss, Anita M.M.,Ed., Islamic Reassertion in Pakistan .(Lahore:1987). 37.Wolpert, Stanley, Zulfi Bhutto of Pakistan , His Life and Times, (New York:1993). 38.Zaheer, Hasan, The Separation of East Pakistan, The Rise and realisation of Bengali Muslim Nationalism,(Karachi:1994). 39.Ziring, Lawrence.The Ayub Khan Era :Politics in Pakistan . (New York:1971). 40. Ziring, Lawrence, Pakistan , The Enigma of Political Development, (London:1980). 41. Zuberi, Musarrat Hussain, Voyage Through History, 2 Vols, (Karachi: 1987). 42. Zuberi , Musarrat Hussain , Pakistan in 20th century . (Karachi:Oxford University Press,2000). Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 2nd Semester HPS-154 History of Islamic Art & Architecture 3 credit hours Course Content: A. History of the Islamic Ceramics 1. Early Islamic Period Umayyad and early Abbasid wares of Mesopotamia Pottery of Banbhore & al-Mansurah, Pakistan Lustre Painted Pottery of the Fatimid period Slip-Painted pottery of Iran Central Asia and Afghanistan 2. The Mediaeval Islamic Period Sgrafiatto wares of Iran Seljuq Fine wares of Iran Seljuq Pottery of Anatolia Pottery of Raqqa and Rusafah (Iran) Minai and Lajvardina Painted Wares of Persia 3. The Later Islamic Period Pottery of Iran in II-Khanids and Timurid times Pottery of Mamluk period in Egypt and Syria Pottery of the Safavid and Qajar periods in Iran Pottery of the Ottoman period in Anatolia 4. Contemporary Ceramics Traditional Pottery of Sindh , Multan and Bahawalpure B. History of the Islamic Arts 1. Arts of the Book Calligraphy: The Arabic Script during the Early Islamic Days and its Use in Calligraphy Book Binding : Book Format in the Early Islamic Period , its development and the Islamic Contribution to the Arts of the Book Page Illumination : Earliest Use of colour and gold in the Quran and its gradual development 2. The Zenith Period of the Arts of the Book Patronage of the II-Khanid Rulers in Persia Patronage of the Mamluk Rulers in Egypt and North Africa Patronage of the Timurid Rulers in Transoxiana and Persia Patronage of the Ottoman Rulers in Anatolia towards the Arts of the Book 3. History of the Miniature Painting Timurid School of Arts Ottoman School of Arts Safavid School of Arts Mughal School of Arts C. History of Islamic Architecture 1. Architecture of the Umayyad Dynasty Architecture of Arabia , Syria & Spain 2. Architecture of the Abbasid Dynasty Architecture of Arabia , Syria , Iraq and Persia 3. Architecture of the Tulunids Architecture of Egypt and Syria 4. Architecture of the Fatimids Architecture of North Africa , Egypt and Syria 5. Architecture of the II-Khanids Architecture of Persia 1. Architecture of the Timurids Architecture of Transoxiana and Persia 7. Architecture of the Savavids Architecture of Persia 8. Architecture of the Delhi Sultanate Architecture of Multan, Uchch, Thatta / Makli Hills & Delhi 9. Architecture of the Mughal Architecture of Peshawar, Lahore , Thatta , Delhi, Fatehpur Sikri and Agra Suggested Readings: 1. Atil, E., Art of the Arab World, Washington,D. C. Smithsonian Institution, 1973. 44 2. Brown, Percy, Indian Architecture,(Islamic Period) 7th rpt. Of the 1956 Ed., (Bombay:1981). 3. Burckhardt, T. Arts of Islamic: Language and Meaning. London: World of Islam Festival Trust Publishing.1976. 4. Creswell, K. A. C., Early Muslim Architecture, 2 vols. (Oxford :1958, Revised by James Allen :1989). 5. Ettinghausen , R.& Grabar, O., The Art and Architecture of Islam 650-1250, (Harmondsworth: 1987). 6. Fehervari, G., Islamic Pottery 800-1400 A. D, Exhibition in the Victoria and Albert Museum, (London 1969) 7. Grabar, O., The Formation of Islamic Art, (New Heaven: 1988). 8. Hussain Mahmood , Abdul Rehman and James L. Wescoat jr., The Mughal Garden: Interpretation , Conservation and Implications , (Lahore: 1996). 9. Koch, Ebba, Mughal Architecture, History of Development, 1526-1858, (Munich: 1991). 10. Piotrovsky Mikhail B., Art of Islam :Earthly Beauty, Heavenly Art (London: 1999). 11. Pope, A. U., An Introduction to Persian Art (Connecticut: 1972). 12. Pope Arthur Upham, Persian Architecture, (Kobe: 1969). 13. Rajput S.A, History of Islamic Art based on al -Mansurah Evidence,(Lhore:2008).

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 2nd Semester PAKS-101 Pakistan Studies 3 Credit Hours Objectives:  To develop vision of historical background with ideological perspective as well as government and politics of contemporary Pakistan.  To study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and posing challenges to Pakistan. Course Outline: (Mid Term) 1- Historical Background: a- Ideological rational with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmad Khan, Allama Muhammad Iqbal and Quaid-e-azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah b- Factors leading the Muslim separation: I. Aligarh Movement II. All India Muslim League III. Lucknow Pact 1916 IV. Khilafat Movement V. Nehru Report VI. Fourteen Points of Quaid-e-Azam VII. Allahabad Address VIII. Congress Ministries IX. Lahore Resolution X. Cabinet Mission Plan XI. Third June Plan XII. Independence Act c- Location and Geo-Strategic importance of Pakistan Final Term 2- Government and Politics in Pakistan, Political and Constitutional Development a- 1947-1958 I. Objective Resolution II. Salient features of Constitution of 1956 III. Causes of failure of Parliamentary Democracy in Pakistan b- 1958-1971 I. Ayub Khan’s Reforms II. Salient Features of Constitution of 1962 III. 1970s Elections, LFO IV. Causes of Separation of East Pakistan c- 1971-77 I. Bhutto’s Reforms II. Salient features of 1973s Constitution d- 1977-1988 I. Zia’s Islamization II. 8th Amendment e- 1988-1999 I. Political and Constitutional Development in Pakistan f- 1999 to the Present 3- Foreign Policy of Pakistan and Challenges 4- Social Problems of Pakistan Recommended Books 1. M. R Kazmi, Pakistan Studies, Oxford University press, 2007 2. M. Ikram Rabbani, Comprehensive Pakistan Studies, Carvab Publishers, Lahore, 2011. 3. Dr. Asmat Naz, Fakhra Jabeen, Pakistan Studies Compulsory for BS 4 Years, Taleemi Academy Publishers, Lahore, 1st Edition, 2015. 4. Khalid Bin Saeed, The Political System of Pakistan, Houghton Mifflin, Boston, 1967 5. Afzal M. Rafiq, Pollitical Parties in Pakistan (Vol. I-II-III), National Institute of Historical and Cultural Research, Islamabad,1998 6. Shahid Javed Burki, State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd., 1980. 7. S. Akbar Zaidi, Issues in Pakistan’s Economy, Oxford University Press, Karachi, 2000 8. S. M. Burki & Lawrence Ziring, Pakistan’ s Foreign Policy, Oxford University press, Karachi, 1993 9. Safdar Mahmood, Pakistan Kayyun Toota, Jang Publishers, Lahore, 2002 10. K. K. Aziz, Party & Politics in Pakistan, National Commission on Historical and Cultural Research, Islamabad, 1976 Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 3rd Semester HPS-201 History of Umayyads and Abbasids (661-1258 A.D) 3 Credit Hours Course Content

1.Amir Muawiyah (661-680 AD) Consolidation of Umayyad Rule ,His career and character. 2.Yazid bin Muawiya (680-683 AD) CONFLICT WITH Hazrat Imam Hussain,Tragedy of Karbala,its effects and significance in the history of Islam ,career and character of Yazid. 3.Marwan bin Hakam (683-685AD ) Accession of Marwan , Battle of Marj –e Rahat ,consolidation of his rule,character and policies. 4.Abdul Malik bin Marwan (685-705 AD) His accession,Abdul Malik as real founder of Umayyad Dynasty .His administrative policies and reforms ,vocalization of Quran ,Abdul Malik’s character and achievements. 5.Walid bin Abdul Malik(705-715 AD) His accession and expansion of Umayyad Empire in Asia ,Africa and Europe.His administrative policies ,reforms ,character and achievements. 6.Sulaiman bin Abdul Malik(715-717 AD) His policy towards renowned Muslim Generals, Siege of contantinople ,his character and policies 7.Umar bin Abdul Aziz (717-720 AD) Role as the ‘Fifth pious Caliph’,Administrative ,Economic and Religious reforms,his character and achievements ,Reconcilation with Ahl-i-Bait 8. Yazid-II(720-724 AD) 9,Hisham (724-749 AD)Important events ,and issues ,the Abbasid Movement and downfall of the umayyads,causes of the fall of ummayyads. 10.Downfall of umayyads Causes of the fall of ummayyads 11.State and society under umayyads Central and provincial administration,state & Society under ummayyad,navy and military,socio- cultural and economic development under the umayyads. The Abbasids (750-1258 AD) 1.Establishment of Abbasid Caliphate The Abbasid propaganda Role of Abu Muslim Khurasani. Death of Ibrahim and nomination of Al-Saffah as Imam Revolt in Khurasan Fall of the Umayyads and establishment of Abbasid Caliphate 2.Abu –al –Abbas Abdullah(749-754 AD) The Khilafat of Abu –al Abbas Abdullah Al-Saffah . His Estimate as founder of Abbasid Dynasty . 3.Abu Jafar Al –Mansur (754-775 AD) Revolt of Abdullah ibn Ali .Murder of Abu Muslim Khusani. Foundation of Baghdad. Political Turmoil in Khurasan .Appearance of Muhammad and Ibrahim .Nomination of Mahid. African Rebellion .Roman inroads :His administration and reforms .Mansur’s character and achievements . 4.Al-Mahdi (775-785AD) Appearance of muqanna in khorasan.Byzantinian inroads.The zindiqiya movement,their estimate .5.Al-hadi (785-786 AD) 6.Harun al-rashit (786-809 AD) His accession,the barmakis,their rise and fall.affairs in Africa,nomimnation of Amin and Mamun as successors to the Caliphate ,War with the Byzantinians, Role of Queen Zubaydah, Harun’s character and achievements. 7.Mamun al Rashid (813-833 AD) War of succession .Disorder in Baghdad .Appointment of Tahir as Viceroy of the East .Babek the Nihilist .War With the Byzantines .Religious Policy. Intellectual Activities . Role of the Turks .Religious policy.His character. 8.Later Abbasids (847-861 AD) Political development under Later Abbaasids: 9.Later Abbaasids (861-1258 AD) 10.State and Society under Later Abbasids: Social Conditions under the Abbasids. Intellectual and cultural achievements under the Abbasids. Suggested Reading: 1.Ibn-I Athir,Tarikh Al-Kamil,Vol.V,part-1,trAbdul Khair Maududi,Hyderabad (Deccan) 1938. 2.Mir Khwan,Rawzat-us Safa,Lucknow,Nawal Kishore Press,1938. 3.Moinudin,ShahTarikh-e-Islam,Vols.3-4,Azamgarh,Latest Edition. 4.Muir,William,The Caliphate,Decline andFall,Beirut,1961. 5.Nicholson,R.A,Literary History of the Arabs,Cambirdge,1953. 6.Numani,Shibli,Al-Manun,Lahore,Edition. 7.Siddiqui,A.H.,Caliphate and Kingship in Medieval Persia,Karachi 1962(Urdutrans.Khilafat wa Saltanat,Karachi 1962. 8.Siddiqui,Mazharuddin,Development of Islamic State and Society,Lahore,1956. 9.Shustery A.M.A.,Outline of Culture,Latest Edition. 10.Tabari,Tarikh-ul Umam Wal-Muluk,Egypt,1939 (Urdu trans.)Vol.3,Parts1, 2,3&,4 by Muhammad Ibrahim,Hyderabad (Deccan),1932,1953,1940. 11.The Cambridge History of Islam Eds.P.M. Holt,Ann K.S. Lambtom and Bernard Levis,Cambridge:Cambridge Universty Press,1970.

12.Umar,Abu Nasr Al-Haroon,tr.Sh.Muhammad Ahmad Panipati,Lahore,1955.

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 3rd Semester HPS-202 Muslim Rule in South Asia (711-1526 A.D) 3 Credit Hours Course Content: 1. Geographical unity of Indus Vally Geophysical features, geography of Indus vally and its significance South Asia on the eve of Arab Conquest Historical background :Geographical ,political ,social ,religious and economic Conditions of south Asia ;its relation with neighbouring regions. 2-Causes of ArabInvasion of Sindh,Muhammad ibn Qasim and his conquests In sindh and Gujrat ,Arab administration in the conquered territories, Settlement of Brahmanabad,foundation of al-Mansurah,political ,cultural Religious and social impact of these conquests..19 City states of kech –Makran-Mansurah and Multan 3-Sultan Mahmud of Ghaznah (997-1030 AD) Causes of his Indian campaigns,their significance and impact ,his character And achievements .Al-Beruni and his contribution. Ghaznavids at Lahore Successors of Sultan Mahmud of Ghaznah, Lahore as a centre of Art and Literature,downfall of Ghaznavids 4-Sultan Shahabuddin Muhammad of Ghur(1175-1206 AD) His campaigns in India,character and achievements, Muizzi Maliks ,causes of defeat of Hindu Rajas. 5-Dynasty of llbari Turks (Slave Dynasty) Sultan Qutbuddin Aibak (1206-1210 AD) Sultan Shamsuddin lltutmish (1211-1236 AD),early difficulties and Achievements as the real founder of Sultanate,relations with the Caliphate, Administration of the Sultanate. Sultan Razia (1236-1239 AD) and her reign Successors of Sultan Razia and Ascedancy of the Forty (Umara-i-chehalgani) Sultan Nasiruddin Mahmud (1246-1266 AD)and his reign Sultan Ghiasuddin Balban (1266-1286 AD) ,his theory of kingship, Consolidation of Sultanate ,Mongol Policy ,and his successors. Slave system as a source of weakness and strength. 6-khilji Dynast (1290-1320 AD) Significance of Khilji Revolution Jalal –ud –Din Feroze (1290-1296 AD) Sultan Feroze khilji and his character Sultan Alauddin Khilji (1296-1316 A.D),his reforms and economic policy, Conquests ,Deccan Policy,Malik kafur Successors of Alauddin(1316-1320 A.D) 7- Tughluq Dynasty (1320-1412 AD) Ghiasuddin Tuglhuq (1320-1325 A.D),his administration and character Sultan Muhammad bin Tughluq(1325-1351 A.D),his character and Personality ,his plans and their failure,outbreak of rebellions, Deccan policy . Sultan Feroze shah Tughluq, administrative reforms and military expeditions,public works ,and Religious policy . 8-Amir Timur’s Invasion (1398AD) and the end of Tughluq Dynasty 9-Sayyid Dynasty (1414-1451 AD) Sultan khizar khan,character and achievements .Successors of khizar khan. 10-Lodhi Synasty (1451-1526 AD) Sultan Sikandar Lodhi,his administration and religious policies. Sultan lbrahim Lodhi and end of Delhi Sultanate. 11.contemporary Independent kingdoms Kingdoms in Deccan (Bahmani and vijianagar kingdoms).kingdoms in Sindh and Kashmir 12.causes of the downfall of Sultanate 13.Administration of Delhi Sultanate Central and provincial departments,Army,Land revenue system and judiciary. 14.Social and Cultural Developments under the Sultans of Delhi Historiography’literature,education ,art culture .Amir khusru and his contribution. Architecture,main characteristics of Indo-Muslim architecture ,important buildings of the period social And economicconditions . 15.Religious Trends during the Sultanate Era Role of Ulema, Role of Sufis and Sufi orders ,Bhagti Movement,its origin and impact . Suggested Readings: 1,Abdur Rasul,Sahibzada, Tarikh-i-Pako- Hind,(Urdu) Lahore ,1962. 2.Ahmad ,Muhammad Aziz. Political History and Institutions of the Early Turkish Empire of Delhi(1206-1290. Lahore :Research Society of Pakistan ,1987. 3.Awan,Maj.Rtd. Muhammad Tariq, A History of India and Pakistan ,vol .I.Lahore:Firoz Sons Ltd1991. 4.Habibullah ,A.B.M.The Foundation of Muslim Rule in India:A History of the Establishment and Progress Of the Turkish Sultanate of a Delhi:1206-1290AD.2nd rev.ed.Allahabad: Central Book Depot,1961. 5.Ikram ,S.M,History of Muslim Civilization in India and Pakistan .3rd Ed. Lahore:Institute of Islamic Culture ,1982. 6.Ikram ,S.M,History of Muslim Rule in South Asia, Latest Edition. 7.Jackson ,Peter ,The Delhi Sultanate:Apolitical and Military History Cambridge:Cambridge University Press ,1999. 8.Prasad,Ishwari,A SHORT History of Muslim Rule in India ,Lahore :Aziz Publishers,1986. 9,Lal,kishori Saran .History of the khiljis A.D.1290-1320.Karachi :Union Book Stall,n.d.rpt.first published 1950. 10.Lane-Poole, Stanley. Mediaeval India under Muhammedan Rule (A.D.712-1764).Lahore :Sang-e – Meel ,Publications,1997 rpt,first published 1903. 11.Mubarakpuri,Qazi Athar,’Arab wa Hind ‘Ahd-i-Risalat men .Delhi:Nadwat-al – Musannifin,1965. 12.Mubarakpuri,Qazi Athar,Hindustan mein Arabon ki Hakomatein. Delhi:Nadwat al – Musannifin,1967. 13.Markovitz ,Claude ,edit ,AHistory of Modern India :(1480-1950),London :Antem Press,2002. 14.Majumdar,R.C.,H.C Raychaudhuri and kalikinkar Datta.An Advanced History of India .London : Macmillan ,1950. 15.Nazim, Muhammad.The Life and Times of Sultan Mahmud of Ghazna.Lahore:Khalil and Co.,1973. 16.Niazi ,Ghulam Sarwar khan. The Life and Works of Sultan Alauddin khilji.Lahore:Institute of Islamic Culture,1990. 17.Nizami,k.A.Studies in Medieval Indian History and Culture.Allahabad:kitab Mahal,1966. 18.Nizami,K.A.Some Aspects of the Religion and Politics in India during the Thirteenth Century. India :Aligarh:Department of History ,Muslim University ,1961. 19.Pathan,Mumtaz Husain.Arab kingdom of al-Mansurah in Sindh. Sind Institute of Sindhology , University of Sind,1974. 20.Qureshi.I.H.,The Muslim Community of the Indo-Pakistan Sub –continent, the Hague,1962. 21.Qureshi,I.H.,The Administration of the Sultanate of Delhi.2nd Rev .Ed.Lahore

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 3rd Semester HPS-203 History of Modern Muslim World (1919-1945) 3 Credit Hours Course Content a.Iran 1.Iran after world war I Condition of Iran at the conclusion of world war I Rise of Raza Shah I and his reforms 2.Iran during and after the world war II Allies Occupation of 1941 and the fall of Raza Shah I 3.Iranian Oil Anglo –Lranian oil Company Dr.Mussadiq 4.Foreign Relations Relations with the Muslim Countries Relation with the western Powers particulary with the USA Relations with the USSR Iran after the Revolution. b.Turkey 1.Impact of the world war I Treaty of Severes War of Liberation Lausanne Conference and abolition of khilafat 2.Birth of the Turkish Republic Kemal Ataturk Reforms of kemal Ataturk Ismet Inonu 3. Turkey after world war II Establishment of Democracy, NATO, Baghdad Pact and Cento c. Afghanistan 1.Afghanistan ,after 3rd Anglo-Afghan war and world war-I 2.Ghazi Amanullah khan,his reforms and its impacts (1919-1929) 3.Zahir Shah –(1933-1973)His reforms and implementation of 1964 consititution 4.Daud Shah –(1973-1978),Emergency of Political Parties and revolutionary politics 5.Afghan Saur revolution in Afghanistan (2th April 1978) by Peoples Democratic Parties of Afghanistan (PDPA),Global Involvement in Afghanistan,Afghan war,the role of Pakistan .Russian withdrawal from Afghanistan,Transformation of Government to Afghan Mujahideen,Emergency of Taliban ,their ruling period .End of Taliban regime,causes and impacts d.Central Asian Muslim States 1-Uzbekistan 4- Tajikistan 2-Turkmenistan 5- Kyrgyzstan 3-Kazakhstan Suggested Readings: 1.Amin Tahir.Afghanistan Crisis:Implications an options for the Muslim world Islambad: Institute of Policy Studies ,1982. 2.Amstutz,J.Bruce,Afghanistan the first five years of soviet OccpationWashington,D.C:National Defence University ,1986. 3.Aslund ,Anders,ED.The Post-Soviet Economy,London:Printer Publishetrs ,1992. 4Aslund ,Anders ,Ed.Economic Transformation in Russia,London:Longman,1995. A.Hall ,Rachel,Ed.Kazakhstan:IMF Economic Review ,Washington D.C.1994-46 5.Hall ,Rachel ,Vladimir Putin and Central Asia:The Shaping of Russian Foreign Policy .I.B.Tauris,2004 6.Channon, John.Agrarian Reforms in Russia 1992-5.Great Britain:RIIA,1995. 7Ghus ,Abdul Samad.The fall of Afghanistan,Peshawar:Paragon Deface ,1988. 8. Haddon,Hafeez Malik ,Ed.Central Asia:Its Strategic importance and Future Prospects, USA:Craftsmen,1994 9.Kaser, Michael, Central Asian Economies after Independence .RIIA, London,.1992. 10.Kaser, Michael,The Economies of Kazakhstan and Uzbekistan.Great Britain:RIIA, 1997. 11.Jalazai ,Musa khan .Sectarianism and Ethnic violence in Afghanistan,Lahore: Vanguard Books,1986. 12.Karimov,Islam. Uzbekistan:Transition Model to Market Economy.Tashkent: Uzbekistan Publishers,1993. 13.Lena Jonson,Russia and Central Asia :Anew web of Relations.London,RIIA,1998. 14.Madami,Dr.Jalal-Ud-Din ,Islamic Revolution of Iran ,Tehran:International Publishing Company. 15Maley ,William and Saikal, Fazel Haq.Political order in post Communist Afghanistan, Boulder:Lynne Rienner,1992. 16.Marsden,Peter.The Taliban war Religion and the New Order in Afghanistan, London:Zed Books. 17.Marina Pikulina ,Russia in Central Asia .UK:Conflict Studies Research Centre,2003. 18.Melvin,Neil.Uzbekistan:Transition to authoritarianism on the Silk Road.U.S,2000. 19.Mark Burles.Chinese Policy towards Russia and the Central Asian Republic,1999. 20.Martha,Bonilla.,Ed.Turmenistan:IMF Economic Review.Washington D.C,1995. 21.Nova ,Alec. An Economic History of USSR.England:Penguin Books Ltd.,1969. 22.P.Stern,Jonathan .oil and Gas in former soviet union, Great Britain :1993. 23.Peter Ferdinand ,ed. The New Central Asia and its Neighbors.UK.Printer Publishers Limited,1994. 24.Rais,Rasool Baksh.war without winners. Karachi:Oxford University Press 1997. 25.Rashid,Ahmed.oil and New Great Game in Central Asia,Lahore:Mashal,2001. 26.Roy,oliver,Islam and Resistance in Afghanistan, London :Cambridge University Press,1985. 27 Richard Pomfret, Economies of Central Asia,Princeton University Press,1995. 28.Rubin Barnett R.The Search for Peace in Afghanistan,From Buffer State to a Failed State ,Yale University Press,1995. 29.Sayeed, Prof .S.M.A Iran Before and After Khomeini, Karachi:Royal Book Company, 1999. 30. Tikhomirov Vladimir. The Political Economy of Post-Soviet Russia, Great Britain: Macmillan Press Ltd .2000. 31. Webber,M.The international Politics of Russia and the Successor States, Manchester University Press, 1996.

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 3rd Semester HPS-204 History of Religious Thoughts in Islam 3 Credit Hours Course Content:

Intellectual Trends/Movements Mutazilites:the founder ,leaders and cardinal doctrines Asharis:the founder ,leaders and cardinal doctrines Ismailis:the founder ,leaders and cardinal doctrines Qaramatians:the founder,leaders and cardinal doctrines Bathanians:the founder,leaders and cardinal doctrines. Suggested Readings: 1.Aheeduz Zaman,The Irania Revolution:A Profile. 2.Daftary,Farhad. The Ismailis: Their History and Doctrines (Cambridge:Cambridge University Press,1990) 3.Daftary, Farhad, Mediaeval Ismaili History and Thought,(Cambridge:Cambridge University Press ,1996) 4.Madelung ,Wilferd,Religious Trends in Early Islamic Iran .(NY:Bibliotheca Persica ,1988) 5.Nasr,Seyyed Hossein ,and Leaman,oliver,ed. History of Islamic Philosophy,(London:Routledge,2001) 6Nasr,Seyyed Hossein , Islam and the Plight of Modern Man,(London:1975) 7.Sharif,M.M.,Ed .,A History of Muslim Philosophy ,Vols.2.(Delhi: Adam Publishers ,2001 rpt.,first Published 1961)

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 3rd Semester ENG-201 English III 3CREDIT HRS Course Outline  Presentation skills  Essay writing  Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative  Academic writing  How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper  How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form, clarity, consistency)  Technical Report writing  Progress report writing  Note:  Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building  Recommended books:  Technical Writing and Presentation Skills a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing 1. Writing. Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. 2. College Writing Skills by John Langan. McGraw-Hill Higher Education. 2004. 3. Patterns of College Writing by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s Press. b) Presentation Skills c) Reading The Mercury Reader. Bibliography Howe, D.H, Kirkpatrick, T. A., & Kirkpatrick, D. L. (2004), Oxford English for undergraduates. Karachi: Oxford University Press Eastwood, J. (2004), English Practice Grammar(New edition with tests and answers). Karachi: Oxford University Press. Murphy, R. (2003). Grammar in use, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet, (Exercises 2) Oxford University Press 1986. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Chrisitine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills, 1993.

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 3rd Semester Course Code: COMS -201 Credit Hours: 01 Course Title: COMMUNICATION SKILLS Aims & Objectives: To enable the students to meet their real life communication needs. Contents:  Oral presentation skills (Prepared and unprepared talks)  Preparing for interviews (Scholarship, Job, Placement for internship etc.)  Writing formal letters.  Writing different kinds of applications (Leave, Job, Complaint, etc.)  Preparing a Curriculum Vitae (CV),(Bio-data)  Writing short reports Recommended Readings: 1. Ellen,k.2002.Maximize Your Presentation Skills: How to Speak, Look and Act on your Way to the Top  Hargie,O. (ed.)Hand book of Communications Skills.

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 4th Semester

HPS-251 MUSLIM RULE IN SOUTH ASIA (1526-1707 A.D) 3 CREDIT COURSE

Course Content:

1. Primary Sources

An outline of major primary sources of the period that should include Tazak-a-Babri, Akbar Nama, Aine- a-Akbari, Hamayoun Nama, Shah Jahan Nama, Tazak-a-Jahangari.

2. Political and Social conditions of South Asia on the eve of the Mughal invasion

3. Zaheer ud Din Muhammad Babur

His early life, first battle of Panipat and the foundation of Mughal Empire Wars with the Rajputs, Character and achievements.

4. Naseer ud Din Muhammad Humayun

Difficulties after his accession, defeat at the hands of Sher Shah Suri, Humayun in exile and reoccupation of Throne.

5. Sher Shah Suri and the Later Ruler of Sur Dyynasty

Early life, capture of throne, conquests, his reforms, successors of Sher Shah and the end of Sur Dynasty.

6. Jalaluddin Muhammad Akbar

Earl life, accession to throne, second battle of Panipat, his court, Bairam Khan and his downfall, conquests, Deccan Policy, Rajput Policy, Engagements and wars in the North West with afghan, Religious policy, din- i-Ellahi and reforms, Administration, character and achievements of Akbar.

7. Nuruddin Muhammad Jahangir Early life and accession, Khusru’s revolt, Noor Jehan, Qandahar question, revolts of Khurram and Mahabat Khan, activities of European, character and achievements.

8. Shahabuddin Muhammad Shah Jehan.

Accession to throne, golden period of the Mughal Rule, Central Asian Policy and Qandahar, Deccan Policy, relations with English East India Company, War of succession, character and achievements.

9. Muhiyuddin Muhammad Aurangzeb Alamgir

Accession and theory of kingship, military expeditions, religious policy and policy towards Marathas Sikhs and Afghans, character and achievements. Suggested readings

1. Abdur Rashid, Shaikh, A. Short History of Pakstan, Book Three: The Mughal Empire, Karachi, 1967. 2. Ikaram, S.M., History of Muslim Civilization in India and Pakistan. 3rd ed. Lahore: Institute of Islamic Culture, 1982. 3. Khan, Gulfishan, Indian Muslims Perception of the West during the Eighteenth century, India: OUP. 1998. 4. Malik Muhammad Taj Zawal-i- Saltan Mughalia (Urdu) 5. Mubarak Ali, MUghal Darbar (Urdu) Lahore: Nigarshat Publishers. 1986 6. Muhammad Zaheer, Almgir Aur Saltannat-i-Mughalia Ka Zawal, Khi. 7. Muhammad Zaheer, History of Muslim Rule in India, Latest Edition 8. Qureshi, I.H., The Administration of Mughal Empire, Latest Edition. 9. Qureshi, I.H., The Muslim Community of the Indo-Pakistan Subcontinent, The Hague, 1962 10. Qureshi, I.H., A Short History of Pakistan, Vol. III, Latest Edition. 11. Rajput S.A., History o Islamic Art based on Al-Mansurah Evidence, Lahore 2008 12. Sir Wolseley Haig, the Cambridge History of India, Vol. IV

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 4th Semester

HPS-252 HISTORY OF EUROPE (1453-1789 A.D) 3 CREDIT COURSE Course Content:

1. Europe: An introduction, geography, Greco-Roman Civilizations Christendom and Holy Roman Empire. 2. Renaissance: causes, course, change in art, literature, and architecture, development in science, role of Italian states, spread of renaissance in Europe, effects on society, Humanism and individualism. 3. Geographical discoveries: Biblical Concept of the world. The role of Portugal. Spain, France, the Netherlands, and England. 23 4. Reformation Movement: Causes, course and consequences Martin Luther, the Spread of Protestantism. Counter-Reformation. 5. Predominance of Spain: Charles V, his internal and external policies, war with Ottomans, Philip II: His internal and external policies, and revolt of the Netherlands. 6. Predominance of France: Bourbon Dynasty, Henry IV, Louis XVI, Cardinal Richeliewu, Cardinal Nazarene, Thirty Years War: French Revolution. 7. Age of Enlightment: Philosophers, new trends, enlightened despots 8. England – from 16th to 18th century, Tudor Dynasty, Queen Elizabeth, British Policy of Expansion, Glorious Revolution. 9. Russia: Peter The Great, Warm Water Policy, Catherine The Great 10. Europe and Ottoman Empire:

Suggested Readings

1- Muhammad Aslam, Samaya-i-Umar, Lahore: Nadwa tul Musannifin, 1976 2- Nasr, Sayyed Hussain, Islam and the Plight of Modern Man, Longman, London, 1975 3- Nasir-ud-Din, Introduction to Great Chemists, Peshawar University, Peshawar, 1998 Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 7th Semester HPS -403 Muslim Political Thoughts in South Asia Credit Hours: 03 Course Outline

1- Farabi 2- Mawardi 3- Imam-al-Ghazali 4- Imam Saadi 5- Ibn-e-Khaldoon 6- Nizam-al-Mulk 7- Mujaddid Alf Thani 8- Shah Wali Ullah Suggested Readings:

1- Ansari, Abdul Haq, Shaykh Ahmad Sirhindi’s Doctrine of Wahdat-al-Shuhud, Islamic Research Institute, International Islamic University, 1999 2- Al-Ghazali, Muhammad, The Socio-Political Thoughts of Shah Wali Ullah, Islamabad: International institute of Islamic Thought and Islamic Research Institute, 2001 3- Ghazi, Mahmood Amhad, Islamic Renaissance in South Asia (1707-1867): The Role of Shah Wali Ullah and his Successors, Islamic Research Institute, International Islamic University, 2002 4- Ikram, S.M., Rud-e-Kosar, Lahore: Ferozsons, 1958 5- Nadvi, Syed Abul Hassan Ali, Tarikh-e-Dawat wa Azimat (vol. 4), Lucknow, 1980 6- Qureshi, I.H., Ulema in Politics, Karachi: Maaref Ltd., 1972 7- Sherwani, Haroon Khan, Studies in Muslim Thought and Administration, Latest Edition.

Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 7th Semester

HPS -404 Constitutional History of Pakistan (1947-2008) Credit Hours: 03

Course Outline

 Constitution Making  First Constituent Assembly  Basic principles Committee  Objective Resolution  Issue of Representation and Parity between East & West Pakistan  Language Issue  Provincial Autonomy  Dissolution of the First Constituent Assembly  Second Constituent Assembly (1954-56)  Formation of one unit as the basis of Parity between East and West Pakistan  Constitution of 1956 and disruption of Parliamentary democracy  Gen. Ayub Khan’s Regime (1958-69)  Reforms  Constitution of 1962  Basic Democracy  War of 1965  Tashkent Pact  Genral Yahya Khan’s Regime (1969-71)  LFO nad Election of 1970  Post Election Crises  Constitutional Amendments Suggested Readings:

1- Ahmad, Justice Masud, Pakistan: A Study of its Constitutional History (1857-1975), Lahore: 1983 2- Ahmad, Mushtaq, Pakistan’s Foreign Policy, Lahore, 1990 3- Ahmar, Moonis, The Wordl Affairs after September 11: Challenges and Opportunities, Karachi, 2003 4- Afzal, M. Rafiq, Political Parties in Pakistan (1947-69, vol. 2), Islamabad, 1986 5- Anwar, Syed, Pakistan: Islam, Politics and National Solidarity, Lahore, 1984 6- Burke, Shahid Javed, Pakistan under Bhutto (1971-77), Hong Kong, 1988 7- Burke, S. M., Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: An Historical Analysis, Oxford, 1969 8- Binder, Leonard, Religion and Politics in Pakistan, Los Angeles, 1963 9- Callard Keith, Pakistan: A Political Study, New York, 1957 10- Chaudhry, G.M., Dimensions of Pakistan Foreign Policy, Lahore, 1989 11- Chaudhry, G.W., Constitutional Development in Pakistan, London, 1963 12- Chaudhry Muhammad Ali, The Emergence of Pakistan, Lahore, 1967 13- Chaudhry Muhammad Ali, The Task Before Us, Lahore, 1974 14- Feldman Herbert, The End & the Beginning, Pakistan (1969-71), Karachi, 1976 15- Gauhar Altaf, Ayub Khan: Pakistan’s First Military Ruler, Lahore, 1994 16- Khan, M. Ayub, Friends Not Masters: A Political Autobiography, Karachi, 1967 17- Khan, M. Ayub, Pakistan’s Relations with the Soviet Union (1947-79): Constraints and Compulsions, Karachi, 1988 Department of History & Pakistan Studies The Women University, Multan BS, 7th Semester

HPS-405 Folk, Arts and Crafts Credit Hours: 03

Objectives:

The main objectives of the course is to study various regional arts and crafts of Pakistan, It will also focus on the reasons of the decline of these arts and crafts in the country. Course Outline 1. Folk Legends 2. Myths 3. Traditions 4. Beliefs 5. Religious schools of thoughts 6. Shrines

Suggested Readings: 1. Lucas, F.A., Fifty Years of Museum Work, USA: Museum of New York, 1918 2. Renfrew, C. & Bahn P., Archeology: Theories, Methods and practices, London, 1991 3. Shakoor, M.A., Museum Studies and Archeology, Peshawar: Peshawar Museum, 1953 4. Wittlin, S., The Museum: Its History and its Task in Education, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd., nd.

CURRICULUM OF APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY

BS (4-Year)

THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN

THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN BS APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY PROGRAM SCHEME OF STUDIES From 2017 – Onwards

Duration: 4yr (8 Semesters) Total Credit Hours: 136

Semester Year Name of Subjects Credit Hours Semester-I ENG-101 English – I 3+0 PAKS-101 Pak-Studies 2+0 STAT-101 Introduction to Statistics - I 3+0 MATH-101 Mathematics – I 3+0 SOC-101 Introduction to Sociology - I 3+0 PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology – I 3+0 Total 17 Semester-II ENG-102 English – II 3+0 ISL-101 Islamic Studies 2+0 STAT-102 Introduction to Statistics – II 3+0 ECON-101 Introduction to Economics 3+0 ARAB-101 Introduction to Arabic 3+0 PSY-102 Introduction to Psychology – II 3+0 Total 17 BS 3rd Semester PSY-201 Experimental Psychology 3+0 PSY-202 Theories of Personality 3+0 ENG-201 English III (Technical Writing and Presentation Skills) 3+0 HIST-101 Introduction To History 3+0 SOC-102 Introduction To Sociology – II 3+0 COMP-101 Introduction to Computer 3+0 Total 18 BS 4th Semester ENG-202 English, (IV) Drama, Poetry and literacy, Criticism 3+0 POL-101 Political Science 3+0 ANTH-101 Fundamental of Anthropology 3+0 CHEM-230 Bio-Chemistry 3+0 PSY-255 History and Systems of Psychology 3+0 PSY-256 Research Methodology Quantitative 3+0 Total 18 BS 5th Semester PSY-301 Social Psychology 3+0 PSY-302 Developmental Psychology 3+0 PSY-303 Behavioral Neuro Science 3+0 PSY-304 Research Methodology Qualitative 3+0 PSY-305 Counseling Psychology 3+0 PSY-306 Abnormal Psychology 3+0 Total 18 BS 6th Semester PSY-351 Educational Psychology 3+0 PSY-352 Industrial/ Organizational Psychology 3+0 PSY-353 Clinical Psychology 3+0 PSY-354 Positive Psychology 3+0 PSY-355 Psychological Testing 3+0 PSY-356 Cross Cultural Psychology 3+0 Total 18 BS 7th Semester PSY-401 Health Psychology 3+0 PSY-402 Psychotherapy 3+0 PSY-403 Internship (6-8 weeks) 3+0 PSY-404 Cognitive Psychology (Optional) 3+0 PSY-405 Muslim Psychology (Optional) 3+0 PSY-406 Child Psychology (Optional) 3+0 PSY-407 Forensic Psychology (Optional) 3+0 PSY-408 Human Resources Management HRM (Optional) 3+0 Total 15 BS 8th Semester PSY-451 Women Psychology 3+0 PSY-452 Psychological Aspects of Tolerance 3+0 PSY-453 Thesis 3+0 PSY-454 Criminology (Optional) 3+0 PSY-455 Environmental Psychology (Optional) 3+0 PSY-456 Military Psychology ( Optional) 3+0 PSY-457 Para Psychology (Optional) 3+0 PSY-458 Behavioral Analysis and Management (Optional) 3+0 Total 15 Total Credit Hours: 136

PROPOSED REVISED COURSE OUTLINE BS (4-YEARS) IN APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY

BS 1st Semester ENG-101 English – I 3+0

PAKS-101 Pak-Studies 2+0

STAT-101 Introduction to Statistics - I 3+0

MATH-101 Mathematics – I 3+0

SOC-101 Introduction to Sociology - I 3+0

PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology – I 3+0

Total 17

ENG-101 ENGLISH – I Credit Hours: 03

Basics of Grammar  Parts of speech and their functions (Nouns, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Adjective, Conjunction, Inter junction)  Use of articles  Sentence Skills Classification by purpose (Declarative, Interrogative, Imperative, Exclamative) Classification by Structure (Complex, Compound, Compound complex)  Analysis of phrase and clause  Preposition  Transitive and intransitive verbs  Active and Passive Voice  Speaking Skills Communication via Dialogue formation Expressing your likes and dislikes Group discussion My Dreams Picture description Games activities  Reading Skills Aims of Reading Kinds of Reading Faulty Reading Habits SQ3Rs  Writing Skills Controlled to Free Writing (Paragraph Writing)  Dictionary Skills (Meaning, Usage, Pronunciation, Syllabication, Etymology, Stress, Parts of speech, Synonyms, Antonyms)

PAKS-101 Pak-Studies Credit Hours: 03 Introduction/Objectives  Develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary Pakistan, ideological background of Pakistan.  Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and posing challenges to Pakistan. Course Outline 1. Historical Perspective a. Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama Muhammad Iqbal and Quaid-i-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah. b. Factors leading to Muslim separatism c. People and Land i. Indus Civilization ii. Muslim advent iii. Location and geo-physical features. 2. Government and Politics in Pakistan Political and constitutional phases: a. 1947-58 b. 1958-71 c. 1971-77 d. 1977-88 e. 1988-99 f. 1999 onward 3. Contemporary Pakistan a. Economic institutions and issues b. Society and social structure c. Ethnicity d. Foreign policy of Pakistan and challenges e. Futuristic outlook of Pakistan Books Recommended 1. Burki, Shahid Javed. State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd 1980. 2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2000. 3. S.M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Pakistan’s Foreign policy: An Historical analysis. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1993. 4. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Political Roots & Development. Lahore, 1994. 5. Wilcox, Wayne.The Emergence of Banglades., Washington: American Enterprise, Institute of Public Policy Research, 1972. 6. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Kayyun Toota, Lahore: Idara-e-Saqafat-e-Islamia, Club Road, nd. 7. Amin, Tahir. Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan, Islamabad: Institute of Policy Studies, Islamabad. 8. Ziring, Lawrence. Enigma of Political Development. Kent England: WmDawson & sons Ltd, 1980. 9. Zahid, Ansar. History & Culture of Sindh. Karachi: Royal Book Company, 1980. 10. Afzal, M. Rafique. Political Parties in Pakistan, Vol. I, II & III. Islamabad: National Institute of Historical and cultural Research, 1998. 11. Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1967. 12. Aziz, K.K. Party, Politics in Pakistan, Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and Cultural Research, 1976. 13. Muhammad Waseem, Pakistan Under Martial Law, Lahore: Vanguard, 1987. 14. Haq, Noor ul. Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective. Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and Cultural Research, 1993. STAT-101 Introduction to Statistics – I Credit Hours: 03 Unit 1. What is Statistics? Definition of Statistics, Population, sample Descriptive and inferential Statistics, Observations, Data, Discrete and continuous variables, Errors of measurement, Significant digits, Rounding of a Number, Collection of primary and secondary data, Sources, Editing of Data. Exercises. Unit 2. Presentation of Data Introduction, basic principles of classification and Tabulation, Constructing of a frequency distribution, Relative and Cumulative frequency distribution, Diagrams, Graphs and their Construction, Bar charts, Pie chart, Histogram, Frequency polygon and Frequency curve, Cumulative Frequency Polygon or Ogive, Historigram, Ogive for Discrete Variable. Types of frequency curves. Exercises. Unit 3. Measures of Central Tendency Introduction, Different types of Averages, Quantiles, The Mode, Empirical Relation between Mean, Median and mode, Relative Merits and Demerits of various Averages. properties of Good Average, Box and Whisker Plot, Stem and Leaf Display, definition of outliers and their detection. Exercises. Unit 4. Measures of Dispersion Introduction, Absolute and relative measures, Range, The semi-Inter-quartile Range, The Mean Deviation, The Variance and standard deviation, Change of origin and scale, Interpretation of the standard Deviation, Coefficient of variation, Properties of variance and standard Deviation, Standardized variables, Moments and Moments ratios. Exercises. Unit 5. Probability and Probability Distributions. Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution. Exercises Unit 6. Sampling and Sampling Distributions Introduction, sample design and sampling frame, bias, sampling and non sampling errors, sampling with and without replacement, probability and non-probability sampling, Sampling distributions for single mean and proportion, Difference of means and proportions. Exercises. Unit 7. Hypothesis Testing: Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis, Type-I and Type-II errors, level of significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general procedure for testing of hypothesis. Exercises. Unit 8. Testing of Hypothesis- Single Population Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence interval about the population mean and proportion for small and large samples, Exercises Unit 9. Testing of Hypotheses-Two or more Populations Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence intervals about the difference of population means and proportions for small and large samples, Analysis of Variance and ANOVA Table. Exercises Unit 10. Testing of Hypothesis-Independence of Attributes Introduction, Contingency Tables, Testing of hypothesis about the Independence of attributes. Exercises. Unit 11. Regression and Correlation Introduction, cause and effect relationships, examples, simple linear regression, estimation of parameters and their interpretation. r and R2. Correlation. Coefficient of linear correlation, its estimation and interpretation. Multiple regression and interpretation of its parameters. Examples

Recommended Books 1. Walpole, R. E. 1982. “Introduction to Statistics”, 3rd Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc. New York. 2. Muhammad, F. 2005. “Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Kitab Markaz, Bhawana Bazar Faisalabad.

MATH-101 Mathematics – I Credit Hours: 03 Course Objectives: To prepare the students, not majoring in mathematics, with the essential tools of algebra to apply the concept and the techniques in their respective disciplines. Course Outline Preliminaries: Real-number system, complex number, introduction to sets, set operations, function, types of functions. Matrices: introduction to matrix, types, matrix inverse, determinants, system of linear equations, Cramer’s rule.

Quadratic Equations: Solution of quadratic equations, qualitative analysis of roots of quadratic equations, equations reducible to quadratic equations, cubes roots of unity, relation between roots and coefficient of quadratic equations.

Sequences and series: Arithmetic progression, geometric progression, harmonic Binomial Theorem, introduction to mathematical induction, binomial theorem with rational and irrational indices. Trigonometry: Fundamentals of trigonometry, trigonometric identities. Identities. Recommended Books: 1. Dolciani MP, Wooton W, Beckenback EF, Sharron S, Algebra 2 and Trigonometry, 1978 Houghton & Mifflin. 2. Boston (Suggested text) 3. Kaufmann JE, College Algebra and Trigonometry, 1978, PWS-Kent Company, Boston. 4. Swokowski EW, Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry, (1st Edition) 1971, PWS-Kent Company, Boston.

SOC-101 Introduction to Sociology- I Credit Hours: 03 Objectives: The course is designed to introduce the students with sociological concepts and the discipline. The focus of the course shall be on significant concepts like social systems and structures, socioeconomic changes and social processes. The course will provide due foundation for further studies in the field of sociology. Course Outline 1. Introduction Definition, Scope and Subject Matter, Sociology as a science, Historical Background of sociology 2. Basic Concepts Group, Community, Society Asociations (Non-Voluntary, Voluntary) Organization (Informal, Formal) Social Interaction Levels of Social Interaction, Process of Social Interaction (Cooperation, Competition, Conflict, Accommodation, Acculturation and diffusion, Assimilation, Amalgamation) 3. Social Groups Definition and Functions Types of social groups (In and out groups, Primary and secondary groups, Reference groups, Informal and Formal groups, Pressure groups) 4. Culture Definition, aspects and characteristics of culture Material and non material culture, Ideal and Real culture Elements of culture (Beliefs, Values, Norms and Social sanctions) Organizations of culture (Traits, Complexes, Patterns, Ethos, Theme) Other related concepts (Culture Relativism, Sub cultures, Ethnocentrism and Xenocentrism, Cultural lag) 5. Socialization and Personality Personality, Factors in Personality Formation Socialization and Agencies of Socialization Roles and Status 6. Deviance and Social Control Deviance and its types, Social Control and its need Forms of Social Control, Methods and Agencies of Social Control 7. Collective Behavior Collective Behavior, its types Crowd Behavior, Public opinion, Propaganda, Social Movements, Leadership. Recommended Books: 1. Anderson, Margaret and Howard F. Taylor, 2001. Sociology the Essential, Australia: Wadsworth. 2. Brown, Ken 2004. Sociology, UK: Polity Press. 3. Gdden Anthony 2002. Introduction to Sociology, UK: Polity Press. 4. Maclonis, John J. 2005. Sociology 10th ed, South Asia: Pearson.

PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology – I Credit Hours: 03

1. Introduction to Psychology a. Nature and Application of Psychology with special reference to Pakistan. b. Historical Background and Schools of Psychology (A Brief Survey) c. Definition of Tolerance and importance of Tolerance in everyday life. 2. Methods of Psychology a. Observation b. Case History Method Experimental Method c. Survey Method d. Interviewing Techniques 3. Biological Basis of Behavior a. Neuron: Structure and Functions b. Central Nervous System and Peripheral Nervous System c. Endocrine Glands 4. Sensation, Perception and Attention a. Sensation (I) Characteristics and Major Functions of Different Sensations (II) Vision: Structure and functions of the Eye. (III) Audition: Structure and functions of the Ear. b. Perception (I) Nature of Perception (II) Factors of Perception: Subjective, Objective and Social (III) Kinds of Perception: (IV) Spatial Perception (Perception of Depth and Distance) (V) Temporal Perception; Auditory Perception. c. Attention (I) Factors, Subjective and Objective (II) Span of Attention (III) Fluctuation of Attention (IV) Distraction of Attention (Causes and Control) 5. Motives a. Definition and Nature b. Classification Primary (Biogenic) Motives: Hunger, Thirst, Defection and Urination, Fatigue, Sleep, Pain, Temperature, Regulation, Maternal Behavior, Sex Secondary (Sociogenic) Motives: Play and Manipulation, Exploration and Curiosity, Affiliation, Achievement and Power, Competition, Cooperation, Social Approval and Self Actualization.

6. Emotions a. Definition and Nature b. Physiological changes during Emotions (Neural, Cardial, Visceral, Glandular), Galvanic Skin Response; Pupilliometrics c. Theories of Emotion d. James Lange Theory; Cannon-Bard Theory e. Schachter –Singer Theory 7. Learning a. Definition of Learning b. Types of Learning: Classical and Operant Conditioning Methods of Learning: Trial and Error; Learning by Insight; Observational Learning 8. Memory a. Definition and Nature b. Memory Processes: Retention, Recall and Recognition c. Forgetting: Nature and Causes 9. Thinking a. Definition and Nature b. Tools of Thinking: Imagery; Language; Concepts c. Kinds of Thinking d. Problem Solving; Decision Making; Reasoning 10. Individual differences a. Definition concepts of; b. Intelligence, personality, aptitude, achievement RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1. Atkinson R. C., & Smith E. E. (2000). Introduction to psychology (13th ed.). Harcourt Brace College Publishers. 2. Fernald, L. D., & Fernald, P. S. (2005). Introduction to psychology. USA: WMC Brown Publishers. 3. Glassman, W. E. (2000). Approaches to psychology. Open University Press. Hayes, N. (2000). Foundation of psychology (3rd ed.). Thomson Learning. Lahey, B. B. (2004). Psychology: An introduction (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. 4. Leahey, T. H. (1992). A history of psychology: Main currents in psychological thought. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall International, Inc. 5. Myers, D. G. (1992). Psychology. (3rd ed.). New York: Wadsworth Publishers. 6. Ormord, J. E. (1995). Educational psychology: Developing learners. Prentice- Hall, Inc.

*************

2nd Semester ENG-102 English – II 3+0 ISL-101 Islamic Studies 2+0 STAT-102 Introduction to Statistics – II 3+0 ECON-101 Introduction to Economics 3+0 ARAB-101 Introduction to Arabic 3+0 PSY-102 Introduction to Psychology – II 3+0 Total 17

ENG-102 English –II Credit Hours: 03

Grammar: Verbs, Auxiliary Modals Mood Cohesive devices (Recognizing and interpreting cohesive devices) Speaking Skills: Presentation Skills Personality development (Emphasis on content, style and pronunciation) Group discussion Taking part in Seminar Effective classroom interaction Reading Skills: Strategies to improve reading speed Skimming Scanning Inference Prediction Anticipation Stages of reading Writing Skills: Paragraph Writing (Techniques of writing: descriptive, Narrative, Expository, Argumentative) Letter Writing (Invitation, Regrets, Routines) Emails writing Note taking and note making Outlining and summarizing Brainstorming Listening Skills: Introduction Extensive and Intensive listening Stress, Intonation, Rhythm

ISL-101 Islamic Studies Credit Hours: 02

Objectives: 1. To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies. 2. To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization. 3. To improve students skill to perform prayers and other worship. 4. To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious life. Course Outline Introduction to Quranic Studies Basic Concept of Quran History of Quran Uloom-ul-Quran Study of selected Text of Holy Quran Verses of Surah Al-Baqra related to Faith (Verse No. 284-286) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No. 1-18) Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No. 1-11) Verses of Surah Al-Furqan related to Social Ethics (Verse No. 63-77) Verses of Surah Al-Inam related to Ihkam (Verse No. 152-154) Study of selected Text of Holy Quran Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No. 6, 21, 40, 56, 57, 58) Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18, 19, 20) related to thinking, Day of Judgment Verses of Surah Al-Saf related to Tafakar, Tadabar (Verse No. 1-14) Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah (Before Prophet Hood) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah Important Lessons derived from the life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) II Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina Important Events of Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina Important Lessons derived from the life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina Introduction to Sunnah Basic Concept of Hadith History of Hadith Kinds of Hadith Uloom-ul- Hadith Sunnah & Hadith Legal Position of Sunnah Selected Study from Text of Hadith Introduction to Islamic Law & Jurisprudence Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence Nature of differences in Islamic Law Islam and Sectarianism Islamic Culture & Civilization Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization Historical development of Islamic Culture & Civilization Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary isssues Islam & Science Basic Concepts of Islam & Science Contributions of Muslim in the development of science Quranic & Science Islamic Economic System Basic Concept of Islamic Economic System Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics Islamic Concept of Riba Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce Political System of Islam Basic concept of Islamic Political System Islamic Concept of Sovereignty Basic Institutions of Governrnent in Islam Islamic History Period of Khlaft-e-Rashida Period of Ummayyads Period of Abbasids Social System of Islam Basic Concept of Social System of Islam Elements of Family Ethical values of Islam REFERENCE BOOKS: Ahmad Hassan, (1993), “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic research Institute: Islamabad Pakistan, International Islamic University. Bhatia, H. S. (1989) “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society”, New Dehli, Deep & Deep Publishers Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, (2001), “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia”, Islamabad, Pakistan Allama Iqbal Open University. Hamee ullah Muhammad, “Introduction to Islam Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi. Hamee ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam”, Islamabad: IRI Hamee ullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State”, Islamabad, Pakistan: Hussain Hamid Hassan Publication. Mir Waliullah, (1982), “Muslim Jrisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes”, Islamic Book Service. STAT-102 Introduction to Statistics –II Credit Hours: 03 Course Contents 1. Probability: a. Distributions: Binomial & Poisson Distribution b. Normal Distribution: Proportion & Application 2. Sampling Distribution & Estimation: a. How to make a sampling distribution: properties & application b. A brief introduction to estimation; proportion & estimation 3. Inferential statistics: a. Definition, basic assumptions / rationale and when to use which inferential statistic b. Hypothesis formulation: Null and Alternative Hypothesis c. One tailed & two tailed hypotheses tests. d. Hypothesis testing e. Level of significance: acceptance and rejection regions f. Type – I & Type – II errors. g. Testing the hypotheses: difference between means and within means of both large & small samples 4. Parametric statistics a. Introduction b. Z - Test c. t – Test d. Analysis of variance: one – way, two – way analysis of variance and multivariate analysis (ANOVA & MANOVA) e. Covariance and repeated measures 5. Non-parametric statistics a. Introduction i. Chi-square test (contingency table and proportions, Yates Correction) ii. Other non-parametric tests: (Wilcoxan test, Mann-Whitney test, Sign test, U-test Kruskal Wallis) b. Inferential Statistics and SPSS: i. Analysis and Interpretation of parametric and non parametric test through SPSS output ii. How to construct tables for research report / thesis RECOMMENDED BOOKS: 1. Guilford, J. P., & Fruchter, B. (1985). Fundamental statistics in psychology and education. New York: West Publishing Co. 2. Howell, D. C. (2004). Fundamental statistics for behavioral sciences. (4th ed.). Australia: Thomson, Brook. 3. McClane, J. T. (2000). A first course in statistics (7th ed.). New York: Prentice-Hall 4. Moore, D. S., & McCabe, G. P. (1998). Introduction other practice of statistics. (3rd ed.). New York: Longmans. ECON-101 Introduction to Economics Credit Hours: 03 Introduction: Nature, Scope and importance of Economics, Micro-economics vs macro-economics, Opportunity cost, production Demand, Supply and Equilibrium: Concept of demand and supply, determinants of demand and supply, Laws of demand and supply, Market Equilibrium, Skills of demand and supply and market equilibrium, Concept of elasticity, Price, Income and cross elasticity of demand, Laws of supply, price, elasticity of supply, Different determinant of elasticity of demand and supply, importance of elasticity of demand and supply.

Theory of Consumer Behavior: Utility Function, Different types of utility, Law of diminishing marginal utility, law of Equi-marginal utility, Consumer equilibrium. Theory of Production Cost and Revenue Factors of production and their rewards, Production Function, Laws of revenue, Cost of Production (Short run and long run), Revenue Analysis under perfect and imperfect competition, Concept of profit. Market Structures: Perfect competition and imperfect competition, a surotion and price/ output determination under perfect competition and imperfect competition. National Income Concepts of National Income, Measurement of National Income, Importance and difficulties in measurement of National Income. Macro-economic Issues Concepts of inflation, uneploment, Balance of Payment, Exchange rate and Business Cycles. Monetary and Piseal policies and their role in the economy. RECOMMENDED BOOKS: 1. Michel Parkin, 2001, Economics, 5th Ed, Addision Wesley 2. Muhammad Ramzan Sheikh and Muhammad Khursheed Khan, “Fundamentals of Economics”, MKG Publications, Multan. (latest edition) 3. Paul A. Samualson and w.D Nordhaus, 2004 Economics, 18th ed. McGraw Hills, Inc. 4. John Sloman, Economics, (latest edition) 5. Miller, Microeconomic Theory (latest edition) ARAB-101 Introduction to Arabic Credit Hours: 03 PSY-102 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY-II Credit Hours: 03 Course Contents  Cognition o Thinking o Image, Concept o Creative Thinking o Language o Syntax o Semantics o Phonetics o Ciramman  Intelligence o Nature of Intelligence o Stanford Binet Test of Intelligence o Wechslar’s Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS) o Variations in Intellectual ability  Personality o Nature of Personality o Development of Personality o Environment and Heredity o Theories of Personality o Freud, Jung, Adler, Carl Rogers  Social Processes and Relationships o Nature of Social Psychology o Attribution o Attitudes o Persuasion o Pro-social Behavior o Social Cognition o Prejudice  Health Psychology o Stress o Coping of Stress o Coronary Heart Disease o Cancer o Smoking  Psychological Disorders o Generalized Anxiety Disorder o Bipolar Disorders o Somatogona Disorders o Personality Disorders  Psychological Therapeutic Measures o Psychoanalysis o Cognitive Behavior Therapy o Rational Emotive Behavioral Therapy o Client Centered Therapy  Developmental Psychology o Prenatal Period o Infancy o Childhood o Adulthood o Old age o Death

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: 1. Edward, E. Smith, Suson Nolen-Hoeksema, & Barbava, L, (2003) Introduction to Psychology, 14th Edition. 2. Robin, K & Orew, W (2005) Psychology, 4th Edition New York 3. Robert, E. Feldman, (2006) Understanding Psychology, 7th Edition. 4. Robert, A. Baron, (2001). Psychology, 5th Edition, New York 5. Murphy G. & Korach, J.K., (2007) Historical Introduction to Modern Psychology, London 6. Sahakian, W.S. (1976) History and System of Psychology, John Wiley, New York 7. Wolmen, B.B. (Latest Edition) Contemporary Theories in Systems in Psychology, Harper & Raw, New York. 8. Schultz, D.P & Schultz, S.E. (1996). A History of Modern Psychology, Harcourt Publishers New York

************ BS 3rd Semester PSY-201 Experimental Psychology 3+0 PSY-202 Theories of Personality 3+0 ENG-201 English III (Technical Writing and Presentation Skills) 3+0 HIST-101 Introduction To History 3+0 SOC-102 Introduction To Sociology – II 3+0 COMP-101 Introduction to Computer 3+0 Total 18

PSY-201 Experimental Psychology Credit Hours: 03

 Explanation in scientific psychology o Sciences of knowledge o Nature of scientific explanations o Science of Psychology  Research Techniques: Observation and correlation o Naturalistic Observation o Relational Approach o Complex correlational procedures  Research Techniques: Experiments o What is an experiment? o Variables o Experimental Designs o Data  Ethical Issues and Writing research projects o Research with human participants o Ethics in research with animals o Parts of an article o Writing a research report  Psycho Physics o Measuring Sensations o Introducing the variables o Experimental topics and research illustration  Perception o Issues in Perception o From Problem to experiment o The stop effect  Attention and Reaction time o Confounding o Selection of the dependent variable o Measuring attention  Conditioning and Learning o Types of conditioning o Counter balancing: Simultaneous context o The partial reinforcement extinction effect  Human Factors o Human factors and Human behavior o Small designs: Dynamic visual activity o Field Research

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -

1. Mandler George, (2007), A History of Modern Experimental Psychology, MIT Press 2. Postman & Egan, (2007), Introduction of Experimental Psychology, Mc-Graw Hill 3. Kastowtite, B. Roegdiger, H & Elence, D. (2007), Experimental Psychology: Understanding Psychological Research. Wadsworth Publishers 4. Daivs, S. (2005)., Handbook of Research Methods in Experimental Psychology, Blackwell Publishing. 5. Goldstein, FB. (2005), Sensation of Perception, Wadsworth.

PSY-202 Theories of Personality Credit Hours: 03

Introduction to Personality:  Definition and meaning of personality  Components of personality theory The psychoanalytic perspective:  Basic assumption & main proponents  Sigmund Freud Basic concepts Personality Structure: Three Interacting Systems Personality Development: Stages of Development Personality Dynamic and Defense Mechanisms Application of Psycho Analytic Theory: Assessments & Intervention

 Carl Jung Basic Concepts: Conscious and Unconscious; Archetypes, Personality Typology, Personality Development Assessment and Interventions Critical Evolution  Alfred Adler Basic Concepts Assessment & Interventions Critical Evolution  Karen Horney Basic Concepts Assessment and Intervention Critical Evaluation  Erik Erikson Psycho Social Stages of Personality Development Assessment & Interventions Identity Crisis Object relation theory  Aeron Beck Basic concepts Assessment & interventions Critical evaluation  Albert Ellis Basic concepts Assessment & intervention Critical evaluation  Gordon Allport and the Individual o Structure and Dynamics of Personality o Development of Personality o Research and Research Methods  Raymond Cattell’s Factor-Analytic Trait Theory o Factor Analysis o The Nature of Personality o The Development of Personality o Research and Research Methods  George Kelly’s Personality Construct Theory o Personal History o Basic Assumptions o Constructive Alternativism o Man-the-Scientist o Motivation o Personality Constructs  Carl Roger’s Person- Centered Theory o The Structure of Personality o The Dynamics of Personality o The Development of Personality o Cognitive Dissonance Theory

Dispositional and Trait Theories Major assumptions and main proponents

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -

1. Allen B.P (1997) Personality theories : Development, growth & diversity (2nd ed.) Boston Allyn & Bacon. 2. Ewen, R.B (1998) An introduction of theories of personality (5th ed.) New Jersey : Lawrene Assiciate Publishers. 3. Larson R.J (2008) Personality Psychology (3rd ed.) Boston McGraw Hill.

ENG-201 English III (Technical Writing and Presentation Skills) Credit Hours: 03

Objectives: Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking Course Contents Presentation skills Essay writing Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative Academic writing How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, Language, form, clarity, consistency) Technical Report writing Progress report writing Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building Recommended books: Technical Writing and Presentation Skills a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing 1. Writing. Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 435407 3 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive, argumentative and report writing). 2. College Writing Skills by John Langan. Mc=Graw-Hill Higher Education. 2004.16 3. Patterns of College Writing (4th edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s Press.b) Presentation Skills c) Reading The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compiled by norther Illinois University. General Editiors: Janice Neulib; Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephen Ruffus and Maurice Scharton. (A reader which will give students exposure to the best of twentieth century literature, without taxing the taste of engineering students).

HIST-101 Introduction to History Credit Hours: 03

Course Content: 1. What is History? 2. Nature and scope of History. 3. Benefits of History: History as a corrective force ; History as a repetitive force 4. Branch of History (Political, Cultural, Social, Economics) 5. Relationship of History with other social sciences 6. Causation 7. Objectivity and subjectivity 8. Classification of History : Narrative History, Scientific History, Philosophy of History, Future History.

Recommended Books:  Bernard Cohn. An Anthropology among History, Scientific History , Philosophy of History, Future Histroy.  Caroline Steedman. Dust: The Archive and Cultural History , Manchester University Press,1988.  Carlo, Ginzburg, Clues. Myths and the Historical Method, John Hopkins: University Press , 2002.  Carr, E.H., What is History ? Harmondsworth : Penguin, 1961.  Collingwood, R.G The idea of History . Oxford University Press 1978.  G.W.G.Hegel . Elements of the Philosophy of right. Cambridge University Press,1991.  Gertrude Himmalfarb. The New History and the old, Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1987.  Govranski . History Meaning and Methods, USA, 1969.  Johan Stuart Mill. On Liberty and Other Essay, Oxford, University Press, 2008.  Qureshi, Muhammad Aslam . A Study of Historiography . Lahore: Pakistan Book Center , Latest Edition.  Peter Burke. Varieties of Culture History , Cornell University Press , 1977.  Ranjit Guha. The small Voice of History , Delhi: Permanent Black , Delhi, 2010.  Stern Fritz. Varieties of History: from Voltaire to the present , vintage ,2nd Edition 1975.

SOC-102 Introduction to Sociology-II Credit Hours: 03  The development & Perspectives of Sociology Interactional Perspective Functional Perspective Conflict Perspective Evolutionary Perspective  The Social Institutions Institutional Traits Functional & Interrelationship Types of Institutions The Family The Religions The Political The Economic The Educational Recreational  Social Control Methods of Social Control Social deviation  The role of tolerance in society Importance of tolerance Concept of tolerance in Islam Lack of tolerance and reasons  Social Structure Social integration  Social Stratification  Social Mobility  Socio-cultural changes Cultural change Social change Mass communication

COMP-101 Introduction to Computer Credit Hours: 03 Course Objectives This course is designed in view of the application of computers in wide range of areas. This course would familiarize students with basics of computer. The course will cover introduction to computer software related to psychology.

Course Outcome After having completed this course students would be able to use window software such as MS office including MS Excel, MS Word and Power point. Course Contents Introduction to Computers History of Computer Development Uses and Limitations Basic Units of Personal Computers Introduction to Windows Why Windows? Basic features of Windows Starting up Using Applications Managing Files and Folders Managing the Desktop Change Settings Introduction to MS Word Basic features of MS Word Typing, editing, formatting text Saving and printing Making Tables in Word Introduction to MS Excel Basic features Everyday Worksheet Tasks Creating and Formatting Charts Printing Worksheet Introduction to Power Point Basic Features Preparing presentations using Power Point Using Computer for online Literature Search E-books E-journals Data Bases Recommended Books Maran, R. (1995).Windows 95 simplified. Foster City, C.A: IDG Books World Wide, Inc. Maran, R., & Wing, K. (1997).Teach yourself word 97, Foster City, C.A: IDG Books world wide, Inc. Nelson, K.Y. (1996). Windows 95 is driving me crazy. Berkeley, CA: Peach Pit Press. Person, R. (1993).Using Excel Version 5 for windows. Indianapolis: Que Corporation. **********

BS 4th Semester ENG-202 English, (IV) Drama, Poetry and literacy, Criticism 03 POL-101 Political Science 03 ANTH-101 Fundamental of Anthropology 03 CHEM-230 Bio-Chemistry 03 PSY-255 History and Systems of Psychology 03 PSY-256 Research Methodology Quantitative 03 Total 18

ENG-202 English, (IV) Drama, Poetry and literacy, Criticism Credit Hours: 03 Letter Writing  Good News Letter  Bad News Letter Special Letters  Letter of Congratulation  Letter about reservation  Letter of invitation  Letter of condolence TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION Report Writing Technical report writing Investigation report writing Short report writing Professional Skills CV writing & job application Interview skills English Literature Poetry  The man he killed (Thomas Hardy)  Across the Indus (Taufeeq Rafat)  Meeting at night (Robert Browning)  Slopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening (Robert Frost)  We are Seven (William Wordsorth)  Echoing Green (William Blake) Prose & Essays  Three days to see (Helen Keller)  Of Marriage & Single life  Of Parents and children Short Story  The Necklace (Maupassant)  TA-NA-E-KA (Mary Whitebird) Drama (Selected Reading’s)  Romeo & Juilet(Balcony Scene:Act-II Scene-2)  Hamlet (4th Soliloquy: Act-III Scene-I)  Merchant of venice(Court Scene:Act-IV Scene –I)

Suggested Reading: 1. English for Undergraduates Oxford University Press 2. Himstreet & Baty (1984) business communication. Principles and Methods (Seventh Edition) Boston, Massachusetts: Kent Publishing company. 3. Howe, D.H (2005) English for Undergraduates ,Karachi: QUP 4. Raman , Mr, & Singh , P (2006) Business Communication , New Delhi Oxford University Press. POL-101 Political Science Credit Hours: 03

Objective: The objective of this course is to introduce the students with the fundamentals of the subject of Political Science and prepare them for advanced studies in the forthcoming semesters. The very basic concepts and terminology commonly used in the further courses of studies are taught to make the students friendly with the subject. Contents: 1. Definition, Nature, Scope and Sub-fields of Political Science. 2. Relationship of Political Science with other social sciences. 3. Approaches to the study of Political Science: Traditional and Modern. 4. Basic concept of Political Science: Authority, Legitimacy, Nation and Sovereignty. 5. State: its origin and evolution ; Western and Islamic concepts of state , Forms of State: Unitary, Federation, Confederation. 6. Organs of Government: Legislature, Executive, Judiciary. 7. Forms of Government: Parliamentary, Presidential, Authoritarian. Note: Sub-fields of Political Science include: Political Philosophy/Theory; Comparative Politics; International Relations; Public Administrative/ Public Policy; Local Government,etc. Recommended Books: 1. Choudhary Ahmad Shafi, Usul-e Siyasiat ( Urdu), Lahore Standard Book Depot, 1996. 2. Sheikh Bashir Ahmad, Riyasat Jo 11m (Sindhi meaning Science of state), Jamshoro, Institute of Sindhalogy, University of Sindh, 1985. 3. Mazier ul Haq, Theory and Practice in Political Science , Lahore. 4. Bookland , 1996. 5. Michael G Roskin, Political Science: An Introduction , London: 6. Prentice Hall ,1997. ANTH-101 Fundamental of Anthropology Credit Hours: 03

Objectives: The course aims to introduce the pertinent concept and theories about evolution of humans and culture . the course will dilate branches of anthropology including physical anthropology archaeology, social- cultural anthropology and linguistic anthropology. Course Outline: 1. Introduction Definition, Concept and branches Physics, Social, Archaeology, Liquidities. Relationship of Anthropology with other Social Sciences. Relation between Sociology and Anthropology. Anthropology research techniques. Growth of Anthropology. 2. Evolution. Evolution of Evolution Mendel’s Law of Segregation. Mitosis& Meiosis 3. How we discover past. Kinds of evidence Analyze & dating the evidence Site creation. 4. The living primates: Common features of primates Classification of primates. Hominoids 5. Primates Evolution from early primates to hominoids Eon, Bras and Epochs. Cenonzole Era in detail. 6. The first Hominoids. Australopithecus anamensis. Australopithecus Robust us. Homo Hedielbergensis/neanderthalensis Homos habills Homos ereclus Homo sapiens 7. The Stone Age: Palcolithic Mesolithic Neolirhic 8. Culture The Nature of Culture. Definition, Properties and Taxpnomy The evolution and growth of culture Universal aspect of culture Material and Non-Material aspects Culture Diversity and integration Global and culture 9. Origin of cities & states 10. Origin of food production & Settled Life 11. Language and communication Origin of language Structure of language Socio- linguistics Nonverbal communication. 12. Marriage Kinship Types of marriage Concept of incest taboo Kinship systems. Rule of decent Types of decent system 13. Political system Kind of political systems Political system and economics system. 14. Religion Origin, functions of religion Religion and culture ecology Religion and social control Kind of religion With craft and Sorcery Recommended Books: 1. Ahmad, Akbar S, 1990 Pakistan Society, Karachi, Royal Books Co. 2. Bernard, H. Kussel 1994 Research Methods in Anthropology, Qualitative Quantitative Approaches, Londan “Stage” Pub,ications. 3. Bodley, John H. 1994, Cultural Anthropology, California Mayfield Publishing Delhi. 4. Brogger, Jan. 1993. Social Anthropology and the Lonely Crowd, New Reliance Publishing.

CHEM-230 Bio- Chemistry Credit Hours: 03

Course Contents:  Proteins: Amino Acid, Peptides & Proteins Metabolism of Proteins & Amino Acids  Enzymes: Mechanism of action Regulation of activities  Bioenergetics Definition of Bioenergetics The role of APT Biologic Oxidation  Metabolism of Lipids Lipids of physiologic significance Integration of Metabolism --- the provision of metabolism fuels.  Structure, Function & Replication of Information macromolecules Genes and Chromosomes Nucleic Acid structure & Function DNA RNA  Biochemistry of Extracellular & Intracellular Communication Membranes system & Function (Notes) Endocrine system, Hormone action & signal transduction. New olrailsmission  Special Topics Nutrition, Digestion & Absorption Vitamins & Minerals Free radicals and antioxidant nutrients Books Recommended:  Harper’s illustrated Biochemistry, 28th Edition by Robert Murray, Victor Rodwell, Dav Bender and Kathleen M.Botliam.  Lippincott’s illustrated review : Biochemistry (Lippincott’s illustrated review series ) By riehard A. Hurvey PHD and Denise R. Ferrier.

PSY-255 History and Systems of Psychology Credit Hours: 03  Introduction o Why study the history of psychology? o Revisions in the traditional views of science o Persistent questions in psychology  Early Greek Philosophy o The first philosophers o Thales, Anaxinander, Heraclites, Parmenides, Pythagoras, Empedocles, Democritus o Early Greek Medicin o The relativity of Truth o Protagoras, Gorgias, Xenophobes, Socrates, o Plato o Aristotle  After Aristotle o Skepticism & Cynicism o Epicureanism and Stoicism o Neoplatonism and Emphasis on spirit o The Dark ages o Scholasticism  The Beginning of Modern Science and Philosophy o Renaissance Humanism o Challenges to Church authority o Revie Descartes  Empiricism, Sensationalism and positivism o British Empiricism o French Sensationalism o Positivism  Rationalism o Baruch Spinoza o Immanuel Kart o Johann Friedrich Herbert o Friedrich Hegel  Romanticism and Existentialism o Romanticism o Existentialism  Early Developments in Physiology and the rise of experimental psychology o Individual differences o Helmholte o Early Research on Brain Functioning o The rise of experimental psychology  Voluntarism, Structuralism and other early approaches to Psychology o Voluntarism o Structuralism: Wondt o Tichtner o Other early approaches  The Darwinian Influence o Charles Darwin o Sir Francis Galton o Intelligence testing after Galton

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -

1. Pear Joseph J. (2007)., A Historical and Contemporary Look at Psychological Systems, Psychology Press and Lawrence Erlbaum Associates 2. Hergenhahn, BR, (2007), An Introduction to History of Psychology, Wadsworth. 3. Sharma, N. & Sharma, R. (2003), History and Schools of Psychology, Atlantic Publishers 4. Murphy, Gardner, 1979, Historical Introduction to Modern Psychology, Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. 5. Hothesall David, (2004), History of Psychology, Mc-Graw Hill. 6. Wertheimer Michael, (2000). A Brief History of Psychology, Thomson Wadsworth 7. Leahey Thomas Hard, (2004). A History of Pscychology, Pearson Education. 8. Hergenhahn, B. (2001). An Introduction to the History of Psychology, Wadsworth 9. Sharma, N. & Sharma, R. (2003). History and Schools of Psychology. Atlantic Publishers PSY-256 Research Methodology Quantitative Credit Hours: 03

 The Methods used in Psychological Research o Purpose of research o Distinction between quantitative and qualitative methods o Ethical issues in psychological research  The Preliminary Stages of Research o Choice of topic o Focusing on a specific area of research o Choice of method, hypothesis and research design o Measurement in psychology o Sampling Process  Variables and the validity of Research Designs o Independent, Dependent and other variables o The validity of research design o Efficacy and effectiveness  Research designs and their internal validity o Types of designs o The allocation of participants o Specific examples of research designs o One variable one level o One independent variable, two levels o One independent variable, more than two levels o One independent variable, one dependent variables  Asking questions: Interviews and Surveys o Topics for questions o Formats and setting for asking questions o Types of Questions o Layout and pilot study  Measuring attitudes and Meaning o Reliability of Measures o Attitude Scales o Techniques to measure meaning  Observation and content analysis o Introduction and types of observation o Issues shared between observation and content analysis o Structured observation  Scales of Measurement o Scales of Measurement o Statisticians and Scales o Indicators  Summarizing and Describing Data o Numerical Methods o Graphical Methods o Distribution of Data  Samples and Populations o Choosing a sample o Random and Non-random Sampling

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -

1. Carter, D. (2007). Quantitative Psychological Research: A student handbook, Psychology press 2. Smoekh, B. & Lewin L. (2007), Research Methods in the Social Sciences, Vistaar Publications 3. Rice, P. & Ezxy, D. (2007). Qualitative Research Methods, Oxford Univ. Press 4. John Shaughness., (2008), Research Methods in Psychology, Mc-Graw Hill

*************

BS 5th Semester Psy-301 Social Psychology 3+0

Psy-302 Developmental Psychology 3+0

Psy-303 Behavioral Neuro Science 3+0

Psy-304 Research Methodology Qualitative 3+0

Psy-305 Counseling Psychology 3+0

Psy-306 Abnormal Psychology 3+0

Total 18

PSY-301 Social Psychology Credit Hours: 03

 Introduction to Social Psychology o What is Social Psychology? o Historical Background of Social Psychology o Social Cognition o Social Identity theory o Evolutionary Approaches  Research Methods in Social Psychology o Pilot Research o Survey Methods o How to develop questionnaires? o Sample o Variables  Social Influence and Social Memory o Inferences about individuals o Spontaneous trait inferences and memory o Trait Inferences o Biases in Memory o Individual Impression Formation o Inferences about group type o The concept of self  Stereotyping and Impression Formation o Stereotype Activation o Cognitive moderators of stereotype Activation o Motivation and Stereotype application o Impression Formation o Stereotype suppression  Portraits of the self o Self enhancement o Mremic neglect o Selective acceptance o Strategic Social Comparison o Self-Evaluation Maintenance o Constraints on self-enhancements  Attitudes o Components of attitudes o Cognitive routes o Affective routes o Behavioral routes o Formation of attitudes o Attitude Change  Persuasion o Paths leading to persuasion o Elements of persuasion o Real life persuasion  Prejudice o Nature and power of prejudice o Social sources of prejudice o Motivational sources of prejudice o Cognitive sources of prejudice  Pro-Social Behavior, Helping Others o Why do we help? o Who will help? o How to increase help?  Aggression o What is aggression? o Theories of aggression o How to reduce aggression? o Influence of aggression

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: - 1. Meyers, D. (2007). Exploring Social Psychology 6th ed. Mc-Graw Hill Inc. 2. Cooper, J. & Hogg, M. (2005), Handbook of Social Psychology, Sage Publications. 3. Worchel, Stephen, (2007), Social Psychology Wadsworth. 4. Baron A., Nobert, (2007), Exploring Social Psychology, Allyn & Bacon. 5. Leary, Mark R., and Hoyle H. Rick, (2009), Handbook of Individual Differences in Social Behavior, Wadsworth

PSY-302 Developmental Psychology Credit Hours: 03

 Introduction to Developmental Psychology o Lifespan Psychology, An overview o Theories of Development o Interpretation of the life span  Origin of Development o The Biological basis of Development o Pregnancy and Birth  Infancy o Development Milestones of Infancy o Neonates o Perceptual Development o Cognitive Development o Language Development  Early Childhood o Physical and Motor Development o Cognitive Development o Psychosocial Development o Emotional Life of Girls and Boys Respectively  Middle Childhood o Physical Development o Nutrition o Physical Changes in Middle Childhood o Piaget’s Theory of Concrete Operations o Thinking and Problem Solving o Moral Development  Adolescence o Physical Changes during Adolescence o Theories of Adolescence o Piaget’s Adolescent Egocentrism o Creative Thinking o Mental Health Issues o Peer Relations o Sexual Behavior  Early Adulthood o Initiation into Adulthood o Intellectual/ Ethical Development o Patterns of Work o Marriage o Personal Development o Sexual Identity and Gender Roles  Middle Adulthood o Physical Development . Muscular Ability . Sensory Ability o Intelligence o Memory o Midcareer Crisis o General Adaptation Syndrome o Marriage at Middle age o Middle aged divorced person  Late Adulthood o Physiological theories of aging o Genetic Theories of Aging o Effects of Natural Environment on Aging o Terminal Drop o Social Development  Dying and Spirituality o Role of Death in Life o Four Types of Death o Pathological Grieving o Role of Funeral o Rejection of Life o Jung’s Theory of Spirituality o Fowler’s Theory of Spirituality o Wilson’s Theory of Spirituality

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -

1. Dacey, J. & Travers, J. (2006), Human Development Across the Lifespan, 8th ed. Mc- Graw Hill 2. Berk, L. (2007). Development through the Lifespan, 7th ed. Allyn and Bacon. 3. Dacey, J, & Travers, J. (2002). Human Development Across the Lifespan, 5th ed. McGraw Hill 4. Berk, L. (2004). Development Through the Lifespan. 3rd ed. Allyn & Bacon

PSY-303 Behavioral Neuro Science Credit Hours: 03

 Origins of Physiological Psychology o Nature of Physiological Psychology o Essential issues in Research o Careers in Neuro Science  Structure and Functions of Cells of Neuro Science o Cells of Neuro Science o Communication within Neurons o Communication between Neurons  Structure of the Neuro Science o C. N. S. (Central Neuro Science) o P.N.S (Peripheral Neuro Science)  Psychopharmacology o Principles of Psychopharmacology o Sites of Drug Action o Neurotransmitter  Vision o Anatomy of the visual system o Analysis of visual information o Role of the visual association cortex  Audition o Anatomy of Auditory system o Gustalion o Olfaction  Sleep o Physiological mechanism of sleep and awakening o Disorders of Sleep o Biological Clocks  Emotion o Expression and recognition of emotion o Feelings of emotion o Aggressive Behavior  Learning and Memory o Learning and Synaptic Plasticity o Perceptual Learning o Instrumental Vs Classical Conditioning o Relational Learning  Ingestive Behavior o Drinking o Eating and metabolism o Eating Disorder  Neurological Disorders o Tumors o Seizure disorders o Cerebro-vascular accidents o Developmental and Degenerative Disorders  Human Communication o Speech Production and Comprehension o Brain Mechanisms o Disorders of Reading and Writing

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -

1. Carlson, N. (1999). Foundations of Physiological Psychology, 4th ed. Allyn & Bacon 2. Kiernan, J. (2005). The Human Nervous System, Lippincott William Publishers 3. Kalat, JW. (2005), Biological Psychology, Wadsworth. 4. Andreassi John L. (2006). Psychophysiology, Routledge 5. Carlson, N. (2005). Foundation of Physiological Psychology, 6th ed. Allyn & Bacon

PSY-304 Research Methodology Qualitative Credit Hours: 03

 Introduction o What is qualitative research? o Why use qualitative research methods?  Theory in qualitative research o Introduction o Positivism o Phenomenology, Symbolic interactionism, Feminism, postmodernism, hermeneutics  Rigour, Ethics and Sampling o Theoretical approaches to rigour o Techniques for ensuring rigour o Sampling strategies for qualitative research o Theoretical sampling  In-depth interviews o Introduction o Art of a good interview o Interview techniques o Managing interviews  Focus groups o History of focus groups o Focus group as a method o Focus group interaction o Participants, Moderator and note-taker  Narrative Analysis o Why use narrative analysis? o What is a narrative? o Types of narrative analysis  Ethnography o Introduction o The ethnographer o Key informants o Advantages and limitations  Qualitative data analysis o Research design and data analysis o Content analysis o Computer-assisted qualitative data analysis o Post structuralism and semiotics  Writing a qualitative research proposal o What is a research proposal? o Structure of a research proposal o Determinants of a successful proposal.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: - 1. Rice, P. & Ezxy, D. (2004). Qualitative Research Methods. Oxford University Press 2. Smoekh, B. & Lewin, C. (2005). Research Methods in the social sciences. Wistaar Publication PSY-305 Counseling Psychology Credit Hours: 03  Introduction to counseling o Relationship between counseling and psychotherapy o Theory and practice in counseling o Aims of counseling  Cultural and historical origins of counseling o Emergence of the trade in lunacy o Invention of psychotherapy o Secularization of society o Role of cal Rogers  Issues in the psychodynamic approach to counseling o Work of Sigmund Freud o Post-Freudian evolution of the psychodynamic approach o Attachment theory o Conversational Model  Cognitive Behavioral Approach to Counseling o Origin of cognitive behavioral approach o Application of behavioral ideas in counseling o Cognitive Strand o Cognitive Process o Cognitive Content o Solution focused therapy  Person-centered approach o Image of person in P.C.T o Therapeutic Process o Congruence and Presence o Empathy  Feminist approach to the radicalization of counseling o Feminism as philosophy and social action o Integrationist approaches o Store center model  Narrative approaches to counseling; working with stories o Psychodynamic approaches to narrative o Cognitive/ constructive approaches to narrative o Social constructionist narrative therapy  Philosophical counseling o Relevance of philosophy for counseling and psychotherapy o Range and Scope of philosophical analysis o Existentialism o Postmodern Theory  Counseling Relationship o Psychoanalytical concept of transference o Concept of boundary o Role of money in relationship  Process of counseling o Negotiating expectations o Assessment o Establishing a working alliance o Ending counseling o Using structured exercises and interventions  Morals, Values and ethics in counseling practice o Ethical guidelines developed by professional organizations o Ethical principles

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: - 1. Mcleod, J. (2003). An Introduction to counseling 3rd ed. Open University Press 2. Geldard, K., & Geldard, D. (2005). Practical counseling skills. Polgrave McMillan

PSY-306 Abnormal Psychology Credit Hours: 03  Introduction to Abnormal Psychology o Historical background of Abnormal Psychology o Current Paradigms in Abnormal Psychology . Biological Paradigm . Psychoanalytic paradigm . Humanistic end existential paradigms . Leaving paradigms  Research Methods in Abnormal Psychology o Case Study o Epidemiological Research o Correlational Method o Single-Subject Experimental Research o Mixed Designs  Classification and Diagnosis o Diagnostic System of the American Psychiatric Association (DSM-IV-TR) o Issues in the classification of Abnormal Behavior  Anxiety Disorders o Phobia o Panic Disorder o Generalized Anxiety Disorder o Obsessive Compulsive disorder o PISD  Somatoform and Dissipative Disorders

 Somatoform Disorders o Pain Disorder o Body Dimorphic disorders o Conversion disorders o Hypochondriasis  Dissociative Disorder o Dissociative Amresia o Dissociative Fuge o Depresonalization Disorder o Dissociative Identity Disorder  Eating Disorders o Anorenia Nervosa o Bulimia Nervosa o Birge Eating Disorders  Mood Disorders o Depression o Mania o Bipolar I Disorder o Bipolar II o Unipolar Disorders  Schizophrenia o Catatonic Type o Disorganized Type o Paranoid Type o Residual Type  Substance-Related Disorders o Alcohol abuse and Dependence o Nicotine and Cigarette Smoking o Marijuana o Sedatives o Stimulants  Personality Disorders o Paranoid Personality Disorders o Schizoid Personality Disorders o Schizotypal Personality Disorders o Borderline Personality Disorders o Nonrissistic Personality Disorders o Histrionic Personality Disorders o Antisocial Personality Disorders  Childhood Disorder o Landuct Disorders o Learning Disorders o Mental Retardation o Autistic Disorders

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: - 1. Comer, R. (2007)., Abnormal Psychology 7th ed. Wadsworth 2. Barlow DH. (2007), Abnormal Psychology, Wadsworth. 3. Davison, G. Neale, J. & Kring, A. (2006), Abnormal Psychology 9th ed. John Willey 4. Alloy, LB., 1999, Abnormal Psychology, Wadsworth. 5. Durand VM. 2000, Abnormal Psychology, Wadsworth. 6. Kendall, PC. 1998, Abnormal Psychology, Houghton Mifflin. 7. DSM-IV-TR 8. Coner, R. (2004). Abnormal Psychology, 5th ed. Worth 9. Davison, G. Neale, J. & Kring, A. (2004). Abnormal Psychology. 9th ed. Willey Publishers *********** BS 6th Semester PSY-351 Educational Psychology 3+0 PSY-352 Industrial/ Organizational Psychology 3+0 PSY-353 Clinical Psychology 3+0 PSY-354 Positive Psychology 3+0 PSY-355 Psychological Testing 3+0 PSY-356 Cross Cultural Psychology 3+0 Total 18

PSY-351 Educational Psychology Credit Hours: 03  Teachers, Teaching and Educational Psychology o Teacher-student Relationship o Teacher Preparation and Quality o What is good teaching? o Role of educational psychology o Using Research to understand and improve teaching  Cognitive Development and Language of Students o The Developing Brain o Specialization and Integration o Piaget’s theory of Cognitive Development o Basic Tendencies in Thinking o Vygotsky’s Socio-cultural approach o Role of Adults and Peers o Language Development o Family and Community Partnerships  Personal, Social and Emotional Development o The work of Erikson o Self Concept and Self Esteem o Gender, Ethnicity and Self-Esteem o Self and Others o Moral Development o Socialization  Learner Differences and Learning Needs o Language and Labeling o Individual Differences in Intelligence o Ability Difference and Teaching o Cognitive and Learning Styles o Family and Community Partnerships o Students having specific disorders/ impairments  Role of the Teacher o Today’s multicultural classrooms o Social class differences o SES and achievement o Ethnic and Racial differences o Legacy of discrimination o Stereotype Threat o Recognizing Giftedness in Bilingual Students  Behavioral Views of Learning o Nature of Learning o Classical Conditioning o Operant Conditioning o Applied Behavior Analysis  Cognitive Views of Learning o Elements of Cognitive Perspective o Sensory Memory o Role of Attention o Working Memory o Meta Cognition, Regulation and Individual differences  Motivation in Learning and Teaching o What is motivation? o Your general approaches to motivation o Socio cultural components of motivation o Self-Determinism

 Standardized Testing o Evaluation, Measurement and Assessment o Types of Scores o Types of Standardized Tests o Accommodations in Testing

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: - 1. Wheldall Kevin. (2009), Educational Psychology, Routeledge 2. Sharma, P. (2005) Educational Psychology. APA Publishing co-operation 3. Woolfork, A. (2007), Educational Psychology, Pearson Education Inc.

PSY-352 Industrial/ Organizational Psychology Credit Hours: 03  The History of Industrial/ Organizational Psychology o What is industrial/ organizational psychology? o 100 years of history o Importance of industrial/ organizational psychology in the 21st century  Research Methods in Industrial/ Organizational Psychology o What is Science? o Research terminology and Basic Concepts o Types of Experimental Designs o Measurement and Psychometrics  Job Analysis o Approaches to Job Analysis o Job Description and Specification o Job Evaluation  Criterion Measurement o Defining criterion and their properties o Two Major components of the criterion problem o Distinction among performance criterion  Performance Appraisal o Use of performance appraisal o Role of industrial/ organizational psychologist in performance appraisal o A contextual approach  Predictors o Classification of tests o Types of Predictors  Recruitment and Selection o Internal Vs External recruitment o Selection Process o Selection Testing & Interview  Training o Assessing, Training Needs o Training methods and Techniques  Motivation o Theoretical Perspectives o Application of motivational Theories  Job Attitudes: Antecedents and consequences o Attitudes, Intentions and behavior o Job Satisfaction o Organizational Commitment  Stress and Worker Well-being o Stress and strains o Environmental Determinants of Well-Being o Work Family conflict  Group Processes and Work Teams o Group Vs Teams o Group decision making o Work team of the 21st century

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: - 1. Finchan, R., & Rhodes, P. (2003). Principles of Organizational Behavior, 3rd ed. Oxford 2. Noe, R., Hollenbeck, J. Gerhart, B., & Wright, P. (2006). Human Resource Management. 5th ed, McGraw Hill. 3. Newstrom John W. (2007). Organizational Behavior. (12th Ed). McGraw Hill. 4. Luthan Fred, (2005). Organizational Behavior, McGraw Hill Inc. 5. Robins. Stephen, (2005). Organizational Behavior, McGraw Hill Inc. 6. Levy, P. (2003). Industrial/ Organizational Psychology, Understanding the Workplace. Hougton Mifflin 7. Rogelberg, S. (2004). Handbook of Research Methods in Industrial and Organizational Psychology. Blackwell PSY-353 Clinical Psychology Credit Hours: 03  Introduction to clinical psychology o Clinical psychology and other mental health professions o Role of clinical psychologist o Models of clinical psychological training  Research Methods in clinical psychology o Role of research in clinical psychology o Research Process  Models of Development, Behavior and Personality o Purpose of a theory o Parsimony o Logic and Internal Consistency o Test Ability o Psycho Analytic Therapy o Interpersonal Approaches o Cognitive Theories  Assessment in clinical psychology o Goals of assessment o Deciding what is being assessed o Determining the goals of assessment o Diagnosis o Severity o Screening o Prediction o Evaluation of Intervention  Clinical Interviewing o Communication Skills o Attending Skills o Inghening Skills o Role ability and validity of interviews o Diagnostic Interviews for Adults o Diagnostic Interviews for Children  Measurement of Intelligence o Definition of Intelligence o Origins of Intelligence o Research regarding measuring intelligence o Individual differences in intelligence o Stanford Binet Test of intelligence o Roufman Assessment battery for children o Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale o Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children  Neuropsychological Testing o Halstead Reitan Battery  Assessment of Personality o Theory of Personality o Objective Personality Test o Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory o Projective Personality Tests o Rorschach Inkblot Test o Thematic Apperception Test  Behavioral Assessment o Behavioral Observation o Self Monitoring o Rating Scales of Behavior o Rational Emotive Behavioral Therapy

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: - 1. Michael T. Nietzel, Douglas A. Bernstein, & Geoffrey P. Kramer (2009) Introduction to Clinical Psychology, 6th Ed. Prentice Hall 2. Goteib, I. & Compas, B. (2006), Introduction to Clinical Psychology, Mc-Graw Hill 3. Steen, L. & Fleming, I (2007), Supervision and Clinical Psychology, TJ International Ltd. 4. Judith M. (2005). Image Psychology, Matbooaj Lahore. 5. Feltham Colin, Horton Jan, (2001)., Handbook of Counseling and Psychotherapy, Sage Publications 6. Sadock, Benjamin, Sadock Virginia (2002), Textbook of Psychotherapy, Vol. 2, Lippincott willians, Wilkins. 7 Compus, E. Compas & Gotlib, H. Ian ( 2002). Introduction to Clinical Psychology. Mc- Graw Hill Inc. PSY-354 Positive Psychology Credit Hours: 03

 Introduction: Positive psychology, positive prevention, positive therapy  Identifying Strengths: Stopping, the madness, Positive psychology and the Deconstruction of the illness ideology and the DSM, toward a science of mental health, positive direction in diagnosis and intervention  Emotion Focused Approaches: Subject well being, the science of happiness and life satisfaction, Resilience in development, the concepts of flow, positive affectivity, the disposition to experience pleasurable emotional states, positive motions, the social construction of self esteem, the adaptive potential of coping through emotional approach, the positive psychology of emotion intelligence, emotional creativity  Cognitive focused approaches: Creativity and giftness, well being, mindfulness versus positive evaluation, optimism, Optimistic Explanatory style, hope theory, self-efficacy, the power of believing you can, problem solving appraisal and psychological adjustment, Setting goals for life and happiness, the passion to know, a developmental perspective, wisdom: it’s structure and function in regulating successful life span  Self based approaches: Reality negotiation, uniqueness seeking, happiness,  Interpersonal approaches: Relationship connection, the role of minding in the enhancement of closeness, compassion, the psychology of forgiveness, gratitude and science of positive psychology, love, empathy and altruism  Specific coping approaches: Sharing one’s story: On the benefits of writing or talking about emotional experience, benefit finding and benefit reminding, positive responses to loss, perceiving benefits and growth, the pursuit of meaningfulness in life, humor, meditation and positive psychology

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:- 1. Alan Carr, (2004), The Science of Happiness and Human strengths, Bruner-Routledge 2. Seligman, Martin P, (2006), Learned Optimism, Vintage Books 3. Goleman Daniel, (1995), Emotional Intelligence, Bantam Books 4. Goleman Daniel, (1998), Workink with Emotional Intelligence, Bantam Books PSY-355 Psychological Testing Credit Hours: 03  The origins of Psychological Testing o Importance of testing o Brass Instruments Era of testing o Influence of Binet’s Early Research upon Testing  Nature and uses of Psychological Tests o How to define a test o Types of tests o Uses of testing  Norms and reliability o Norms o Testing Standardization o Raw Score o Transformation of Raw Scores o Selecting a Norm Group  Reliability o Definition o Types of Reliability  Validity o Definition o Types of Validity o Standard Error of Measurement  Test Construction o Defining a Test o Selecting in Scaling Method o Constructing the Items o Testing the Items o Revising the Test o Publishing the Test  Measurement of Intelligence o Definition o Theories of Intelligence o Stand Ford Binet Test  Individual Tests of Intelligence o Wechsler Scales of Intelligence o Rangman brief intelligence test o Detroit Tests of Learning Aptitude-4  Group Tests of Aptitude o A primer of factor analysis o Multiple aptitude test batteries o General aptitude test o Armed Services vocational aptitude battery  Computerized Assessment of Testing o Computer based test Interpretation o Scoring Reports o Descriptive Reports o Actuarial Reports o Actuarial Interpretation o Computer assisted Clinical Reports

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: - 1. Anastasi, A. & Urbina, S. (2004). Psychological Testing, Pearson Edu. Ltd. 2. Gregory, R. (2004), Psychological Testing 4th ed. Pearson Edu. Ltd. 3. Kaplan RM., 1997, Psychological Testing, Wadsworth. 4. Binggli, NJ. 2001, Psychological Measurement of Children. PSY-356 Cross Cultural Psychology Credit Hours: 03  An Introduction to Cross-Cultural Psychology (C.C.P) o What Psychology is all about? o Understanding the process of research in psychology o The Impact of Cross cultural psychology  Understanding and Defining Culture o Definition of Culture o Introduction to Ethnocentrism and stereotypes o The influence of culture on psychology  Culture and Self o Culture and concepts of self o Critical Thinking and evaluation of the analysis o Beyond dependent and interdependent self constructs  Evaluating Cross-Cultural Research o Nature of truth in psychology and importance of research method o Special Issues in Cross Cultural Psychology research  Cultural and Basic Psychological Processes o Cultural and Biological Basis of Behavior o Culture and Perception o Culture and Cognition o Culture and Consciousness o Culture and Intelligence  Culture and Development o Enculturation and socialization o Culture and Psychological Processes in Development  Culture and Gender o Definition o Cross-Cultural Research on Gender o Conclusion  Culture and Mental Health o Defining Abnormality o Assessment of Abnormal Behavior o Treatment of Abnormal Behavior

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: - 1. Mastsumoto, D. (2000). Culture and Psychology, 2nd ed. Wadsworth 2. Samover, L. (2005). Handbook of Cross Cultural Communicaton. Jaico Book Publishers. *********** BS 7th Semester PSY-401 Health Psychology 03 PSY-402 Psychotherapy 03 PSY-403 Internship (6-8 weeks) 03 PSY-404 Cognitive Psychology (Optional) 03 PSY-405 Muslim Psychology (Optional) 03 PSY-406 Child Psychology (Optional) 03 PSY-407 Forensic Psychology (Optional) 03 PSY-408 Human Resources Management HRM (Optional) 03 Total 15

PSY-401 Health Psychology Credit Hours: 03  Introduction o What is Health? o Psychology’s involvement in Health o Revision Scientific foundation of Health Psychology  Research Methods in Psychology o Evaluation of Research Methods o Determining Causation o Theories of Health Protective Behaviors  Stress and its Measurement o Theories of Stress o Measurement of Stress  Stress and Coping o Physiology of the Immune System o Psychoneuroinmunology o Personality factors affecting stress and disease o Revision + Test  Pain o Pain and the Nervous System o The Meaning of Pain o The Measurement of Pain o Preventing Pain o Coping with Stress and Pain o Personal Resources that Influence coping o Techniques of Coping with Stress and Pain  Cardiovascular Disease o The Cardiovascular System o Measures of Cardiovascular Function o Changing Rates of Cardiovascular Disease o Modifying Risk factors for CVD  Cancer o Cancer and Changing Mortality Rates o Behavioral Risk factors your cancer o Risk factors beyond personal control o Psychological risk factors and cancers  Chronic Illness o The impact of chronic illness o Following a cardiac rehabilitation o Coping with cancer o Adjusting with diabetes  Preventing Tobacco Use  o Smoking & the Respiratory System o Choosing to Smoke o Health Consequences of Tobacco Use o Effects of Quitting.  Alcohol Consumption o The effects of Alcohol o Why do people drink? o Changing problem drinking  Obesity and Overweight o The Digestive System o Overeating and Obesity o Eating Disorders.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -

1. Albery Ian & Munafo Marcus. (2008), Health Psychology, SAGE Publications 2. Korchin S, Modern Clinical Psychology Basic Books, UK (Latest Edition). 3. Brannon, L. & Feist, J. (2005). Health Psychology: An introduction, Sage Publications. 4. Brown J, AK, Health Psychology, McGraw Hill NY, 1990. 5. Murphy David F., 2000, Health, London Sage. 6. Brannon, L. & Feist, J. (2000). Health Psychology: An Introduction PSY-402 Psychotherapy Credit Hours: 03  Introduction to Psychotherapy o The Modules o The Training Programme o The Process of Learning  Basic Listening Skills o What is listening in Psychotherapy? o Listening to what is not spoken  Working Alliance o Tasks bonds and goals o Factors Influencing the strength of the working alliance o Managing Boundaries o Sessions  Inductive Reasoning to Determine Pattern o Dysfunctional Patterns o Identifying Patterns o Home Work  Strategies for Change o Elements of Change o Strategies o Sessions  Resistance o Sources and Forms of Resistance o Responding to Resistance  Transference and Counter Transference o Classification of Transference and counter transference o Sings of Transference and counter transference  Termination o Goals and Content of Termination o The Process of Termination o Types of Termination o After Termination

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: - 1. Beitaman, B., & Yoe, D. (2004). Learning Psychotherapy, 2nd ed. Norton 2. Richard, S. (2004). Theories of Psychotherapy & Counseling

PSY-403 Internship (6-8 Weeks) Credit Hours: 03 PSY- 404 Cognitive Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03 Cognitive Psychology:  History, method and paradigm Basic Processes:  Perceiving object and recognizing patterns  Paying attention  Forming and using new memory traces  Retrieving memories from long term storage Representation and organization of knowledge  Narrative and autobiographical memory  Memory for general knowledge  Concepts and categorization  Visual imagery Use and manipulation of information  Language  Thinking and problem solving  Reasoning  Making decisions Individual and situational differences in cognition  Cognitive development through adolescence  Individual and gender differences in cognition  Cognition in cross-cultural perspective

Book Recommended: Galotti, K.M,. (1999) Cognitive Psychology in and out of the laboratory, 2nd Ed. Wads worth. PSY-405 Muslim Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03  Introduction o Definition and Scope o Religious Faith, Intrinsic and Extrinsic orientation o Fundamentals of Islam and their psychological significance  Islamic Vs Modern Concepts of Mental Health o Perspective of Muslim philosophers o Integrated personality (Al-Ghastly, IBM Arabia, Shahwaliullah, Roomi and Iqbal) o Western criteria of mental health o Personality Development in Islam o Muslim concept of man with especial reference to Ghzali and Razi o Shahwaliullahs concept of individual and society: Typology  Historical background of Muslim Psychology: Survey of Muslim o Contribution to Psychology, Differences between Shariat and Tariqat o Concept of abnormality in Islam (Psychological closeness to God). o Doctrine of Tasauwuf with reference to Sufi Sacruts o Comparison with Modern Psychology o Kohibergs Moral Development and its relationship to religious techniques o Educational System Prevalent in Pakistani Culture (institutions)

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:-

1. Ajmal, M, (1983), Muslim Contribution to Psychotherapy, Institute of Psychology, Quaid-e-Azam University Islamabad 2. Ali Azhar Rizvi, (2001), Muslim Psychology, Lahore Book Deput 3. Sharif, M.M, (2007), A History of Muslim Philosophy, Royal Book Company 4. Nasar Husain, (2001), History of Muslim Philosophy, Routledge 5. Azeemi Khawja Shams-Ud-Din, (2003), Meditation, BZU Press Multan

PSY-406 Child Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03  Introduction to Child Psychology o Nature and Aims o Methods o Cross-Sectional and Longitudinal Approaches  The Nature of Childhood o Historical Perspective o Child as miniature adult o Child as victim o Cultural Perspective o Variations in Child rearing Practices o Individualistic and Collectivistic Orientations o Personality Development viewed cross-cultural  Beginning Life o Our Inheritance o From Conception to Birth o The Newborn’s Adjustment to the world o Forming Relationships o The Nature of Relationships o Family o Developing Attachments o Relationships among Peers  Emotional Development o Nature and Functions of Emotions o Children’s Concept of Emotion o Socialization of Emotions o Emotional Competence  Piaget’s Theory of Cognitive Development o Aims and Methods o Stages of Cognitive Development o Pros and Cons of Piagetion Theory  Child as Apprentice Vygotsky’s Theory of Socio-Cognitive Development o From other assistance to self-assistance o Evaluation  Children as Information Processors o Modeling Mental Activity o The Nature of Thought o Organizing the Mind o Memorizing o Thinking about People  Using Language o Nature and functions of language o Developmental course of language o Impairing language acquisition  Towards Adulthood o Becoming a Person o Continuity and Change

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: - 1. Schaffer, H. (2004). Introducing Child Psychology, Blackwell Publishing 2. Parke, R. & Locke, V. (2003). Child Psychology: A Contemporary Viewpoint. McGraw Hill PSY-407 Forensic Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03 Introduction: Aims and scope Brief History Role of a Forensic Psychologist Perspectives of Forensic Psychology Assessment and Intervention Status of Forensic Psychology in the World Status of Forensic Psychology in Pakistan. Recommended Books Aamodt, M. (2004).Applied industrial/organizational psychology. (4th ed.). UK: Wadsworth, a division of Thompson Learning. Baron, R. A. (2004).Social psychology (10th ed.). UK: Pearson Education. Bartol, C. R. (2012).Introduction to forensic psychology: Research and application. SAGE publications Inc. Cox. H, R. (2007). Sports psychology: Concepts and applications. (6thed.). McGraw Hill Companies. Fulero, S. M., &Wrightsman. (2009). Forensic Psychology (3rd ed.). Australia: Wadsworth. Gelso, C.&Fretz, B. (2001).Counseling psychology: Practices, issues, and intervention. USA: Harcourt, Inc. Hurlock, E. (1980). Developmental psychology: A life span approach. (5thed.). TATA McGrawhill. Kaur, R. (2006). Child psychology: New trends &innovations. India: Deep and Deep Publications PVT, Ltd Kring, A. M. (2010). Abnormal psychology (11th ed.). UK: John Wiley and Sons. Levin, M., & Perkins, D. D. (2004).Principles of community psychology: Perspectives and applications (3rd ed.). USA: Oxford University Press. Singh, P. (2004). Organizational psychology.India: Centrum Press. PSY-408 Human Resource Management (Optional) Credit Hours: 03 Changing Nature of Human Resource Management o Nature of Human Resource Management o Human Resource Management Challenges o Human Resource Management and Careers  Strategic Human Resource Management o Human Resource as a core competency o Human Resource planning o Managing Human Resource surplus or shortage o Human Resource performance and Bench Marking o Human Resource information system  Managing Diversity and equal employment (EEO) o Diversity Training o EEO issues and Race, national Origin and Citizenship o Sexual harassment and work place relationship o Individuals with disabilities in the work force  Job Analysis o Nature of Job Analysis o Stages in Job Analysis o Method of Job Analysis o Job Description and Job Specification  Recruitment o Strategic recruiting decisions o Internal Vs external recruiting o Recruiting evaluation  Selection and Placement o The Selection Process o Selection Testing and Interview o Background investigation  Training Human Resources o Nature of Training o Training Needs Assessment o Training design and delivery o Training Evaluation  Career Development o Developing Human Resources o Development needs analysis o Succession Planning o Management Development  Performance Management and Appraisal o Identifying and Measuring employee performance o Use of performance appraisal o Who conducts appraisal? o Methods for appraisal performance o Rates Errors o Appraisal Feed back  Compensation Strategies and Practices o Nature of Compensation o Pay Structures o Development of Basic Pay System  Benefits o Nature and types of benefits o Security and retirements benefits o Health care benefits o Benefits administration BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -

1. Mathis, R., & Jackson, J. (2007). Human Resource Management, Thomson 2. Casico Wayne F, (2005). Managing Human Resources, McGraw Hill 3. R.Wayne Mody, Robert M. Neo, (2008) 7th ed. Human Resource management, Prentice Hall Inc.

********** BS 8th Semester

Course Code Course Title Credit Hrs. PSY-451 Women Psychology 03

PSY-452 Psychological Aspects of Tolerance 03

PSY-453 Thesis 03

PSY-454 Criminology (Optional) 03

PSY-455 Environmental Psychology (Optional) 03

PSY-456 Military Psychology ( Optional) 03

PSY-457 Para Psychology (Optional) 03

PSY-458 Behavioral Analysis and Management (Optional) 03

Total 15

PSY-451 Women Psychology Credit Hours: 03  Global-Multicultural psychology of women o Feminity and Masculinity o Stereotyping and Discrimination o Prejudice  Growing Up Female o Sexual differentiation o Rearing o Female Physiology  Theories of Feminity o Sigmund Freud o Keren Horney o Nancy Chodorow o Social Learning theories  Getting the Message o Self-Confidence o Assertiveness o Entitlement o Use of Power by females  Communication and Friendships o Verbal Communication o Non-Verbal Communication o Friendship between Women o Diversity in Women’s Friends o Women’s friendship with men  Family and intimate relationship o Content of intimate relationship o Couple bond o Families and Parenthood  Women at Work o Job, Family and house hold tasks o Equity and Discrimination o Sexual Harassment in the workplace o Stress  Physical Health, Mental Health of Women o Women’s Strength and Fitness o Women and Physical Illness around the world o Depression in Women o Psycho Therapy  Violence against women o Dating Violence o Husbands abusing Wifes o Rape o Torture of Women o Strategies to protect women

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: - 1. Lips, H. (2006). A New Psychology of Women, 3rd ed. Quebeeon World Toirffield Inc 2. Lee, J and Shaw, S. (2004). Women’s Woices, Feministivisim, 2nd ed. McGraw Hill Inc

PSY-452 Psychological Aspects of Tolerance Credit Hours: 03 1. Tolerance: Definition features and Range. 2. Tolerance, Acceptance and understanding. 3. Comparing communication in culture with high and low tolerance for ambiguity. Tolerance and social anxiety tolerance and Islam. 4. The psychology of social and cultural diversity, inter group and outer group evaluation: multicultural approaches and factors on recognition. 5. Psychological implication: Personality development: Age, Gender moral values. Tolerance in youth.  Brain Activity and mental health.  Social psychology support and training. 6. Drugs/Substance related disorders and Tolerance, Tolerance limit Tolerance level. Types of tolerance 7. How Psychology help to promote tolerance.  Intervention that target social charge.  Promote diversity, perception and social inclusion.  Engage people  Facilitate cultural assimilation in communication.

Recommended Books: 1. Distress tolerance; theory research and clinical application (2011) Michal J. alonsky, Amit Bernstein, Anka A Vujanavie Guldord Press: USA 2. Co-operation, tolerance and Prejudice A contribution to social and medical Psychology. Samuel Lawy (1948), Digital Print 2007, Social Psychology Vol: 7 3. Tolerance in 21st century prospect and challenges (2006) Gerson Moreno-Riano Lexington Book USA. PSY-453 Thesis Credit Hours: 03 PSY-454 Criminology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03  Introduction to Criminology o Concept of crime and criminal law o Elements of crime o Concept of law o Source of law  Measurement of Crimes o Perception of Crime o Emergence of Scientific criminology o Source of Crime data o Characteristics of Offenders o Characteristics of Victims  Biological explanation of Criminal Behavior o Phrenology o Neurological Factors o Neuro Chemistry o Genetics  Psychological Explanations of Criminal Behavior o Mid and Crime o Psychiatric Approach o Personality Theory o Cognitive Development Theory o Learning Theory  Sociological Theories of Criminal Behavior o Ecological Theories o Anomie o Study of Gangs o Subculture Theories o Caballing Theories  Types of Crimes o Violent Crimes o Property Crimes o Organized Crimes o Terrorism  Corrections in Community o Diversion o Parole o Megan’s Laws

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -

1. Willium, K. (2004). Textbook on Criminology, 5th ed. Oxford University Press. 2. Reid, S. (1997). Crime and Criminology. McGraw Hill Inc. PSY-455 Environmental Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03 - Basic Issues in Person environment Relationship. - Effects of Environmental Stressors-Temperature. - Humidity Pollution. - Chemical. - Noise. - Population Density. - Urbanization & Crowding. - Territoriality. - Privacy & Personal Space. - Application of Environmental Psychology.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -

1. Veitch R & Ark Klein D., Environmental Psychology, Prentice Hall NJ, 1995.

PSY-456 Military Psychology (Optional) Credit Hours: 03

 Introduction o Use of Psychology during two world wars o Psychology and Military  Vision o Structure and function of eye o Color Blinders o Camouflage, Counter camouflage  Hearing o Structure and function of ear o Role of smell in war, sensitivity o Equilibrium and body orientation o Topographical orientation  Efficiency o Efficiency and work habits o Boredom o Effects of environmental conditions on efficiency  Selection and Recruitment o Psychological assessment of army personal o Army’s general classification test o Aptitude Tests  Motives o Needs o Psychological Mechanism o Frustration  Morale o Determinists of Morale o Effects of De-morale  Adjustment o Factors of adjustment in army o Defence escape mechanism o Mental breakdown  Learning o Learning and practice o Theories of Learning o Problem solving patterns o Effective methods of teaching in army

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: -

1. Borny, E. G. (1975). Psychology for the armed forces 2. Segal, D. R.., & Goldman, N. (1976). The Social Psychology of Military Psychology

PSY-457 Para Psychology (Optional ) Credit Hours: 03  Overview o Past, Present and Future of Parapsychology  General Characteristics of PSI-Phenomena  Telepathy o State of Cholinergia and Andrenergia o Telepathic network and unconscious relays o The dynamic centre of mobile consciousness  Altered state of consciousness o Precognition o Hypothesis  Clairvoyance o Percognition o Premonition  Psychokinesis, sub-conscious mind and psychic energy  Human aura  Psychometry (object reading)  Automatic writing  Medium ship  OOBE (Out of body experience) and astral projection  Mirror and crystal ball gazing  Metaphysical healing  Visualization

BOOKS RECOMMENDED: - 1. Berande, S. (1986). The limits of influence; New York: Routledge & Kegan 2. Broughton, R. (1992). Parapsychology and contemporary sciences; New York: Consultant 3. Durbou, A. (1982). Parapsychology and contemporary sciences; New York: Counsultant 4. Ehrenwald, J. (1978). The ESP experience; New York: Basic Books 5. Freeman, J. (1975). The Master Key; Washington: Unity Books 6. Greenhouse, H. (1972). The Book of Psychic Knowledge; London: Cargi Books 7. Kastenbaum, R. (1982). Death Society and Human Experiences, London: Charles E, Merrill 8. Leshan, L. (1974). Clairvoyant Reality; London: Turnstone Press 9. Mody, R. (1977). Life after Life; Corgi Books 10. Murphy, G. (1961). William James on Psychical Research; London: Chatto & Windus 11. Puharich, A. (1984). Beyond Telepathy; London: Souvenir Press 12. Randall, J.L. (1984). Parapsychology; New York: Harper & Row 13. Smith, B. (1982). Meditation; London: George Allen & Unwind

Psy-458 Behavioral Analysis and Management Credit Hours: 03 1. Basic Human Behavior – (S-O-R) 2. Theories and concept about behavior Classical and operant conditioning 3. Stimulus Central of behavior, motivation and reinforcement Information and decision 4. Target behavior and nature of organism 5. Theory and practice of behavior modification reinforcement in motivation 6. Applied behavior assessment Research case, research design, Data evolution program development and learning process. 7. Competencies in critical analyzing behavior 8. Behavior analytical research proposal caring out behavior research in the field. writing applied research/treatment report 9. Behavioral intervention in the children 10. Behavioral modification for various type of clients and mental abnormalities 11. Assertion training, systematic desemitizating, Bio food training cognition restricting, modeling and aversive method. BOOKSRECOMMENDED Gambrill, E. D. (1977). Behaviour modification: Handbook of assessment, intervention and evaluation. London: Jossey-Bass Publishers. Martin, G., & Pear, J. (1983). Behavior modification: What it is and how to doit. (2nd ed.). New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc. Miltenberger, R. G. (1997). Behaviour modification: Principles and procedures. New York: Brooks / Cole publishing Company. 54 Spiegler, M. D., & Guevremont, D. C. (1998). Contemporary behaviour therapy. (3rd ed.). London: Brooks / Cole Publishing Company. Turner, S. M., Calhoun, K. S., & Adams, H. E. (1981). Handbook of clinical behaviour therapy. New York: John Wiley & Sons.

CURRICULUM OF SOCIOLOGY

BS (4-Year)

THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN

THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN BS Sociology Program Scheme of Studies From 2017 Onwards

Duration: 4 year (8th Semester) Total Credit Hours: 133

1st SEMESTER Course Code Course Title Credits ENG-101 ENGLISH-I 3+0 PAKS-101 PAKISTAN STUDIES 2+0 STAT-101 MATHEMATICS /STAT-I 3+0 PSY-101 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY 3+0 GSCI-101 EVERYDAY SCIENCE 3+0 SOC-101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 3+0 17 2nd SEMESTER Course Code Course Title Credits ENG-102 ENGLISH-II 3+0 ISL-101 ISLAMIC STUDIES 2+0 STAT-102 SOCIAL STATISTICS 3+0 SOC-151 SOCIAL WORK 3+0 ECON-101 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS 3+0 SOC-152 SOCIAL THOUGHT 3+0 17 3rd SEMESTER Course Code Course Title Credits ENG-201 ENGLISH III 3+0 COMP-101 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER 3+0 POL-101 POLITICAL SCIENCE 3+0 ENV-101 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 3+0 SOC-201 CLASSICAL SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES 3+0 15 4th SEMESTER Course Code Course Title Credits ENG-202 ENGLISH-IV 3+0 LAW-101 INTRODUCTION TO LAW 3+0 SOC-251 CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY 3+0 SOC-252 PAKISTANI SOCIETY AND CULTURE 3+0 SOC-253 GENDER STUDIES 3+0 15 5th Semester Course Code Course Title Credits SOC-301 CRIMINOLOGY 3+0 SOC-302 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 3+1 SOC-303 SOCIOLOGY OF DEVELOPMENT 3+0 SOC-304 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 3+1 MGT-306 PROJECT PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT 3+0 17 6TH SEMESTER Course Code Course Title Credits SOC-351 RESEARCH DESIGN AND SOCIOMETRY 3+0 SOC-352 ANTHROPOLOGY 3+0 SOC-353 POPULATION STUDIES 3+1 SOC-354 RURAL SOCIOLOGY 3+0 SOC-355 URBAN SOCIOLOGY 3+0 16 7th SEMESTER Course Code Course Title Credits SOC-401 SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH AND MEDICINE 3+0 SOC-402 POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY 3+0 SOC-403 SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION 3+0 SOC-404 INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY 3+0 SOC-405 RESEARCH PROJECT INTERNSHIP 3+0 MGT-307 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR AND HRD 3+0 18 8th SEMESTER Course Code Course Title Credits SOC-451 SOCIAL CHANGE AND TRANSFORMATION 3+0 SOC-452 SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION 3+0 SOC-453 SOCIOLOGY OF GLOBALIZATION 3+0 SOC-454 CLINICAL SOCIOLOGY 3+0 SOC-455 SOCIOLOGY OF LAW AND HUMAN RIGHTS 3+0 SOC-456 RESEARCH PROJECT/ INTERNSHIP 3+0 18 SUB TOTAL 133

English I BS Sociology Course Code: ENG- 101, Semester-1

Objectives: Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking. Course Contents Basics of Grammar Parts of speech and use of articles Sentence structure, active and passive voice Practice in unified sentence Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure Transitive and intransitive verbs Punctuation and spelling Comprehension Answers to questions on a given text Discussion General topics and every-day conversation (topics for discussion to be at the discretion of the teacher keeping in view the level of students)

Listening To be improved by showing documentaries/films carefully selected by subject teachers

Translation skills Urdu to English

Paragraph writing Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher

Presentation skills Introduction

Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building

Recommended books: 1. Functional English a) Grammar 1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 1. Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492 2. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506 b) Writing 1. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0 19 435405 7 Pages 20-27 and 35-41. c) Reading/Comprehension 1. Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2. d) Speaking PAKISTAN STUDIES BS Sociology Course Code: PAKS- 101, Semester-1

Introduction/Objectives  Develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary Pakistan, ideological background of Pakistan.  Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and posing challenges to Pakistan. Course Outline 1. Historical Perspective a. Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama Muhammad Iqbal and Quaid-i-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah. b. Factors leading to Muslim separatism c. People and Land i. Indus Civilization ii. Muslim advent iii. Location and geo-physical features. 2. Government and Politics in Pakistan Political and constitutional phases: a. 1947-58 b. 1958-71 c. 1971-77 d. 1977-88 e. 1988-99 f. 1999 onward

3. Contemporary Pakistan a. Economic institutions and issues b. Society and social structure c. Ethnicity d. Foreign policy of Pakistan and challenges e. Futuristic outlook of Pakistan Books Recommended 1. Burki, Shahid Javed. State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd 1980. 2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2000. 3. S.M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Pakistan’s Foreign policy: An Historical analysis. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1993. 4. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Political Roots & Development. Lahore, 1994. 5. Wilcox, Wayne.The Emergence of Banglades., Washington: American Enterprise, Institute of Public Policy Research, 1972. 6. Mehmood, Safdar. Pakistan Kayyun Toota, Lahore: Idara-e-Saqafat-e-Islamia, Club Road, nd. 7. Amin, Tahir. Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan, Islamabad: Institute of Policy Studies, Islamabad. 8. Ziring, Lawrence. Enigma of Political Development. Kent England: WmDawson & sons Ltd, 1980. 9. Zahid, Ansar. History & Culture of Sindh. Karachi: Royal Book Company, 1980. 10. Afzal, M. Rafique. Political Parties in Pakistan, Vol. I, II & III. Islamabad: National Institute of Historical and cultural Research, 1998. 11. Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1967. 12. Aziz, K.K. Party, Politics in Pakistan, Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and Cultural Research, 1976. 13. Muhammad Waseem, Pakistan Under Martial Law, Lahore: Vanguard, 1987. 14. Haq, Noor ul. Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective. Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and Cultural Research, 1993.

SOCIAL STATISTICS BS Sociology Course Code: STAT- 101, Semester-1

Unit 1. What is Statistics? Definition of Statistics, Population, sample Descriptive and inferential Statistics, Observations, Data, Discrete and continuous variables, Errors of measurement, Significant digits, Rounding of a Number, Collection of primary and secondary data, Sources, Editing of Data. Exercises. Unit 2. Presentation of Data Introduction, basic principles of classification and Tabulation, Constructing of a frequency distribution, Relative and Cumulative frequency distribution, Diagrams, Graphs and their Construction, Bar charts, Pie chart, Histogram, Frequency polygon and Frequency curve, Cumulative Frequency Polygon or Ogive, Historigram, Ogive for Discrete Variable. Types of frequency curves. Exercises. Unit 3. Measures of Central Tendency Introduction, Different types of Averages, Quantiles, The Mode, Empirical Relation between Mean, Median and mode, Relative Merits and Demerits of various Averages. properties of Good Average, Box and Whisker Plot, Stem and Leaf Display, definition of outliers and their detection. Exercises. Unit 4. Measures of Dispersion Introduction, Absolute and relative measures, Range, The semi-Inter-quartile Range, The Mean Deviation, The Variance and standard deviation, Change of origin and scale, Interpretation of the standard Deviation, Coefficient of variation, Properties of variance and standard Deviation, Standardized variables, Moments and Moments ratios. Exercises. Unit 5. Probability and Probability Distributions. Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution. Exercises Unit 6. Sampling and Sampling Distributions Introduction, sample design and sampling frame, bias, sampling and non sampling errors, sampling with and without replacement, probability and non-probability sampling, Sampling distributions for single mean and proportion, Difference of means and proportions. Exercises. Unit 7. Hypothesis Testing Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis, Type-I and Type-II errors, level of significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general procedure for testing of hypothesis. Exercises. Unit 8. Testing of Hypothesis- Single Population Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence interval about the population mean and proportion for small and large samples, Exercises Unit 9. Testing of Hypotheses-Two or more Populations Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence intervals about the difference of population means and proportions for small and large samples, Analysis of Variance and ANOVA Table. Exercises Unit 10. Testing of Hypothesis-Independence of Attributes Introduction, Contingency Tables, Testing of hypothesis about the Independence of attributes. Exercises. Unit 11. Regression and Correlation Introduction, cause and effect relationships, examples, simple linear regression, estimation of parameters and their interpretation. r and R2. Correlation. Coefficient of linear correlation, its estimation and interpretation. Multiple regression and interpretation of its parameters. Examples Recommended Books 1 Walpole, R. E. 1982. “Introduction to Statistics”, 3rd Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc. New York. 2 Muhammad, F. 2005. “Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Kitab Markaz, Bhawana Bazar Faisalabad.

Note: General Courses from other Departments Details of courses may be developed by the concerned universities according to their Selection of Courses as recommended by their Board of Studies.

Course Name: Introduction to Psychology Basic and Social Sciences Course Code: PSY- 101, Semester-1 Course Outline: Historical Background of Psychology . Greek Period . Development of Psychology as a Science . Schools of Psychology . Perspectives in Psychology . Research Methods in Psychology . Observation Method (Introspection, External Observation) . Survey Method . Interview Method . Case Study Method . Biological Basis of Behavior . Nervous System . Central Nervous System . Brain and Spinal Cord . Autonomic Nervous System . Sympathetic Nervous System . Sympathetic Nervous System . Sensation . Five Senses . Structure and Function of Eye . Structure and Function of Ear . Structure and Function of Nose . Structure and Function of Tongue . Structure and Function of Skin . Perception . Definition . Depth perception . Laws of Perceptual Organization . Attention . Definition . Span of Attention . Fluctuation in Attention . Conditions of Attention . Learning . Nature of Learning . Types of Learning . Classical Conditioning . Instrumental Conditioning . Fearing by Trail and Error . Learning by Insight . Learning by Imitation . Learning by Modeling . Vicarious Conditioning . Motivation . Nature of Motives . Instincts . Drive and Drive Level . Types of Motives . Maslow’s Theory of Motivation . Herzberg Theory of Motivation . Atkinson’s Theory of Motivation . Emotion . Nature of Emotions . Expression of Emotions . Psychology of Emotion . Cannon Bard Theory of Emotion . Singer Schacstea Theory of Emotion . Memory . Sensory Memory . Short term Memory . Long term Memory . Process of Memory . Retention, Recall, Recognition . Impact of Learning on Memory . Suggested Books . Edward, E. Smith Nolen-Hoeksema & Barbava, L. (2003) Introduction to Psychology 14th Ed. . Robin, K & Orew, W(2005) Psychology, 4thEd. New York . Robert, E. Feldman, (2006) Understanding Psychology, 5th Ed. New York. . Murphy G. & Korach, J.K (2007) Historical Introduction to Modern Psychology . Sahakian W.S. (1976) History and System of Psychology . Wolmen, B.B (Latest Ed.) Contemporary Theories in System in Psychology . Schultz D.P & Schultz, S.E (1996) A History of Modern Psychology

Everyday Science BS Sociology Course Code: GSCI- 101, Semester-1 Physical Science Universe and cosmos, Big Bang and the expanding un verse, Age of universe, Black holes, Galaxy, Milky way, Stars, Solar System. Earth Sciences Structure of earth, Magnetic field, Atmosphere and life, Plate techonics, Drifting continents, Minerals, Continental shelf, Earth quakes, volcanoes, Hurricanes, Humicam, cyclones, Hurricanes. Physics The nature of matter, Atomic no. and Atomic mass, Symbol and isotopes. Quantum theory, Nucleus of an atom, Quark, Radioactivity, Half life and radioactive dating, Hook’s Law, Elastically the Kinetic theory of gases, Solutions, Mixtures, Compounds, Freezing of water, Thermodynamics. Chemistry The atomic theory of Matter, Atomic, Elements, Molecules, Compounds and mixtures, Chemical symbols and Chemical bonding, Chemical reactions, Coil, age metals, Barbon and Carbon cycle, Fertilizers, Soaps and Detergents. Biological Sciences Basis of life, Classification of animals, Classification of man, major animal groups, Cell, Genes, Nucleic acids, Proteins, Enzymes, Metabolism. Biochemical energy, Hormones and endocrine glands, chemical nature of hormones, Vaccines, Antibiotics, Photosynthesis, Respirator. Human Physiology and Anatomy Bones and muscles, digestive System, Circulatory System Excretory System, Nervous system. Environment Science Atmosphere, Ozone depletion, Pollution, Acid Rain. Reading List Fundamentals of Physics (4th Ed.) by Haliday, Resnick Walhen Physics by Resnick, Walken, Halliday Concepts of Modern Physics by Arthur Beisen General Science Student Edition. AGS publishing (2004) Zoology. 5th Ed. By Miller and Harley

INTRODUCTIONS TO SOCIOLOGY Course Code: SOC 101, Semester-1

Objectives: The course is designed to introduce the students with sociological concepts and the discipline. The focus of the course shall be on significant concepts like social systems and structures, socio-economic changes and social processes. The course will provide due foundation for further studies in the field of sociology. Course outline 1. Introduction a. Definition, Scope and subject Matter b. Sociology as a Science c. Historical back ground of sociology 2. Basic concepts a. Group, Community, Society b. Associations i. Non-Voluntary ii. Voluntary c. Organization i. Informal ii. Formal d. Social Interaction i. Levels of Social Interaction ii. Process of social interaction a) Cooperation b) Competition c) Conflict d) Accommodation e) Acculturation and diffusion f) Assimilation g) Amalgamation 3. Social groups a. Definition & Functions b. Types of social groups i. In and out groups ii. Primary and secondary group iii. Reference groups iv. Informal and formal groups v. Pressure groups 4. Culture a. Definition, aspects and characteristics of culture i. Material and non material culture ii. Ideal and real culture b. Elements of culture i. Beliefs ii. Values iii. Norms and social sanctions c. Organizations of culture i. Traits ii. Complexes iii. Patterns iv. Ethos v. Theme d. Other related concepts i. Cultural Relativism ii. Sub cultures iii. Ethnocentrism and Egocentrism iv. Cultural lag 5. Socialization & Personality a. Personality, Factors in Personality Formation b. Impact of tolerance on an individual’s personality c. Socialization, Agencies of Socialization d. Role & Status 6. Deviance and social control a. Deviance and its types b. Social control and its need c. Forms of Social control d. Methods & Agencies of Social control 7. Collective Behavior a. Role of tolerance in collective behavior b. Crowd behavior c. Public opinion d. Public opinion e. Propaganda f. Social movements g. Leadership

English-II BS Sociology Course Code: ENG- 102, Semester II Objectives: Enable the students to meet their real life communication needs. Course Contents Paragraph writing Practice in writing a good, unified and coherent paragraph Essay writing Introduction CV and job application Translation skills Urdu to English Study skills Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading, summary and précis writing and comprehension Academic skills Letter/memo writing, minutes of meetings, use of library and internet Presentation skills Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation) Note: documentaries to be shown for discussion and review Recommended books: Communication Skills a) Grammar 1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third edition. Oxford University Press 1986. ISBN 0 19 431350 6. b) Writing 1. Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Chrisitine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 019 435405 7 Pages 45-53 (note taking). 2. Writing. Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 435406 5 (particularly good for writing memos, introduction to presentations, descriptive and argumentative writing). c) Reading 1. Reading. Advanced. Brian Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1991. ISBN 0 19 453403 0. 2. Reading and Study Skills by John Langan 3. Study Skills by Riachard Yorky.

ISLAMIC STUDIES BS Sociology Course Code: ISL- 101, Semester II Objectives: This course is aimed at: 1 To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies 2 To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization 3 To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships 4 To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious life. Detail of Courses Introduction to Quranic Studies 1) Basic Concepts of Quran 2) History of Quran 3) Uloom-ul -Quran Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran 1) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith(Verse No-284-286) 2) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No-1-18) 3) Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithful (Verse No-1-11) 4) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No.63-77) 5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam(Verse No-152-154)

Study of Selected Text of Holly Quran 1) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No.6,21,40,56,57,58.) 2) Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18,19,20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment 3) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar,Tadabar (Verse No-1,14) Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) I 1) Life of Muhammad Bin Abdullah ( Before Prophet Hood) 2) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah 3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Makkah Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) II 1) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina 2) Important Events of Life Holy Prophet in Madina 3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina Introduction to Sunnah 1) Basic Concepts of Hadith 2) History of Hadith 3) Kinds of Hadith 4) Uloom –ul-Hadith 5) Sunnah & Hadith 6) Legal Position of Sunnah Selected Study from Text of Hadith Introduction to Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 2) History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 3) Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 4) Nature of Differences in Islamic Law 5) Islam and Sectarianism Islamic Culture & Civilization 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization 2) Historical Development of Islamic Culture & Civilization 3) Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization 4) Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary Issues Islam & Science 1) Basic Concepts of Islam & Science 2) Contributions of Muslims in the Development of Science 3) Quranic & Science Islamic Economic System 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System 2) Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics 3) Islamic Concept of Riba 4) Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce Political System of Islam 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System 2) Islamic Concept of Sovereignty 3) Basic Institutions of Govt. in Islam Islamic History 1) Period of Khlaft-E-Rashida 2) Period of Ummayyads 3) Period of Abbasids Social System of Islam 1) Basic Concepts of Social System of Islam 2) Elements of Family 3) Ethical Values of Islam Reference Books: 1) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam” , IRI, Islamabad 2) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State” 3) Hameed ullah Muhammad, ‘Introduction to Islam 4) Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi,” 5) Hussain Hamid Hassan, “An Introduction to the Study of Islamic Law” leaf Publication Islamabad, Pakistan. 6) Ahmad Hasan, “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research Institute, International Islamic University, Islamabad (1993) 7) Mir Waliullah, “Muslim Jrisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes” Islamic Book Service (1982) 8) H.S. Bhatia, “Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep & Deep Publications New Delhi (1989) 9) Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” Allama Iqbal Open University, Islamabad (2001)

SOCIAL STATISTICS BS Sociology Course Code: STAT- 102, Semester II Unit 1. What is Statistics? Definition of Statistics, Population, sample Descriptive and inferential Statistics, Observations, Data, Discrete and continuous variables, Errors of measurement, Significant digits, Rounding of a Number, Collection of primary and secondary data, Sources, Editing of Data. Exercises. Unit 2. Presentation of Data Introduction, basic principles of classification and Tabulation, Constructing of a frequency distribution, Relative and Cumulative frequency distribution, Diagrams, Graphs and their Construction, Bar charts, Pie chart, Histogram, Frequency polygon and Frequency curve, Cumulative Frequency Polygon or Ogive, Historigram, Ogive for Discrete Variable. Types of frequency curves. Exercises. Unit 3. Measures of Central Tendency Introduction, Different types of Averages, Quantiles, The Mode, Empirical Relation between Mean, Median and mode, Relative Merits and Demerits of various Averages. properties of Good Average, Box and Whisker Plot, Stem and Leaf Display, definition of outliers and their detection. Exercises. Unit 4. Measures of Dispersion Introduction, Absolute and relative measures, Range, The semi-Inter-quartile Range, The Mean Deviation, The Variance and standard deviation, Change of origin and scale, Interpretation of the standard Deviation, Coefficient of variation, Properties of variance and standard Deviation, Standardized variables, Moments and Moments ratios. Exercises. Unit 5. Probability and Probability Distributions. Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution. Exercises Unit 6. Sampling and Sampling Distributions Introduction, sample design and sampling frame, bias, sampling and non sampling errors, sampling with and without replacement, probability and non-probability sampling, Sampling distributions for single mean and proportion, Difference of means and proportions. Exercises. Unit 7. Hypothesis Testing Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis, Type-I and Type-II errors, level of significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general procedure for testing of hypothesis. Exercises. Unit 8. Testing of Hypothesis- Single Population Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence interval about the population mean and proportion for small and large samples, Exercises Unit 9. Testing of Hypotheses-Two or more Populations Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence intervals about the difference of population means and proportions for small and large samples, Analysis of Variance and ANOVA Table. Exercises Unit 10. Testing of Hypothesis-Independence of Attributes Introduction, Contingency Tables, Testing of hypothesis about the Independence of attributes. Exercises. Unit 11. Regression and Correlation Introduction, cause and effect relationships, examples, simple linear regression, estimation of parameters and their interpretation. r and R2. Correlation. Coefficient of linear correlation, its estimation and interpretation. Multiple regression and interpretation of its parameters. Examples Recommended Books 1 Walpole, R. E. 1982. “Introduction to Statistics”, 3rd Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc. New York. 2 Muhammad, F. 2005. “Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Kitab Markaz, Bhawana Bazar Faisalabad.

Note: General Courses from other Departments Details of courses may be developed by the concerned universities according to their Selection of Courses as recommended by their Board of Studies.

SOCIAL THOUGHT BS Sociology Course Code: SOC- 152, Semester-II

Objective The course will provide familiarity about history of social thought, stages of social development and change. The course will emphasize contributions of Western, Eastern and Muslim Thinkers towards social thought and social development. Course outline 1. Introduction a. Historical Development of Social Philosophy 2. Early Social Thought a. Folk Thinking b. Greek c. Egyptian d. Babylonian e. Chinese f. Indian Social Thought 3. Contribution of Muslim Thinkers in Social thought a. Abuzaz Ghafari i. Wealth Theory b. Imam Ghazali i. Causes of group life ii. Social justice iii. Educational reforms c. Ibn-E-Khuldun i. Philosophy of history ii. Science of culture iii. Ethnocentrism iv. Rise & fall of nations v. Causes of social life d. Shah Waliullah i. Evolution of society ii. Causes of social life iii. Societal disease iv. Concept of perfect society e. Moulana Ubedullah Sindhi i. Basic Human Ethics f. Allama Iqbal i. Concept of self ii. Theory of religion Recommended books 1. Barnes, H.E. (Ed.) 1966. An introduction to the History of Sociology. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press. 2. Bogardus, Emory S. 1960. The Development of Social thought 4th ed. NewYork: Longmans, Green & Co. 3. Coser, Lewis A. 1971. Masters of Sociological Thought: Ideas in Historical and Social Context. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Publishers. 4. Coser, Lowis A. 1977. Masters of Sociological Thought, New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanarich Publisher. 5. Kinlock, Graham C. 1987. Sociological Theory: Its Development and Major Paradigms. New York: McGraw Hill Inc. 6. Keat, Russel and John Urry. 1982. Social Theory as Science. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul Ltd. 7. Ritzer, George. 2000. Sociological Theory. 5th ed. York: McGraw Hill Book Co. 8. Turner J.H. 2003. The Structure of Sociological Theory. 7th ed. Australia: Thomson Wadsworth 9. Zeitlin, Irving M. 1981. Ideology and the Development of Sociological Theory. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall, Inc. 10. Turner, J.H. 1987. The Structure of Sociological Theory Homewood Illinois: Dorsey Press. 11. Ritzer, George, 1988. Sociological Theory. Singapore: McGraw Hill. 12. Coser, L.A. 1971. Maste of Sociological Thought: Ideas in Historical Social Context. New York, Harcourt Brace. 13. Dubin Robert. 1978. Theory Building. New York: Maxwell, Macmillan.

ENGLISH III BS Sociology Course Code: ENG- 201, Semester-III

Objectives: Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking Course Contents Presentation skills Essay writing Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative Academic writing How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form, clarity, consistency) Technical Report writing Progress report writing Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building Recommended books Technical Writing and Presentation Skills a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing 1. Writing, Advanced by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills, Third Impression 1992 ISBN 0 19 435407 3 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive, argumentative and report writing). 2. College Writing Skills by John Langan, Mc=Graw-Hill Higher Education. 2004. 3. Patterns of College Writing (4th edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s Press. b) Presentation Skills c) Reading The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compliled by norther Illinois University, General Editiors: Janice Neulib: Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephere Ruffus and Maurice Scharton. (A reader which will give students exposure to the best of twentieth century literature, without taxing the taste of engineering students).

INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER BS Sociology Course Code: COMP- 101, Semester-III

Course Contents 1. Introduction to Computer, Characteristics, Components 2. History, Generation, Computer System, Basic Machine Organization 3. Types of Computer, Hardware & Software, Machine Cycle, Instruction Cycle 4. Introduction of Internet, Types of ISP, Uses of Internet, Advantage & Disadvantage of Internet 5. Application Software 6. Practical MS-Office, Internet Applications 7. System Unit and its Components, Motherboard, Types of CPU, System Clock 8. Types of RAM and ROM, Buses, Registers 9. Storage Devices, Types, Functions of Operating System 10. System Software and its Types 11. Operating System, Types, Functions of Operating System 12. Input and Output Devices 13. Utility Programs 14. Data Communication and Networks 15. Types of Computer Networks and Architecture of Networks 16. Network Topologies Protocols, Communication Devices Books Recommended 1. Rajmohan Joshi. Introduction to computer. 2. Kirishna Kant, M. M. Srinivasan. Introduction to computer system performance evolution. 3. Helene G. Kershner. Introduction to computer literacy. 4. D. Ravichandran. Introduction to computer and communication.

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY BS Sociology Course Code: ENG- 201, Semester-III

Course Contents 1. Meaning and Scope of Political Sociology 2. The Study of Social and Political Behaviour 3. Social Classification, Social Stratification: Status Power, Symbols 4. Political Socialization Role of Family, Tribe, Race, Education and Religion 5. Political Communication: Information Media, Press, Modes of Political Communication and Control 6. Rural Urban Cultural Patterns: Socio-Political Sociology 7. Public Opinion: Nature, Formation, Role Measurement of Public Opinion 8. Individual and Collective Political Behaviour, Determinants-Modes, Including Anomic Political Behaviour. Books Recommended 1. Michael Rush and Philip Althoff. An Introduction to Political Sociology 2. W.G. Runciaman, Social Science and Political Theory 3. Oran R. Young. System of Political Science 4. Karl W. Deutsch. The Nerves of Government: Models of Political Communication and Control 5. Lucian W. Pye ed. Communication and Political Development 6. Parsons Talcott The Structure of Social Action

ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIOLOGY BS Sociology Course Code: ENV- 101, Semester-III

Course Overview and Goals: The course aims to learn about environmental sociology and explore the relationship between human societies and the larger natural environment of which they are a part. It also reviews the history of resource use, wilderness preservation, pollution, various environmental movements, and other developments with significant ecological implications. Course Contents: Introduction: i. Definition and Concepts of Environmental Sociology ii. Scope and Importance of Environmental Sociology

Industrialization or Capitalism i. Ecological Conditions before the Industrial Revolution ii. The Environment at the Time of the Industrial Revolution.

The Modern Economy and its Ecological Implications i. Expansion and Conservation ii. Imperialism and Ecology

Consumer Society i. Consumption and Materialism ii. The Fetishism of the Commodity and its Secret iii. The State of Consumption Today iv. Modern Environmentalism

The Origins of Modern Environmentalism i. The Ideology of Scientific Conservationism ii. The Growth of the Wilderness Idea

A New Paradigm Emerges i. The Ecology of Affluence ii. Sixties Seedtime

Environmental Movements i. Environmental Movements in Taiwan ii. Environmental Movements in Thailand iii. Environmental Movements in the Philippines iv. Culture and Asian Styles of Environmental Movements Exploring Environmental Problems/Issues i. Air Pollution ii. Water Pollution iii. Noise Pollution iv. Depletion of Ozone layer

Social Justice and environmental issues i. Gender, Justice, and Environmental Issues ii. Race, Justice, and Environmental Issue iii. Social Class, Justice, and Environmental Issues

Causes of Environmental Disruption: i. The state and policy: Imperialism, ii. Exclusion and ecological violence as state policy iii. The science of nature and the nature of science

Recommended Books: 1. Bell, Michael Mayerfeld (2004). An Invitation to Environmental Sociology. Thousand 2. Bell, Michael Mayerfeld. 2004. An Invitation to Environmental Sociology. Thousand Oaks, California: Pine Forge Press. 3. Brown, Janet W., Pamela S. Chasek, and Gareth Porter. 2000. Global Environmental Politics. Boulder, 4. Brown, Lester R. 2001. "Eradicating Hunger." Pp. 43-62 in State of the World 2001, edited by Lester R. 5. Drew. 1996. "Ecology and the Common Good: Catholic Social Teaching and Environmental Colorado: Westview Press. 6. Environment, Development and Social Movements. London and New York: Routledge. 7. Eric Darier (ed.) (1999). Discourses of the Environment. Malden, Penn: 8. Frey, R. Scott , R. Scott (ed.) (2001). The Environment and Society Reader. Boston, 9. Frey, R. Scott. 2001. "Environmental Problems from the Local to the Global." Pp. 4-25 in The Environment 10. Gardner, Gary, Erik Assadourian, and Radhika Sarin. 2004. "The State of Consumption Today." Pp. 3-21 in State of the World 2004, edited by Linda Starke. Washington: World Watch Institute. 11. Gardner, Gary. 2003. "Engaging Religion in the Quest for a Sustainable World." Pp. 152- 176 in State of the World 2003, edited by Linda Starke. Washington: World watch Institute. 12. Gunter, Valerie and S. K. Smith (2007). Volatile Places: A Sociology of communities and Haven: Yale University Press. 13. Humphrey, C. R., T. L. Lewis, and F. H. Buttel (2003). Environment, Energy, and Joseph Murphy and Maurie J. Cohen. New York: Pergamon. 14. Ken Conca, GeofFrey, R. Scott D. Dabelko (eds.) (2004). Green planet blues :London, Toronto: Allyn and Bacon. 15. Murphy, Joseph, and Maurie J. Cohen. 2001. "Consumption, Environment, and Public Policy." Pp. 3-17 in Exploring Sustainable Consumption: Environmental Policy and the Social Sciences. 16. Murphy, Raymond. 1994. Rationality and Nature: A Sociological Inquiry into a hanging Relationship. 17. Narayanan, Vasudha. 2001. "Water, Wood, and Wisdom: Ecological Perspectives from the Hindu Oaks: Pine Forge. 18. Paehlke, Robert C. (1989). Environmentalism and the future progressive politics. New Press. 19. Richard Peet, and Michael Watts (eds.) (2004). Liberation Ecologies, Second Edition: Society: Exemplary Works. Thomson. 20. Sale, Kirkpatrick. 1993. The Green Revolution: The American Environmental

CLASSICAL SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES BS Sociology Course Code: SOC- 201, Semester-III

Objective: The course provides a review of classical sociological theorists to contemporary sociological thinking. It focuses on the content and utility of classical theories in terms of understanding social world. While the course provides a general history of sociological theory, the focus remains on examining how classical theories have provided the basis for a better understanding of the character and dynamics of societies around the world. The contents of the course also help understand the nature of contemporary sociological theories.

Course Outline 1. Background a. Social Forces b. Intellectual Forces c. French Revolution d. Enlightenment 2. Development of Sociological Theory a. Theory and Knowledge b. Process of Theorizing c. Types of Sociological Theories d. Inductive and Deductive e. Process of theorizing f. Fact, Propositions, and Laws g. Sociological Theory between 1600 -1800 AD 3. August Comte a. Positivism b. The law of Human Progress c. Hierarchy of the Sciences d. Social Static & Dynamic 2. Emile Durkheim a. Rules of Sociological methods b. Division of Labour c. Social Solidarity d. Theory of Religion e. Theory of Suicide 3. W. G. Sumner a. Folkways and Mores b. Ingroup and outgroup c. Basic motives 4. Karl Marx a. Communist Manifesto b. Socialism c. Stages of Social Evolution 5. Herbert Spencer a. The law of Social Evolution b. Concept of Society c. Laissez-faire 6. Max Weber a. Sociology of Religion b. Bureaucracy c. Protestant Ethic and the Sprit of Capitalism Recommended Books: 1. Farganis, James (2000). “Readings in Social Theory: The Classic Tradition to Post- Modernism (3rd Ed.)”. Boston: McGraw Hill. 2. Kinloch, Graham C. (1977). “Sociological Theory: Its Development and Major Paradigms” New York: McGraw Hill. 3. Ritzer, George (2002). Sociological Theory (10th edition). New York: McGraw Hill. 4. Blalock, Hubert M. (1969) Theory Construction from Verbal to Mathematical Formulation (Ed). N.J.; Prentice Hall Inc. 5. Bronner, Stephen Erick (latest ed.) Critical Theory and Society-A Reader, London; Routledge and Kegan paul. 6. Cooley, C.H. (1962). Social Organization, New York: Scrichnes Books. 7. John, J. Macionis. 2004. Sociology, 10th edition. Hardcover 8. Ross, H. Laurence (1963). Perspectives on the Social Order, New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company, Inc. 9. Imasheff, N. and G.A. Theoderson, (1976) Sociological Theory: Its Nature and Growth, New York: Random House. 10. Calhon, Craig. Ed. 2007. Contemporary Sociological Theory. 2nd ed. Malden, USA: Blackwell Publishing. 11. Wallace, Ruth A. & Alison Wold. 1991. Contemporary Sociological Theory. Continuing the Classical Tradition. New Jersey: Prentice Hall 12. Waters. Malcolm. 1994. Modern Sociological Theory. London: Sage Publications 13. Appelrouth Scott. 2007. Sociological Theory in the Contemporary Era: Text and Readings. London: Pine Forge Press.

The Women University Multan BS Sociology Course Code: ENG- 101, Semester-IV

 Letter writing  Formal letter  Bad news letter  Special letter  letter of congratulations  letter about reservation  letters of condolence  Professional skills  C.V writing and job application  Job application  Interview skills  English literature

 Poetry  The man he killed.  Across the Indus  Meeting at night  Stopping by woods on a snowy evening  We are seven  Echoing Green  Prose and essays  Three days to see  Of marriage and single life  Of parent and children  Short story  The necklace  Ta-na-E-ka  Drama  Romeo and Juliet  Hamlet  Merchant of Venice INTRODUCTION TO LAW BS Sociology Course Code: LAW- 101, Semester-IV

Course Contents 1. Introduction i. Definition (Background and Definition of Jurists) ii. Source of Law iii. Kinds of Law (According to Classifications) 2. Schools of Jurisprudence i. Analytical School ii. Historical School iii. Philosophical School iv. Comparative School v. Sociological School 3. International Law i. Definition ii. Nature iii. Source of International Law 4. Islamic Law i. Definition ii. Source of Islamic Law iii. Importance of “UTEHAD” 5. Great System of Law i. European Legal System ii. Roman Law iii. British Common Law iv. Muslim Legal System v. Hindu Legal System

6. Major Concepts i. Law and Morility ii. Law and Liberty iii. Law and Rights iv. Role of Law v. Administrative Law vi. Natural Law

Books Recommended 1. Banakar, R. and Max Travers 92002) Introduction to Law and Social Theory (Oxford: Hart Publishing). 2. Barzilai, Gad (2003) Communities and Law: Politics and Cultures of Legal Identities (Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press). 3. Cotterrell, Roger (2006) Law, Culture and Society: Legal Ideas in the Mirror of Social Theory (Aldershot: Ashgate). 4. Encyclopedia of Law and Society: American and Global Perspectives, edited by David S. Clark. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

CONTEMPORARY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY BS Sociology Course Code: SOC- 251, Semester-IV

Objective: This course will introduce students to some of the major contemporary theoretical perspectives in sociology, including: functionalism, conflict theory, symbolic interactionism, identity theory, rational choice theory, and feminist theory. To explore these perspectives, contributions of various theorists will be examined. Capabilities to evaluate sociological theories critically will be developed. An attempt will be made to apply theories to understand current social problems and issues Pakistan and the world are facing. Course Outline 1. Neo-structural Functionalists a. Talcott Parsons b. Robert K. Merton. 2. Critical Conflict Theory a. Thorstein Veblen b. Ralf Dahrendorf c. C. Wright Mills 3. Frankfurt School of Thought a. Jurgen Habbermas 4. Social Behaviourism and Interactionism a. Phenomenology (Husserl, Alferd Schutz), b. Systematic Social Behaviouism (George Simmel) c. Symbolic Interaction ( C.H.Cooly, G.H Mead) 5. Evolving Contemporary Feminist Theory a. Feminism b. Historical development c. Gender theories. Recommended Books: 1. Calhoun, Craig Et El. (2002). “Contemporary Sociological Theory”. Blackwell Publisher Ltd. 2. Coser, L A (1971), Master of Sociological Thought; Ideas In Historical Social Context, New York, Harcourt Brace. 3. Dubin Robert (1978); Theory Building, New York, Maxwell, Macmillan 4. Farganis, James (2000). “Readings In Social Theory: The Classic Tradition to Post- Modernism (3rd Ed.)”. Boston: Mcgraw Hill. 5. Kinloch, Graham C. (1977). “Sociological Theory: Its Development And Major Paradigms” New York: Mcgraw Hill. 6. Ritzer, Georg (2002). Sociological Theory (10th Edition). New York: Mcgraw Hill. 7. Turner J H (1987), The Structure Of Sociological Theory, Homewood Illinois; Dorsey Press.

PAKISTANI SOCIETY AND CULTURE BS Sociology Course Code: SOC- 252, Semester-IV

Objective: The course aims to make students learn about the nature and structure of Pakistani society. It aims to impart knowledge about national culture and sub-cultures of Pakistan. The course will develop understanding about the integrated function of various social institutions in the country. Course Outline 1. Introduction a. Definition of Society b. Characteristics of Pakistani Society c. Social Stratification, Cast, Class & Ethnicity d. Social Institutions in Pakistan i. Family ii. Religion iii. Economy iv. Politics v. Education vi. Recreational 2. Educational Dynamics a. Illiteracy b. Literacy c. Universal Primary Education Concept d. Schools; Technical & Higher Education e. Status of Formal and Informal Education 3. Historical Perspective of Pakistani Culture 3.1 Provincial Culture a. Culture of Punjab b. Culture of Sindh c. Culture of NWFP d. Culture of Balochistan e. Culture of Kashmir & Northern Areas 4. Urban and Rural Division of Pakistan a. Rural Society b. Urban Society 5. Minority and Their Belief 6. Major Social Problems 7. Major Occupation and Production Activities

Recommended Books: 1. Ahmad, Akbar S. (1990). “Pakistani Society”. Karachi: Royal Books Co. 2. Hafeez, Sabiha. (). “Pakistan Changing Society.

GENDER STUDIES BS Sociology Course Code: SOC- 253, Semester-IV Objective: The concepts about gender relations will be learnt. The historical movements and feminist perspectives about gender relation will be explored. The course will provide understanding about globalization and its role towards changing gender relation in various societies around the world. Special emphasis shall be given to Muslim and Pakistani societies. Specific areas of gender discrimination (both for men and women) will also be learnt. Course outlines 1. Introduction a. Definition, Concepts and Importance b. Gender Studies in International Setting c. Gender Studies in Pakistani Perspective d. Feminism 2. Major Feminist Perspectives a. Liberal Feminism b. Radical Feminism c. Marxist Feminism d. Theological Feminism 3. Gender and Human Rights a. Definition and Nature of Human Rights b. Collective Rights c. Ethnic Minority Rights d. Fundamental Rights e. Property Rights 4. Gender and Politics a. Gender and Third World Politics b. Women Political Leaders, Past and Present c. Women in the Legislatures and Executive of the Law d. Power and Patriarchy e. Women in Pakistani political Setup f. Women Participation in Local Government System 5. Gender and Education a. Gender and Education b. Gender, Origin and Development of Education c. Gender Education and Religion d. Gender Education and Polity e. Gender Education and Economy f. Gender Education and Social Mobility g. Gender and Forms of Education 6. Gender and Population a. Population composition b. Sex Composition c. Gender and Family Size d. Gender and Reproductive Role e. Gender and Youth Problem f. Gender and Population Issues g. Changing Perspective of Gender Role in Population 7. Gender and Development a. Gender Roles b. Access to Resources c. Gender Disparity d. Problems of Gender Development e. The Role of Development Aid in Gender Development f. The Role of non-Government Organizations in Gender development g. Journey from WID to GAD Recommended Books: 1. Beauvoir, Simone De (2007), The second Sex, Vintage. 2. Bornsterin, Kate (1995), Gender outlaw: on Men, Women and Rest of US, Vintage. 3. Butler, Judith (2004), Undoing Gender, Routledge. 4. Butler; Judith (2006), Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity, Rutledge.

Criminology Course Code: SOC-301, Semester V 1-Introduction a. Social Construction of Crimes and Criminals b. Types of Criminal and Crime c. Law and Crime d. Deviancy e. Sin f. Vice g. Crime and Social Organization h. Crime and Social Problem i. Criminology and its Scope j. Criminology and Criminal Law 2-Approaches to Criminal Behavior a. Biological and Environmental Factors b. Psychological and psychiatric Determents c. Sociological and Economic Approaches d. Islamic Point of View 3-Crime and Criminals a. The Occasional Criminals b. The Habitual Criminals c. The Professional Criminals d. The White-Collar Crimes e. The Organized Crimes f. Corporate Crimes g. Custom Based Deviance and Crimes 4-Detection of Crimes a. Agencies of Detection Formal-Infrormal b. Techniques of Detection c. Problems of Detection 5-Reformative Treatment of Criminals: a. Corporal Punishments b. Capital Punishment c. Imprisonment d. Prison and Related Problems e. Probation, Parole and Rehabilitation 6-Explanation of Criminal Behavior a. Rational Choice Theory/Exchange Theory b. Choice and Trait Theories c. Social Reaction Theories d. Social Process Theories e. Social Structural Theories 7-Trial and Conviction of Offenders a. Agencies: Formal and Informal b. Criminal Courts: Procedures and Problems 8-Prevention of Crimes a. Long Term Measures b. Short Term Measures 9-Punitive and Reformative Treatment of Criminals a. Corporal Punishment b. Imprisonment c. Probation d. Parole e. Rehabilitation of Criminals f. Prison and Related Problems

Research Methodology Course Code: SOC-302, Semester V 1-Introduction: k. Definition of Research Methodology l. Characteristics of Research Design m. Types of Research Design n. Components of Research Design 2-Measuring the Social Phenomenon, Dimensional Setting: e. Purpose of Scaling f. Types of Scale g. Rating Scales h. Use of Multi-Dimensional Scaling 3-Conducting Applied Research: h. Participatory Rapid Appraisal Techniques i. Feasibility Studies j. Impact Assessment Techniques 4-Data Analysis and Interpretation: d. Basic Consideration e. Introduction to Single and Bi-Variates f. Introduction to Multi-Variate Analysis g. Fundamentals of Factor Analysis h. Computer Use for Data Analysis 5-Report Writing: f. Contents Formulation g. Format of Report h. Report Writing Style i. Composing and Formatting j. Graphic and Pictorial Presentation k. Literature Citing and Bibliography l. Footnotes and Endnotes Sociology of Development Course Code: SOC-303, Semester V 1-Introduction o. Defining basic Concepts p. GDP, GNP and their relation with Socio-Economic Status q. Key Themes and Issues in Sociology of Development 2-Historical Perspectives on Development (Modernization Theory) i. Introduction of Modernization Theory j. The Theoretical Origins of Modernization Theory k. Modernization Theory l. Summary of Modernization Theory and its Implications m. The Critique of Modernization Theory n. Conclusion 3-Historical Perspective of Development (Underdevelopment Theory) k. Introduction of Underdevelopment Theory l. The Theoretical Origins of Underdevelopment Theory m. Underdevelopment Theory n. Summary of Underdevelopment Theory and its Implications o. The Critique of Underdevelopment Theory p. Conclusion 4-Political Development i. Introduction j. Third World Politics: the Analysis of Instability k. Military Intervention in Third World l. conclusion 5-Development Planning & Aid m. Introduction n. The Failure of Development Aid o. Rural Development Programs p. Conclusion 6-Gender & Development a. Transitional Practices in the Third World b. Socialist Societies in the Global System c. Problems of Development d. Models of Case Studies of Development e. Problems and Prospects of Sociology of Development f. The Role of Development Aid in Development g. The Role of Non-Government Organization in Development

7-Demographic Transitional Theories Related with Development 8-Development in Pakistan: a case study 9-Conclusion

Community Development Course Code: SOC-304, Semester V

1-Introduction r. Meaning, Scope and Subject Matter s. Historical Development 2-Theories and Approaches of Community Development 3-Process of Community Development o. Community Mobilization p. Community Participation q. Resource Mobilization 4-Community Development q. Community Development in Pakistan r. History of Community Development before Partition of Sub-continent s. Community Development with Reference to Village Aid Program 5-Role of International Organizations in Participatory Community Development 6-Community Concepts and Definition a. The nature of Community b. Methodology and Organization of Community c. Development and Role of Social Welfare Councils in Community Development 7-Community Organization and Related Services m. Family and Child Welfare n. Cottage Industries o. Adult Education p. Skill Development and Health q. Housing r. Water and Sanitation s. Development in Rural/Urban Areas of Pakistan 8-Cooperation and Community Development q. Principles and Methods of Cooperation r. History of Cooperative Movement in Pakistan s. Role of Cooperative Societies in Community Development 9-Community Development Programs in Underdeveloped Countries of Asia, Africa: India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Bangladesh, Kenya, Thailand, Egypt and Philippine

Project Planning and Management Course Code: MGT-306, Semester-V

1-Introduction t. Definition, Need, Identification, Selection and Scope of the Project u. Characteristics of Project, Types of Project v. Project Cycle w. Cause and Effect Diagram x. Project Objectives 2-Project Planning r. Development of Indicators s. Preparing Project Proposal t. Logical Framework Analysis u. Key Components of Project v. Potential Problem Analysis w. Field Force Formation Strategy 3-Project Management t. Organization of Resources u. Task Allocation, Role Taking v. Coordination in Project Team w. Accountability within Project x. Conflict Resolution y. Time Management z. Liaison with External Agencies aa. Preparation of Technical Progress Reports bb. Preparation of Financial Progress Reports cc. Writing of Minutes and Reports of Project Meetings 4-Project Monitoring and Evaluation t. Checking Deviation and Progress Monitoring u. Follow-up, Managing Deviation v. Definition and Difference Between M&E w. Need for Evaluation x. Steps in Evaluation, Collecting Necessary Data, Expanding Logframe Matrix for Evaluation, Checking Deviation, Adjusting Deviation 5-Impact Assessment t. Definition, Concepts & Meaning u. Types of Impact Assessment i. Social Impact Assessment ii. Economic Impact Assessment iii. Physical Impact Assessment iv. Environmental Impact Assessment v. Methods and Techniques of Impact Assessment

RESEARCH DESIGN AND SOCIOMETRY BS Sociology Program Course Code: SOC- 351, Semester-VI

Objective: The course aims to understand social measurement, research design, and scientific ways to assess social phenomena. The focus will be on quantitative measurement; however, qualitative assessment with concepts and themes will also be taught.

Course Outline 1. Introduction a. Definition of research design b. Characteristics of research design c. Types of research design d. Components of research design.

2. Measuring the Social Phenomena, Dimensional Scaling a. Purpose of scaling b. Types of scales c. Rating scales. d. Use of multi-dimensional scaling

3. Conducting Applied Research a. Participatory Rapid Appraisal Techniques b. Feasibility studies c. Impact Assessment Techniques

4. Data Analysis and Interpretation a. Basic considerations b. Introduction to Single and Bi-Variates c. Introduction to multivariate analysis d. Fundamentals of factor analysis e. Computer Use For data Analysis

5. Report Writing a. Contents Formulation b. Format of Report c. Report Writing Style d. Composing and Formatting e. Graphic and Pictorial Presentation f. Literature Citing and Bibliography g. Footnotes and Endnotes

Recommended Books:

1. Neuman, W. Lawrence (2000). “Social Research Methods”. New York: Allyn and Bacon. 2. Baker, Therese L. (1989). “Doing Social Research”. McGraw Hill. 3. Babbie, Earl (2005). “The Practice of Social Research”. Belmont, California: Wordsworth. 4. Miller, D. C. (1991). “Research Design and Social Measurement”. London: Sage Publication.

ANTHROPOLOGY BS Sociology Program Course Code: SOC- 352, Semester-VI

Objective: The course aims to introduce the pertinent concepts and theories about evolution of humans and culture. The course will dilate branches of anthropology including physical anthropology, archaeology, socio-cultural anthropology, and linguistic anthropology.

Course Outline

1. Introduction a. Definition, Concept and Branches: physical, social, archaeology, liguisitics b. Relationship of anthropology with other social sciences, c. Relation between sociology and anthropology d. Anthropological research techniques e. Growth of anthropological theories

2. Evolution a. Evolution of Evolution b. Mendel’s Law of Segregatio c. Mitosis & Meiosis

3. How we discover Past a. Kinds of evidence b. Analyze & dating the evidence c. Site creation

4. The Living Primates a. Common features of primates b. Classification of primates c. Hominoids

5. Primates Evolution: From Early Primates to Hominoids a. Eon, Eras & Epochs b. Cenozoic Era In detail

6. The first Hominoids a. Australopithecus Anamensis b. Australopithecus afarensis & africanus c. Australopithecus Robustus d. Homo heidelbergensis/neanderthalensis. e. Homos habilis f. Homo erectus g. Homo Sapiens

7. The Stone Age a. Paleolithic b. Mesolithic c. Neolithic

8. Culture a. The nature of culture b. Definition, Properties and Taxonomy c. the evolution and growth of culture d. universal aspects of culture e. Material and Non-Material aspects f. Cultural Diversity and Integration g. Globalization and culture

9. Origin of Cities & States

10. Origin of Food Production & Settled Life

11. Language and Communication a. Origin of language b. Structure of language c. Socio-linguistics d. Nonverbal communication

12. Marriage a. Kinship b. Types of Marriage c. Concept of Incest Taboo d. Kinship systems, e. Rule of decent f. Types of decent system

13. Political System a. Kind of political systems b. Political system and economic system

14. Religion a. Origin, functions of religion b. Religion and cultural ecology c. Religion and social control d. Kinds of religion e. Witchcraft and Sorcery

Recommended Books:- 1. Ahmad, Akbar S. 1990. Pakistani Society, Karachi, Royal Books Co. 2. Bernard, H. Russel. 1994. Research Methods in Anthropology, Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches. London: Sage Publications 3. Bodley, John H. 1994. Cultural Anthropology, California: Mayfield Publishing Co. 4. Brogger, Jan. 1993. Social Anthropology and the Lonely Crowd. New Delhi: Reliance Publishing 5. Ember, Carol R. & Ember Melvin. 1990. Anthropology, 6th ed. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall, Ince. Harper and Row 6. Harris Marvin. 1987. Cultural Anthropology. New York: Harper and Row 7. Harris Marvin. 1985. Culture, People, nature; An Introduction to General Anthropology London: Harper and Row 8. Hertzler J. O. 1981. The Social Structure of Islam. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press 9. Kennedy, Charles H. 1992. Pakistan London: Westview Press, Oxford 10. David Pocock, (1998) “Understanding Social Anthropology”. The athlone press London; 11. Eliotd Chapple & Carletons S. coon (2004) Principles of Anthropology cosmo publications, India; 12. Fellmann/Getis/ Fellmann (1985) Human Geography (Land scope of human activates). wm brown publishers; 13. Gray Ferraro (2004) An Applied Perspective (Fifth Edition) Thomsan, Wadsworth; 14. Irfan Habib (2004) Prehistory Peoples history of India (1) Fiction house Mozang Road Lahore; 15. Irfan Habib (2004) The Indus Civilization, Peoples history of India (2) Fiction house Mozang Road Lahore; 16. Joy Hendry (1999) An Introduction to Social Anthropology (Macmillan Press); 17. Nigel Rapport & Joanna overing (2005) Socil & Cultural Anthropology Rout ledge, London & New york; 18. Salahuddin A Kahn (1996) Anthropology As Science The Problem of Indigenization in Pakistan Sang-e-meel Publication lok vira Publishing house Lahore. 19. Vijay Kumar Thakur & Irfan Habib (2004) The Vedic Age, Peoples history of India (3) Fiction house Mozang Road Lahore. 20. Bernard, H. Russell (1994). Research Methods in Anthropology; Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches. London: Sage Publications. 21. Bodley, Jhon H. (1994). Cultural Anthropology. California: Mayfield Publishing Co. 22. Embers N Embers (1990) Social and Cultural Anthropology: Printice Hall. New York/London 23. Ember, Carol R. and Ember, Melvin (1990). Anthropology. (6 ed. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall Inc. 24. Harris, Marvin (1987). Cultural Anthropology, New York: Harper and Row. 25. Park, Michael Alan, (1986). Anthropology: An Introduction, New York: Harper and Row. 26. Harris, Morven (1985). Culture, People, Nature; An Introduction to General Anthropology. London: Harper and Row. 27. Bodily John H. (1994) Cultural Anthropology, California, Mayfield Publication Co. 28. Harris Marrier (1987), Cultural Anthropology, Newark, Hanper & Co.

POPOULATION STUDIES BS Sociology Program Course Code: SOC- 353, Semester-VI

Objective: Relevant concepts of population dynamics shall be explored. The theories in relation to population growth will be shared. The concept of culture and social values regarding population growth will be emphasized. The variables including fertility, mortality, and migration shall be studied with reference to change in population in a given area. Population policies about growth and control will be learnt.

Course Outline

1. Introduction a. The significance of population study b. Scope of Population studies c. Sources of population data

2. Population growth in Pakistan a. Historical trends b. Present population situation c. Future prospects.

3. Demographic processes a. Fertility: socio-economic variables affecting fertility b. Mortality: Socio-economic variables affecting mortality c. Migration:

4. The structure of Pakistan's population a. Geographic distribution b. Age and Sex structure c. Education, Dependency burdens. Birth rates: their relationships to GNP growth rates and income distribution.

5. Population related problems of Pakistan a. Economic factors behind high fertility rate b. Social, cultural and, ethnic factors behind high fertility rates c. Mortality especially maternal and Infant mortality.

6. The population debates a. Some conflicting opinions b. The micro-economic theory of fertility c. The demand for children in developing countries 7. Theories of Population a. Theory of demographic transition b. Malthusian population trap and its criticism c. Ibn-e-Khaldun theory.

PRACTICAL

Students have to submit a comprehensive research report demonstrating various dimensions of Pakistan population based on data collected from different relevant government and non- government organization

Recommended Books:- 1. Hans Raj (1993) Population Studies, Indian council of Social Research sciences New Delhi; 2. K.Srinivasan 1998, Basic Demographic Techniques & Applications, Sage Publication. Andrew Hinde, 1998. Demographic Methods, Oxford. 3. Paul Demeny (2003) Geoffrey Mcnicoll Encyclopedia of Population Macmillan Reference U.S.A (Thomson/Gale); 4. Peterson, William, (1975), Population, New York, Macmillan. 5. Todero, M.P., 2000, Economics Development in the Third World. Longman, London. 6. United Nations (2004). Population Division, Department of Economic and Social Affairs. Retrieved February 13, 2004. 7. United Nations Economic Commission for Europe - Official Web Site 8. United States Census Bureau (2005). Census Bureau - Countries Ranked by Population. Retrieved February 13, 2005. 9. UNO. 2000. Population Trends, World population Monitoring, Population Growth Structure and Distribution 1999. Department of Economics and Social Affairs, Population Division. U.N.O. 10. Weeks John R (1992), Population: An Introduction to Concepts and Issues. Belmart California, Wadsworth Publishing Company.

RURAL SOCIOLOGY BS Sociology Program Course Code: SOC- 354, Semester-VI Objective: The course aims at providing knowledge of basic concepts of rural sociology to the students. Moreover an in-depth understanding of structure of rural society will be carried out. The course focuses on issues relating to the study of rural people and places, as well as rural related issues in both advanced and developing countries. This course is designed to explore the changing nature of rural development in the global economy.

Course Outline 1. Introduction to Rural Sociology a. Rural Sociology as a Science b. Rural Sociology and Other Social Sciences.

2. Basic Concepts and Processes a. An understanding of the Rural Social System b. Caste and "baradari" structure c. Fractions, dispute and "We-groups".

3. Problems of small and fragmented holding a. Landless tenants and agricultural labor.

4. Social stratification and social differentiation b. Basic Concepts and action: c. Group, Role and Status, Norms and Values, Folkways and Mores d. Social Systems and Sub-systems e. Rural Culture, Social Processes in Rural Society,

5. Rural Social Institutions, Technology and Rural Society.

6. Social Change and Rural Society a. Rural Settlement b. Small scale farming c. Feudalism, Capitalism, Family farming d. Agrarian politics and village development,

7. Relationship between technological and socio economic aspect of rural society. a. Gender and Development b. Role and status of Rural Woman c. Pattern of Rural Settlement

8. Rural Resources a. Land Tenure System, size of landholdings. b. Rural Social structure, provision of services in rural area; health, education and sanitation etc.

Recommended Books:- 1. Chitamber, J.B. "(2003)"Introductory Rural Sociology, 2nd Edition, New Age International (P) Limited Publisher, New Delhi. 2. Chitamber, J.B. (1975), An Introduction to Rural Sociology, New Delhi Balley Eastern Ltd. 3. Dalal, B. (2003). Rural Planning in Developing Countries, New Delhi, Earthscan. 4. Doshi, Shambhu Lal, Prakash Chandra Jain. 1999 - Rural Sociology 5. Khan Hameed A. (1985) Rural Development in Pakistan Lahore, 6. Khan, Nowshad (2000) Rural Poverty Alleviation, National Book Foundation, Islamabad 7. Kolb. John. H.L. (1989), A Study of Rural Sociology (4th Edition) Houghton Mifflin. 8. Sahibzada, Mohibul Haq. 1997. Poverty Alleviation. Institute of Policy Studies. Islamabad. 9. Setty, E.2002, New Approaches to Rural Development Amal Publications Pvt.Ltd. 10. Social Policy and Development Centre.2000. Social Development in Pakistan, New York, Oxford University Press.

URBAN SOCIOLOGY BS Sociology Program Course Code: SOC- 355, Semester-VI

Objective: The course provides knowledge of the concepts and approaches of urban sociology. It targets at providing necessary skills to the students for the solution of urban social issues. The causes, theories and affects of urbanization will also be explored. The study of human ecology, urban ways of life, neighbourhood, residential differentiation and gentrification, urban protest, and comparative urbanism (Hungary, China and Japan) will be carried out. Course Outline 1. Introduction a. Definition of Basic Concepts b. Urbanization and Urbanism, Community, Town, City, Metropolis and Megalopolis.

2. Urban Sociology a. Scope and Field of Study b. The Rise, and Decline of Cities c. Origin of Urban Life

3. The Rise of Modern City a. Growth of Cities b. Factors in Urbanization and Urban Growth c. Growth of Cities-planned Development.

4. Trends of Urbanization in Pakistan.

5. The Ecology of the City a. Human Ecology-meaning and Relationship with Urban Sociology b. Location of the City.

6. The Social Relations in the City a. The Small Groups - Their Functions and Role Structure b. The Urban Attitudes, Ideals and Values, 7. The Urban Economic System, Rest and Recreational Activities in the City.

8. The Disorganized Areas a. Slums, Katchi Abadies and Their Development b. Lack of Coordination in Various Social Systems in the City c. Juvenile Delinquency and Street Crime in the City. 9. Main Social Problems of the Cities, Their Origin, Causative Factors and Remedial Measures.

10. Welfare Agencies in the City - Their Structure and Functioning, Adjustment of migrants in the City, Town Planning, Social and Welfare Planning, Meaning, Need and Scope, Planning and Development of the City, House Planning, Neighborhood Planning, Voluntary Associations, The Future of the City.

Recommended Books: 1. Bardo, John W. (1982). Urban Sociology. New York: MacGraw-Hill, Inc. 2. Bardo. John W. (1982) Urban Society. New York, McGraw Hill Inc. 3. Berry, Briyan (1977). Contemporary Urban Ecology. New York: Macmillan. 4. Brenner, Neil & Roger Keil (ed.) (2006). The Global Cities Reader. Routledge, London & New York. 5. Ecology, San Francisco: W.H. Freeman and Co. 6. Ehrlich, Paul R. and Annix St (1970). Population Resources and Environment. Issues in Human 7. Fitzpatrick, Kevin, & Mark LaGory, (2000), Unhealthy Places: The Ecology of Risk in the Urban Landscape, Routledge: London. 8. Gibbs, Jack P. (1961). Urban Research Methods. New York: D. Van Nostrand Co. 9. Gottdiener, M. & Leslie Budd (2005) Key concepts in Urban Studies. Sage, London. 10. Hambery, Amos H. (1950). Human Ecology, New York: The Ronald Press. 11. Khan, Mahmood H., (1998), Climbing the Development Ladder with NGO Support: Experiences of Rural People in Pakistan, Karachi, Oxford University Press. 12. Khan, Shoaib S., (1981), Rural Development in Pakistan, New Delhi, Vikas Publishing House. 13. Lamba, P. S. & S. S. Salanki (1992). Impact of Urbanization and Industrialization on Rural Society. New Delhi: Wiley Eastern Limited. 14. Lamba, P.S. and.S.S. Salanki, (1992), Impact of urbanization and industrialization on rural society. New Delhi, Wiley Eastern Limited. 15. Nabeel; Hamdi (1995), Housing without Houses. WCIB 4HH, UK. 16. Parker, Simon (2004) Urban Theory and the Urban Experience Encountering the City. Routledge, London 17. Quim, James A. (1995), Urban Sociology, New York, America Park Co. 18. Unders Tanding, Karachi, Arif Hassan, 2001, City Press, Karachi.

SOCIOLOGY OF HEALTH AND MEDICINE BS Sociology Course Code: SOC- 401, Semester-VIl Objective: The course focuses at providing basic concepts and models of health sciences. The psycho-socio and cultural assessment of health seeking behavioral patterns and the role of therapeutic management group will be examined. The indigenous healing system and contemporary medical system will be studied. Course Outline 1. Introduction a. Medical Sociology, and the field of medical sociology b. Contribution of sociology to medicine. 2. Health and disease a. Social definition of illness b. Health and disease as deviant behavior c. Social cultural causes of disease 3. Sociological perspectives on health & Illness a. Functionalist Approach b. Conflict Approach c. Interactionist Approach d. Labeling Approach 4. Illness Behavior and Perceptions of Illness a. Illness Behavior b. Cultural Influences on Illness Behavior c. Sociological and Demographic Influences d. Lay Beliefs About Health and Illness e. Self medication f. Sick Role 5. Social Determinants of Health a. The Social Gradient b. Stress c. Early Life d. Life Expectancy e. Social support networks f. Education and literacy g. Employment/Working conditions h. Social environments i. Addiction j. Food k. Transport 6. Patient and Doctor a. Doctors view of disease and the patient b. Patient’s perspective of illness c. Patient doctor relationship d. Patient-nurses relation 7. Sociology of medical care a. Hospitals b. Origin and development. Hospitals as social organization: problems of Quackery. 8. Interpersonal relationship in medical settings. 9. Mental illness in sociological perspective. 10. Complementary & alternative Medicine (CAM)

Recommended Books: 1. A.P Dixit (2005) Global Hiv/Aids Trends, Vista International Publications house New Delhi; 2. Bauggartner, Teda (1994), Conducting and reading research in health and human performance. England, Brow and Benchmarn Publishers. 3. David Tucket (Ed), An Introduction to Medical Sociology, London, Taritocl Publication, 1976. 4. David Tucket. 1982. An Introduction to Medical Sociology. Tavistock Publication, London. 5. David, Mechanic, Medical Sociology, New York. The Free Press, 1960. 6. David, Mechanic. 1990. Medical Sociology. The Free Press. New York 7. Diarmuid O Donovan (2008) The State of Health Atlas University of California Press; 8. G. C Satpathy (2003) Prevention of HIV/AIDS & Drug Abuse Isha Books; 9. G.C. Satpalhy (2003) Prevention of Hiv/Aids & Drug abuse, isha Books, New Delhi. 10. Global Health Challenges for Human Security (ed.) Lincoln Chen et el. Global Equity. UK 2003. 11. Jai P Narain (2004) Aids in Asia the challenge a head , Sage Publications New Delhi; 12. Julia A Ericksen (2008) Taking charge of Breast Cancer University of California Press; 13. Meena Sharma (2006) Aids, Awareness Through Community Participation Kalpaz Publications Delhi; 14. Moon, Graham (1995) Society and Health. An Introduction to Social Science for Health Professional. London. Routledge. 15. Moward E. Treaman at. Al. Handbook of Medical Sociology, Englewood Cliffs, NJ Prentice Hall, Inc. 1963. 16. P Dixit (2005) Global HIV/AIDS Trends, Vista International Publishing House Delhi 110053; 17. Rose Weitz (2004) The Sociology of health, Illness & health care a critical approach Thomson wads worth. 18. Rubina Sehgal(2004)The Trouble Times; Sustainable Development in the age of extreme. Islamabad. 19. Schilla Mclean and G. Mahar. 1983. Medicine, Morals and Law, Gower Publishing Co. Ltd. UK. 20. Shah, Ilyas (1998) Community Medicine . Karachi. 21. The Body, Culture and Society: An Introduction by Philip, Hancock et. el. Open University Press. Buckingham. 22. The Sociology of Health and Medicine: A Critical Introduction by Ellen Annandale. Polity Press 1998.

POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY BS Sociology Program Course Code: SOC- 402, Semester-VIl

Course Contents 9. Meaning and Scope of Political Sociology 10. The Study of Social and Political Behaviour 11. Social Classification, Social Stratification: Status Power, Symbols 12. Political Socialization Role of Family, Tribe, Race, Education and Religion 13. Political Communication: Information Media, Press, Modes of Political Communication and Control 14. Rural Urban Cultural Patterns: Socio-Political Sociology 15. Public Opinion: Nature, Formation, Role Measurement of Public Opinion 16. Individual and Collective Political Behaviour, Determinants-Modes, Including Anomic Political Behaviour. Books Recommended 7. Michael Rush and Philip Althoff. An Introduction to Political Sociology 8. W.G. Runciaman, Social Science and Political Theory 9. Oran R. Young. System of Political Science 10. Karl W. Deutsch. The Nerves of Government: Models of Political Communication and Control 11. Lucian W. Pye ed. Communication and Political Development 12. Parsons Talcott The Structure of Social Action

SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION BS Sociology Course Code: SOC- 403, Semester-VIl

Objective: The course provides students with the sociological insight of education. Core concepts, levels, educational institutions, theories, educational policies and reforms will be studied. Relationship of education with socio-economic development will also be discussed. Course Outline 1. Introduction a. The Concept of Education b. Origin and Development of Education c. Forms of Education, Formal, Non-formal d. Contemporary Education System. 2. Sociological Theory and Education a. Education and Socialization b. Social Stratification and Education 3. Roles of Education a. Education and Social Mobility b. Functions of Education c. Education and Democracy d. Education for Leadership 4. School as an Organization a. Definitions and Theoretical Models b. Bureaucratization and Professionalization of Schooling 5. The Sociology of School as an Agent of Change a. The Social Construction of Curriculum b. Education and Development 6. Relationship between Education and the Economy a. Reconstructions Views of Education and Economic Development b. Manpower Planning c. Demand and Supply of Educational Institutions in Developing Countries. 7. Education and other social institutions. a. Education Policy and Reforms b. Private and Public Sectors of Education c. Education Problems d. Quality of Education e. Investment in Education f. Status of Education in Pakistan

Recommended Books: 1. Ballantine, Jeanne H. (1993), The Sociology of Education. A Systematic Analysis. New Gercy Prentice Hall. 2. Ballantine, Jeanne H. (1993). The Sociology of Education: A Systematic Analysis. New Gersy: Prentice Hall. 3. Banks, Olive (1971). The Sociology of Education. London: B. T. Batsford Ltd. 4. Best, John W. (1992), research in Education, New Delhi, Prentice Hall. 5. Best, John W. (1992). Research in Education. New Delhi: Prentice Hall. 6. Brubacher, L.S. (1970). Modern Philosophies of Education. New Delhi: Macgraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. 7. Cosin, B.R. and others (latest ed.). School and Society: A Sociological Reader. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. 8. Dale, R.G. Eland and M. MacDonald (1976). Schooling and Capitalism. London: Routledge and Keg a Paul. 9. David Levinson, Peter W. Cookson, Alan R. Sadovnik. 2002. Education and Sociology: An Encyclopedia 10. Evetts, J. The Sociology of Educational Ideas. London: Rutledge and Kegan Paul. 11. Hirst, P.H. and R.S. Peter (1970). The Logic of Education. London: Routledge and Keg and Paul. 12. Ottaway, Andrew Kenneth Cosway. 2003. Education and Society: International Library of Sociology 13. Singh, Dr. Achyut Kumar, (1992), Education and National Character. New Delhi, Ashish Publishing House. 14. Stephen J. Ball .2000. Sociology of Education: Major Themes 15. Torres,Carlos Alberto, Ari Antikainen. 2002. The International Handbook on the Sociology of Education: An International.

INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY BS Sociology Program Course Code: SOC- 404, Semester-VIl Objective: The course will provide familiarity about the basic concepts, theories and process of industrial sociology. Course Outlines: 1. Introduction: a. Industry and Society b. Industry and Social Stratification c. Work, Occupation, Industry, Organization, Factory and Management 2. Industrialization: a. Social Theory of Productive System b. Antecedent of Industrialization in west 3. Theories of Industrialization 4. Formal Organization: a. Bureaucracy b. Organizational Charts (Structure) c. Trade Union, and theories of Unionism 5. Work ethics in Islam a. Division of Labor b. Work ethics c. Distribution of Wealth 6. Industrialization in Pakistan a. Historical view of Industrial Development b. Problems and Prospects of Industrialization in Sociological Perspective c. Industrial Relationship in Pakistan 7. Trade Unionism in Pakistan a. Labor Movement b. Trade Unionism c. Union Leadership and Collective Bargaining 38. Laboure Policies in Pakistan a. Historical Perspective and social change b. Analysis of wages Field Visit: The students will visit different industries to study human relations in industry. They will meet the employer and employees to discuss their problems and submit a comprehensive report. Suggested Readings: 1. Hall, R.H., (1995) Organization: Structure, Process and Outcomes, prentice Hall, California. 2. Health, Christian, luff Pual (2000) Technology in action Cambridge University Press. 3. Theobland. (1994). Understanding Industrial Society: A Sociological Guide. St. Merton Press, New York.

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR AND HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT BS Sociology Program Course Code: MGT- 307, Semester-VIl Objective: The course will help the students to understand the meaning, concepts and theories of formal and informal organization. A detailed discussion, sharing and participation on organizational structure, process, human resource management and general problems of organization with special reference to Pakistan will be carried out.

Course Outlines 1. Introduction a. Meaning and difference between social organization b. formal and informal organization c. Characteristics of formal organization.

2. Theories of Formal Organization: a. classical organizational theories b. neoclassical theories c. System approach to organization.

3. Foundations of Individual Behavior a. Key biographical characteristics. b. Types of ability. c. Shape the behavior of others. d. Distinguish between the four schedules of reinforcement. e. Role of punishment in learning. f. Practice self-management g. Exhibit effective discipline skills.

4. Foundations of group Behavior 5. Values, attitude & Job satisfaction 6. Personality & emotions & their role in Effectiveness of Organization a. What is Personality b. Five Model of Personality Dimensions c. Personality Attributes Influencing OB d. What Are Emotions e. Emotions Dimension f. OB Applications of Understanding Emotions 7. Organizational Structure and Human Resource Management: a. Meaning and interrelationship of organizational size b. Complexity and formalization.

8. Organizational Processes: a. Motivation, power and authority b. Leadership c. Communication d. Conflict e. Decision making

9. Human Resource Management. a. Role of human resource development in organization and socialization of employees b. Training and development of employees c. Career planning and human resource development d. Meaning and problems of performance appraisal.

10. General problems in organization of Pakistan: a. Structural problem b. Operational problems c. Behavior problems

Recommended Books: 1. Ahuja KK. (1993). Management and Organization Dehli CBS Publishers and Distributors. 2. R obbins , S. P. (2003). Organizational Behavior 3. Arndt sorge & Malcolm Wasner (1998) IEBM Hand book of Organization Behaviour; 4. Betty Jane Punnett. 2004. International Perspectives on Organizational Behavior and Human Resource ... 5. Davis, Newstoms (1992), Organizational Behavior. Human Behavior at work 6. Deborah eade (2005) Development NGOS & Civil Society Oxfam GB New Delhi International Thomson Business Press; 7. H. Berberoğlu . 1993. Human Resources Management and Organizational Behaviour in the Hospitality ... 8. Hofmeister, J., "Global and Local Balance in Human Resources Leadership," in Losey, M., Meisinger, S., and Ulrich, D., (eds.), The Future of Human Resource Management (Virginia: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2005), pp. 361-369 9. Luthans, 1998,Organization Behavior, McGraw Hill 10. New York. McGraw Hill Inc. 11. Nick wates (2000) the community Planning Earthscan publication ltd London. 12. Peterson R.B. and I. Tracy (1979), Systematic Management of Human Resources. UK. Adison-Wasty Pub. Co. 13. Ph. D. Robert G. Delcampo, Ph.D., Robert G. DelCampo, Kristie M. Boudwin, Sherri L. Hines. 2007. That's What She Said! a Guide to Using "The Office" to Demonstrate ... 14. Randall S. Schuler, Paul F. Buller. 1996.Cases in Management, Organizational Behavior and Human Resource Management 15. Rao,TV (2000) Human Resourse Development National Book Foundation Islamabad. 16. Robert Kreitner, Angelo Kinicki. 2007. Organizational Behavior 17. Singh, K.2000, Rural Development: Principles, Policies and Management. New Delhi. 18. Weihrich and Koontz (1993). Management: A Global Perspective (10th ed.) New York: MacGraw-Hill, Inc. 19. Weihrich and Koontz (1993). Management: A Global Perspective 10th Edition, New York: McGraw Hill Inc. 20. Werther, William B. and Davis K. (1993). Human Resources and Personnel Management (4thed.), New York: Macgraw-Hill, Inc. SOCIAL CHANGE AND TRANSFORMATION BS Sociology Course Code: SOC- 451, Semester-VIII Objective: The course highlights the basic concepts, causes, resistance to social change and transformation. The Evolutionary, cyclic and conflict theoretical approaches and models of social change will be discussed. It also focuses on the relationship of change with respect to socio-economic and political aspects of development. Course Outline 1. Introduction a. Various dimensions of social change b. Magnitude, rate and direction of social change c. Identification of social change. d. Factors affecting social change

2. Theories of social change.

3. Analysis of social change a. Types of social change b. Dynamics of social change: dynamics of social change in Pakistan.

4. Trends and prospects of social change in the Third World.

5. Analysis of economic development in modern and modernizing countries.

6. Sociology of economic development a. Development-nature and scope b. Sociological and economic concepts of development c. Development continuum-under-development 7. Social and economic development a. Instruments b. Approaches to development c. Implications of development, 8. Rural and urban sections of economic development a. Sustainable development b. Problems in development c. Availability of physical resources d. Non-availability of technical know-how e. Availability of appropriate human resources f. Socio-cultural constraints of development g. Social implications of development.

Recommended Books 1. Elzioni, A, and E. Elzioni, (eds), Social Change, New York: Basic Book Inc, 1964. 2. Etzioni, Amitai and Etzioni Eva (1964 eds.). Social Change - Sources, Patterns and Consequences, New York: Basic Books, Inc. 3. Ghimire, K.B. and Pimbert, M.P, (1997), Social Change and Conservation, London, Earthscan. 4. Gouldner, Alvin W and Miller S.M. (1965 eds.). Applied Sociology; Opportunities and Problems, New York: Free Press. 5. Halperin, Sandra. 2004. War and Social Change in Modern Europe: The Great Transformation Revisisted 6. Hunter, G. (1969). Modernizing Peasant Societies, London: Oxford University Press. 7. Khan, S. R., Ed. (2000). 50 years of Pakistan's Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press. 8. Kingston, Jeff. 2004. Japan's Quiet Transformation: Social Change and Civil Society in the Twenty 9. Lapiere, R.T. Social Change, New York: McGraw Hill Book Co., 1965. 10. Moore, W.E, Social Change, Englawood Cliffs, N.J. Prentice Hall Inc, 1974. 11. Organisational Transformation and Social Change by EBSCO Publishing (Firm) - 2004 12. Schelkle, Waltraud.2000. Paradigms of Social Change: Modernization, Development, Transformation 13. Schuerkens, Ulrike. 2004. Global Forces and Local Life-worlds: Social Transformations 14. Smith, A.D, The Concept of Social Change: A Critique of the Functionalist Theory of Social Change, London, Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1973. 15. Swansen, G.E. Social Change, Glenview, III, Scott, Foresman and Co. 1971.

SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION BS Sociology Program Course Code: SOC- 452, Semester-VIII

Objective: The course focuses on providing knowledge to the students regarding core concepts, theories and function of religion in the integration of society. Sociological analysis of the major religions with special focus on Islam will be carried out.

Course Outline 1. Introduction a. Definition of Religion b. Elements of Religion.

2. Theories of Religion a. Sociological theories of religion b. Psycho-analytical theory of religion c. Evolutionary Sociological approaches

3. The Sociological Functions of Religion a. Universal Order of Religion b. Pragmatism in Religion c. Integrating Power of Religion, and Religion and Social Ideals.

4. Sociological Analysis of major world religions: Islam Judaism, Hinduism, Christianity, Confucianism and Buddhism. a. Religion as Agency of Social Control. b. Sociology of Islam:

5. The world view of Islam a. Human Nature and Human Personality b. Prophet’s Sunnah as the Normative matrix of Islamic culture and Society c. Normative Foundation of Islamic Social Structure of Society d. Major Components of Social Structure e. Groups and Institutions in Islamic Society f. Institution of family and its place in the Islamic Social Scheme, socialization in Islamic Framework, persuasion and Motivation and their relation to Socialization Development of Attitudes.

6. Education as the mean of Socialization status of Ulama in the Muslim Society epilogue.

Recommended Books: 1. Binder, Leonard (1963). Religion and Politics in Pakistan. California: University of California Press. 2. Evan, Prithard E.F. (1965). Theories of Primitive Religions. Oxford: Claneolan Press. 3. Ghazli-al-Muhammad. Sociology of Islam. Draft Report. International Islamic 4. Islam and Contemporary Society (ed.) by Salem Azzan. Islamic Council of Europe and Longman. London and New York 1982. 5. Johnstone, Ronald L. (1975), Religion and Society in Interaction. The Sociology of Religion, New Jersey Prentice-Hall. 6. Johnstone, Ronald L. (1975). Religion and Society in Interaction: The Sociology of Religion. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall. 7. Religion in Society: A Sociology of Religion (6th Ed.) by Ronald L. Johnstone. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 2001. 8. Religious Fundamentalism in Developing Countries by Santosh C. Saha and Thomas Carr Greenwood Press. Westport, Connecticut. 2004. 9. Schneider, Louis (1964). Religion, Culture and Society: A Reader in the Sociology of Religion. New York: John Wiley and Sons. 10. Schneider, Louis (1970). Sociological Approach to Religion. New York: Wiley and Sons. 11. Sociology of Religion: A Reader by Susanne C. Monahan, William A. Mirola, and Michael O. Emerson. Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 2001. 12. The Discipline of Religion: Structure, Meaning and Rhetoric by Russell T McCuteheon. Routledge. London & New York 2003. 13. Thompson, Ian (1988). Religion: Sociology in Focus Series. London: Longman. 14. Thompson. Ian. (1988), Religion, Sociology in Focus Series. London Longman. 15. Vernon, Glenn M. (1962), Sociology of Religion, NewYork McGraw Hill. Vernon, Glenn M. (1962). Sociology of Religion. New York: MacGraw-Hill.

SOCIOLOGY OF GLOBALIZATION BS Sociology Course Code: SOC- 453, Semester-VIII Objective: This course provides familiarity regarding the basic concepts and models of globalization. It will examine the global economy and its impact on local economy as well as social and cultural change especially on South Asian countries. The role of media regarding globalization will also be discussed. Course Outline 1. Introduction and Overview of Sociology of Globalization a. Sociology of globalization, globalization: myth or reality; b. Characteristics of globalization, globalization, modernization & Europeanization; globalization and cultural leveling. 2. Theories of globalization, global stratification, global inequalities, globalization and local identity. 3. The Rise of Globalization a. The Second Globalization: Creating the Post-War Political-Economic Order b. The Rise of Neoliberalism 4. Globalization and Corporations a. X-HOUR: From Bureaucracy to Networks b. Corporate Governance and Strategy c. Multinational Corporations 5. Political Globalization a. Global Politics, Governance, Transnational State, etc. b. Power and Transnational Politics c. Emergence of Global Classes, Local Actors in Global Politics. 6. Technology and globalization, global economy and the digital networks. 7. Globalization and Workers a. Changes in Work b. Social Inequality c. Training for Global Competition 8. Globalization and the State a. Welfare Reform b. Tax Reform c. Regulatory Reform 9. Globalization and Culture 10. Transnational Social Movements, Transnational Civil Society, Globalization and the Environment 11. Globalization and Race/Ethnicity, Transnational Migrations, Transnational Communities, Transnationalism. 12. Globalization and Women/Gender 13. Globalization, Resistance, Hegemonies and Counterhegemonies, Alternative Futures 14. The Global village: Recovering Place and Social Practices. 15. The Making of International Migrations – WTO 16. Globalization and Social Institution

Recommended Books: 1. Ellwood,w.(2001) The no-nonsense guide to Globalization 2. Frank, T (2001) One market under god, Anchor Books 3. Janoski, Thomas. 2005. The Handbook of Political Sociology: States, Civil Societies, and Globalization 4. Nash, Kate Contemporary Political Sociology: Globalization, Politics, and Power 5. Roland Robertson, Kathleen E. White. 2003. Globalization: Critical Concepts in Sociology 6. Sassen, Saskia. 2007. A Sociology of Globalization 7. Sklair, L (2001) The transnational capitalist class, Blackwell 8. Timothy J. Scrase, Todd Joseph Miles Holden, Scott Baum. 2003. Globalization, Culture and Inequality in Asia 9. Ehrenreich and Hochschild (eds), Global Woman: Nannies, Maids, and Sex Workers 10. Jan Nederveen-Pieterse, Globalization and Culture: Global Melange 11. William I. Robinson, Promoting Polyarchy 12. William I. Robinson, A Theory of Global Capitalism 13. Michael Buroawoy, et. Al. (eds.), Global Ethnographies 14. Joseph Stiglitz. Globalization and Its Discontents 15. Osterhammel and Petersson. Globalization: A Short History. 16. Kristensen and Zeitlin. Local Players in Global Games (pp. xii-xxii; 1-187; 301-322) (Continue reading) 17. Bronfenbrenner. Global Unions 18. Linda Weiss. The Myth of the Powerless State

CLINICAL SOCIOLOGY BS Sociology Course Code: SOC- 454, Semester-VIII Objective: The course will emphasize on concepts, theories, communication and relationship with client as well as ethics in clinical sociology. It will enable the students with the skills of intervention, process of intervention and clinical sociology practices. It will also enable the students to learn mediation and conflict resolution, evaluation and preventive programming. Course Outline 1 Introduction a. Sociological Practice i) Applied Sociology ii) Clinical Sociology b. Interrelation and Difference Between Clinical and Applied Sociology 2 Theories in Clinical Sociology 3 Communication and Relationships with Clients 4 Ethic in Clinical Sociology 5 Intervention a. Levels of Intervention i. With Individuals ii. With Families iii. With Groups iv. With Communities v. With Formal Organizations b. The Process of Intervention i. Assessment ii. Programme Planning iii. Programme Implementation iv. Programme Evaluation 6 Clinical Sociology Practice a. Mediation and Conflict Resolution b. Evaluation c. Preventive Programming 7 Application of Clinical Sociology to Contemporary Social Problems: Case Studies Recommended Books: 1. Howard M. Rebach, John G. Bruhn. 2001. Handbook of Clinical Sociology 2. Jan M Fritz – 1996. The Clinical Sociology Resource Book 3. Jan Marie Fritz. 2007. International Clinical Sociology 4. Roger A. Straus. 2001. Using Sociology: An Introduction from the Applied and Clinical Perspectives.

CURRICULUM OF POLITICAL SCIENCE & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

BS (4-Year)

THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN

BS POLITICAL SCIENCE & INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS SCHEME OF STUDIES FROM 2019-2023 & ONWARDS Duration 04 Years (8 SEMESTERS) Credit Hours 132 2019 to 2023 & Onwards

Scheme of Studies

1ST YEAR Semester I

Course Codes Course Title Credit Hours ENG-101 English –I 3+0 ISL-101 Islamic Studies 2+0 PIR-101 Introduction to Political Science -I 3+0 MATH-101 Mathematics-I 3+0 ECON-101 Introduction to Economics ( General –I) 3+0 PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology ( General –II) 3+0

TOTAL: 17

Semester II

Course Codes Course Title Credit Hours ENG-102 English-II 3+0 PIR-101 Pakistan Studies 2+0 PIR-151 Introduction to Political Science-II 3+0 MASS-101 Introduction to Mass Communication 3+0 ECON- 206 Economy of Pakistan 3+0 ( General –III) SOC-252 Pakistani Society And Culture ( General –IV) 3+0

TOTAL:17

2ND YEAR

Semester III

Course Course Title Credit Codes Hours ENG-201 English-III 3+0 COMP-201 Introduction to Basics in Computer 3+0 PIR-201 Political Systems ( Developed ) 4+0 LAW-101 Introduction to Law ( General –V) 3+0 SOC-253 Gender Studies ( General –VI) 3+0

TOTAL:16

Semester IV

Course Course Title Credit Hours Codes ENG-202 English ( IV ) 3+0 PIR-251 Political Systems ( Developing ) 4+0 PIR-252 Pakistan Movement 4+0 PIR-253 Introduction to International Relations 3+0 GEOG-101 Introduction to Geography 3+0 ( General –VII)

TOTAL:17

3RD YEAR Semester- V

Course Course Title Credit Hours Codes PIR-301 Western Political Philosophy -I 4+0 PIR-302 Muslim Political Philosophy 3+0

PIR-303 Comparative and Developmental Politics- I 4+0 PIR-305 Public Administration 4+0 PIR-306 Theories of International Relations: A 3+0 Comparative Study

TOTAL:18

Semester VI

Course Course Title Credit Hours Codes PIR-351 Western Political Philosophy -II 4+0 PIR-353 Comparative and Developmental Politics- II 3+0 PIR-354 History of International Relations 4+0 PIR-356 Foreign Policy of Pakistan 3+0 PIR-357 Political Geography 3+0 TOTAL:17

4th Year

Semester VII

Course Course Title Credit Hours Codes PIR-401 Methods of Study and Research 4+0 PIR-402 Foreign Policy Analysis 4+0 PIR-403 Public International Law - I 3+0 PIR-404 Diplomacy 3+0 PIR-405 Foreign Policies of UK, USA 4+0

TOTAL:18 Semester VIII

Course Course Title Credit Hours Codes PIR-451 Public International Law- II 3+0 PIR-452 International Organizations 3+0 PIR-453 Political Economy 4+0 PIR-454 Local Government in Pakistan 3+0 TOTAL:13 Total Cr hrs= 130

Semester-I Introduction to Political Science - I 03 Credit Hours PIR-101

Objectives: The objective of this course this is to introduce the students with the fundamentals of the subject of Political Science and prepare them for advanced studies in the forthcoming semesters. The very basic concepts and terminology commonly used in the further courses of studies are taught to make the students friendly with the subject. Course Contents: 1. Definition, Nature, Scope and Subfields of Political Science. 2. Relationship of Political Science with other social sciences. 3. Approaches to the study of Political Science: Traditional and Modern. 4. Basic concepts of Political: Power, Authority, Legitimacy, Nation and Sovereignty. 5. State, its origin and evolution; Western and Islamic concepts of State, Forms of State: Unitary, Federation, Confederation. a) Definition , Nature and conditions for successful Democracy b) Virtue of Tolerance in Democratic Process. 6. Organs of Government: Legislature, Executive, Judiciary. 7. Forms of Government: Parliamentary, Presidential, Authoritarian.

Note:Subfields of Political Science include: Political Philosophy/Theory; Comparative Politics; International Relations; Public Administration/ Public Policy; Local Government, etc. Recommended Books: 1. Chaudhry Ahmad Shafi, Usul-e-Siyasiat (Urdu), Lahore Standard Book Depot, 1996. 2. Sheikh Bashir Ahmad, Riyasat Jo Ilm (Sindhi meaning Science of State), Jamshoro, Institute of Sindhalogy, University of Sindh, 1985. 3. MazherulHaq, Theory and Practice in Political Science, Lahore Bookland, 1996. 4. Michael G. Roskin, Political Science: An Introduction, London: Prentice Hall, 1997. 5. Mohammad Sarwar, Introduction to Political Science, Lahore IlmiKutubKhana, 1996. 6. Robert Jackson and Dorreen Jackson, A Comparative Introduction to Political Science (New Jersey, Prentice_Hall, 1997). 7. Rodee Anderson etc. Introduction to Political Science, Islamabad, National Book Foundation, Latest Edition. 8. R. C. Agarwal, Political Theory (Principles of Pol. Science), New Delhi, S. Chand & Co., 2006. 9. V. D. Mahajan, Political Theory (Principles of Pol. Science), New Delhi, S. Chand & Co., 2006. 10. Ian Mackenzi (Ed.), Political Concepts: A Reader and Guide, Edinburg, University Press, 2005. 11. Introduction to Political Science: By Gaig Parsons 3rd Edition Parson Education 2019. 12. Political Science: An Introduction Global Edition by Michall G. Roskin Robert L. Cord, James A. Medeires 7th Edition Pearson Education Limited,2016. 13. Power and Choice: An Introduction to Political Science: by W. Phillips Shively 2nd Edition Mc GramHill Gigher Education 2013. 14. Kamran, Democracy Governance in Pakistan (2017). 15. Sayeed, Political System of Pakistan (2107). 16. Sayeed, Politics in Pakistan the Nature & Direction of Change (2017).

Semester-I English-I 03 Credit Hours ENG-101

English I (Functional English) Basics of Grammar 1. Parts of speech and their functions

(Noun, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Adjectives, Conjunction, Interjection) 2. Use of Articles 3. Sentence Skills

Classification by Purpose (Declarative, Interrogative, Imperative, Exclamative) Classification by Structure (Complex, Compound, Compound Complex) 4. Analysis of phrase, clause 5. Preposition 6. Transitive and intransitive verbs 7. Active and Passive Voice 8. Speaking Skills Communication via Dialogue formation Expressing your likes and dislikes Group discussion My Dreams Picture Description Games activities 9. Reading Skills Aims of Reading Kinds of Reading Faulty Reading Habits SQ3Rs 10. Writing Skills

Controlled to Free Writing (Paragraph Writing) 11. Dictionary Skills

(Meaning, Usage, Pronunciation, Syllabication, Etymology, Stress, Parts of speech, Synonyms, Antonyms) Recommended Books: 17. Functional English a) Grammar 1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercise 1. Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492 2. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. Exercise 2. Third edition, Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506 b) Writing 1. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 019435405 7 Pages 20-27 and 35-41. c) Reading/Comprehension 1. Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2. d) Speaking

Semester-I General I Introduction to Economics 03 Credit Hours ECON-101

1. Introduction Nature and scope of Economics (Different school of thought, Definition of Economics, Subject matter of economics), Classification of economics, Scope and definition of Microeconomics, basic concepts (Production, Consumption, Income, Resources, Consumers, Producers). 2. Demand, Supply and Equilibrium Concept of demand, Demand function, Law of demand, Changes in demand (Expansion, contraction, Rise and fall in demand), Elasticity of demand (Concept, measurement and kinds of elasticity of demand), Importance of Elasticity of demand. Supply (concept), Supply function, Law of supply, Changes in supply, Supply elasticity (concept, measurement and measurement and importance), Market Equilibrium. 3. Theory of Consumer Behavior Concept of consumer’s behavior, Utility, Types of utility. Measurement of utility (Law of diminishing marginal utility, law of Equi-marginal utility, Consumer’s Equilibrium, Utility function. 4. Theory of Production Cost and Revenue Concept of production, Production function, Factors of production, Laws of return, Concept of cost, Cost function, Kinds of cost in view of time period, Short-run cost and Long-run cost, Concept of revenue, Kinds of revenue, Revenue Analysis under perfect and imperfect competition. 5. Market Structure Concept of market, kinds of market, Concept of firm, Concept of profit, Concept of perfect competition (assumption), Price and output determination (equilibrium of the firm), under perfect competition in short-run and long-run. Concept of monopoly, Equilibrium of the firm under monopoly.

Recommended Books: 1. Micheal Parkin. 2004, Economics, 5th Ed., Addision Wesley 2. Muhammad Ramzan Sheikh and Muhammad Khursheed Khan, “Fundamentals of Economics”, MKG Publications, Multan. (latest edition) 3. Paul A. Samualson and W.D Nordhaus. 2004 Economics, 18th Ed. McGraw Hills, Inc. 4. John Sloman, Economics (latest edition) 5. Miller, Microeconomic Theory (latest edition)

Semester I Introduction to Psychology 03 Credit Hours General II PSY-101

Course Contents: 1. Introduction to Psychology 2. Definition Applied fields and goals of Psychology 3. Rise of psychology as science 4. Major Trends in Development of Psychology

5. Sensation: Sensory, procession, Vision, Audition 6. Perception: Attentional Process, Organizational process in perception, identification and Recognition processes 7. Learning and Behavior: Classic Conditioning, Operanl Conditioning, Observational Learning 8. Memory: Sensory Memory, Short-term Memory, Learning and Encoding in LTM 9. Motivation and Emotion: Definition and types of motives (Primary, Secondary, Basic Emotions and Culture Theories of Emotions, Functions of Emotions 10. Personality: Definition and Assessment of Personality, Theories of personality, Psychodynamic Theory Behaviorist Theory, humanistic theory, Trait theory 11. Social psychology: Social Cognition, Attitudes and their Formation, Prejudice, Social Influences and Groups Behavior, Interpersonal Attraction and Loving

Recommended Books: Lahey, Benamin (2000). Psychology McGraw Hill Feladman, Robert S. (2002) Understanding Psychology, McGraw Hill Gerow Josh, R (1997) Psychology: an introduction Longman Carlson neil R, and buskist, William, (1997) Psychology , Allyn and Bacon Zimbardo Philips G Gerring Richard J. (1996) Psychology and Life, Harper Collions

Semester-I Islamic Studies 02 Credit Hours ISL-101

Objectives: This course is aimed at; 1. To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies 2. To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization 3. To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships 4. To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious life. Detail of Courses Introduction to Quranic Studies 1) Basic Concepts of Quran 2) History of Quran 3) Uloom-ul-Quran Study of Selected Text of Holy Quran 1) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith(Verse No-284-286) 2) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi (Verse No-1-18) 3) Verses of Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithul (Verse No-1-11) 4) Verses of Surah Al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (Verse No. 63-77) 5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam (Verse No-152-154) Study of Selected Text of Holy Quran 1) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adab al-Nabi (Verse No.6,21,40,56,57,58) 2) Verses of Surah Al Hashar (18,1920) Related to thinking, Day of Judgement 3) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakr, Tadabar (Verse No-1,14) Seerat of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) I 1) Life of Mohammed Bin Abdullh (Before Prophet Hood) 2) Life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Makkah 3) Important Lessons Derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Makkah

Seerat of Holy Prophet ( S.A.W) II 1) Life of Holy Prophet ( S.A.W ) in Madina 2) Important events of life of Holy Prophet (S.A.W) in Madina 3) Important lessons derived from the life of Holy Prophet in Madina Introduction to Sunnah 1) Basic Concepts of Hadith 2) History of Hadith 3) Kinds of Hadith 4) Uloom-ul-Hadith 5) Sunnah & Hadith 6) Legal Positions of Sunnah Selected Study from Text of Hadith Introduction to Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 2) History & Importance of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 3) Sources of Islamic Law & Jurisprudence 4) Nature of Differences in Islamic Law 5) Islam and Sectarianism Islamic Culture & Civilization 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Culture & Civilization 2) Historical Development of Islamic Culture & Civilization 3) Characteristics of Islamic Culture & Civilization 4) Islamic Culture & Civilization and Contemporary Issues Islam & Science 1) Basic Concepts of Islam & Science 2) Contribution of Muslims in the Development of Science 3) Quranic & Science Islamic Economic System 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System 2) Means of Distribution of Wealth in Islamic Economics 3) Islamic Concepts of Riba 4) Islamic Ways of Trade & Commerce Political System of Islam 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System 2) Islamic Concept of Sovereignty 3) Basic Institutions of Govt in Islam Islamic History 1) Period of Khilafat-E-Rashida 2) Period of Ummayyads 3) Period of Abbasids Social System of Islam 1) Basic Concepts of Social System of Islam 2) Elements of Family 3) Ethical Values of Islam

Recommended Books: 1. Hameed Ullah Muhammad “Emergence of Islam” IRI Islambad 2. Hameed Ullah Muhammad “Muslim Conduct of State” 3. Hameed Ullah Muhammad “Introduction to Islam” 4. Maulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi 5. Hussain Hamid Hassan, An Introduction to the study of Islamic Law” leaf publication Islamabad, Pakistan. 6. Ahmad Hasan, “ Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research Institute, International Islamic University, Islamabad (1993) 7. Mir Waliullah, “Muslim Jurisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes” Islamic Books Service (1982). 8. H.S. Bhatia, :”Studies in Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep & Deep Publications New Dehli (1989). 9. Dr. Muhammad Zia Ul Haq “ Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” Allama Iqbal Open University, Islamabad (2001)

Semester-I Mathematics -I 03 Credit Hours MATH-101

Objectives: The objective of this course this is to prepare the students, not majoring in mathematics, with the essential tool of algebra to apply the concepts and the techniques in their respective disciplines. Course Contents: 1. Preliminaries Real-number system, complex numbers, introduction to sets, set operations, functions, types of functions. Matrices, introduction to matrices, types, matrix inverse, determinants, system of linear equations, Cramer’s rule. 2. Quadratic Equations: Solution of quadratic equations, qualitative analysis of roots of a quadratic equations, equations reducible to quadratic equations, cube roots of unity, relation between roots and coefficients of quadratic equations. 3. Sequences and Series: Arithmetic progression, geometric progression, harmonic progression. 4. Binomial Theorem: Introduction to mathematical induction, binomial theorem with rational and irrational indices. 5. Trigonometry: Fundamentals of trigonometry, trigonometric identities.

Recommended Books: 1. Dolciani MP, Wooton W, Beckenback EF, Sharron S, Algebra 2 and Trigonometry, 1978, Houghton & Mifflin, 2. Boston (suggested text) 3. Kaufmann JE, College Algebra and Trigonometry, 1987, PWS-Kent Company, Boston. 4. Swokowski EW, Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry (6th edition), 1986, PWS-Kent Company, Boston.

Semester II General -III Economy of Pakistan 03 Credit Hours ECON-206

Objectives: The objective of this course is development and growth of economics, a comprehensive definition of economic development, and common characteristics of developing countries. Course Contents: 8. Factors of economics development. Technology and economic development. Obstacles to science development. Remedial measures to overcome economic development. Market imperfections, poverty and its measurement, various circle of poverty. 9. Mineral and power recourses of Pakistan, natural recourses and economic development. Capital formation. Qualitative and quantitative aspects of Pakistan’s population. Explosion family planning. Importance of population for economic development. Unemployment problems. Human capital formation. Manpower planning. 10. Role of agriculture sector. Food and cash crops. Farm Mechanization. Collective and cooperative farming. Problems of agriculture sector and solution. Food shortage problem in Pakistan. Tax on agriculture income. Livestock. Forests in Pakistan. 11. Role of agriculture credit. Rural credit its types and sources. Rural credit its problems and solutions. Problems of agricultural marketing and solutions. Importance and objectives of agriculture price policy. Land tenure system in Pakistan. 12. Role of industrial sector. Problems of industrial sector and solution. Principal manufacturing industries in Pakistan. Industrial promotion measures taken by Government. Small and medium enterprises. Agro based industries. Localization of industries. 13. Role of foreign trade in economic development, major Exports and imports of Pakistan. Foreign trade performance of Pakistan. Exports promotion measures taken by Government. BOP (Cause of deficit and solutions). Devaluation of Currency. 14. Transports and communication system in Pakistan. Role of transport and communication sectors in Pakistan. Pakistan Railways, Pakistan Motorways. 15. Meaning and definition of economic planning. Need and role of economic planning. Aims and objectives o economic planning. Pre requisites for effective economic planning factors including the effective economic planning. 16. Components of federal Budget. Economic importance of Budget. Fiscal policy. Deficit flouncing. Tax structure in Pakistan.

Recommended Books: 10. Muhammad Ramzan, Sheikh and Muhammad Khursheed khan, “ Economics o Pakistan” MKG Publications, Multan. ( Latest Edition). 11. Kh. Amjad Saeed, ( Latent), “ The Economic of Pakistan” SA Saluman Publications. 12. Waqar Ahmad and Rashid Ahmad, the management of Pakistan’ s Economy. Oxford University Press, Karachi. 13. Chaudhary M. Aslam, Human Resource development. 14. Pakistan Economic Surveys, Published by Government of Pakistan, (Insets issues). 15. Annual Report of State Bank of Pakistan and CBR year books. (Insets issues).

Semester-1I English-II 03 Credit Hours ENG-102

English-II (Communication Skills) 1. Grammar: a) Verbs, Auxiliary Modals Mood b) Cohesive devices (Recognizing and interpreting devices) 2. Speaking Skills: a) Presentation Skills b) Personality development (Emphasis on content, style and pronunciation) c) Group discussion d) Taking part in Seminar e) Effective Classroom interaction 3. Reading Skills: a) Strategies to improve reading speed b) Skimming, Scanning, Inference, Prediction, Anticipation 4. Writing Skills a) Paragraph Writing (Techniques of writing: descriptive, Narrative, Expository, Argumentative) b) Letter Writing (Incitation, Regrets, Routines) c) Emails writing, Use of library and internet d) Note taking an note making e) Outlining and summarizing 5. Listening Skills: a) Introduction b) Extensive and Intensive listening c) Stress, Intonation, Rhythm

Recommended Books: e) Grammar 3. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercise 2. Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1986. ISBN 019431506 f) Writing 2. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 019435405 7 Pages 45-53 (Not Taking). 3. Writing. Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford Supplementary Skill. Fourth impression 1992. ( Particularly good for writing memos, introduction to presentations. Descriptive and argumentative writing). ISBN 01943534065 g) Reading 1. Reading. Advanced. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. 3rd impression 1991. ISBN 0194534030. 2. Reading and study Skills by John Langan 3. Study Skills by Riachard Yorky.

Semester II Introduction to Mass 03 Credit Hours MASS-101 Communication

Objectives: The objective of this course is to introduce the students with the fundamentals of the subject of journalism. The very basic concepts and terminologies used in MASS Media to make the students friendly with the subject. Course Contents: 17. Brief history of Journalism in Pakistan 18. What is journalism –Brief study of various types of Journalism – Daily Press – periodical press—Electronic Journalism—(Radio , T.V, and online Newspapers. 19. What is news ? Brief introduction to different types of news, news sources of newspapers. 20. News and news values Brief introduction to the structure of the news ( Headline, Lead or Intro, Body or Text, End.) qualities or responsibilities of sub- editor. 21. The brief study of the other important contents of newspaper, editorial , column, Feature ( Introduction, Role in society and its various types ) . 22. Short notes on Media terminologies ( Press note , Handout, Press release , Hard news and soft news, Publicity, Propaganda , Advertising Public opinion , Caption , Letter to the editor, print line , By line , Date line , News agencies ,Beat , CPNE, APNS, PFUJ, Public Relation, Documentary, PPO, RPPO, PEMRA, Code of ethics ) , Pres Communique.

Recommended Books: 16. M. Imtiaz Shahid, Mass communication, Introducing New Trends( English ) , Advanced publishers, Lahore , 2010. 17. Mirza Muhammad Yousaf , Faqiha Abbas, Exploring Journalism, A one Publishers, Lahore , Third Edition , 2009. 18. Dr. Miskeen Ali Hijazi, G.m. Naqash, Mass Communication. Theory and practice, A one Publishers , Lahore,2004. 19. Abdul-ul-Salam Kurshid, Fann-e-sahafat, Maktabba-e- Karwan, Lahore, 20. Dr. Mohidi Hassan, Dr. Abdul-ul-Salam , Journalisim for Ali, Aziz, Book Depot, Lahore.

Semester-II Course Code Pakistan Studies 02 Credit Hours PIR-101

Objectives:  Develop vision of historical perspective govt, politics, contemporaryPakistan ideological background of Pakistan.  Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and posing challenges to Pakistan.

Course Contents: Mid Term 23. Historical Perspective a) Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan and Allama Iqbal. b) Quaid-e-Azam Mohammad Ali Jinnah c) Factors leading to Muslim Separatism d) Ali Garh movement, All India Muslim League, Lucknow Pact, Khilafat Movement, Nehru Report, 14 Points of Quaid-e-Azam, Allahbad Address, Congress Ministries 1937, Lahore Resolution, Cabinet Mission Plan, 3rd June 1947 Plan, Independence Act 1947. e) Location and Geo-Strategic Importance of Pakistan.

Final Term 24. Govt and politics in Pakistan and constitution development of Pakistan. a) 1947-58. I. Objective Resolution. II. Causes of the failure of parliamentary democracy in Pakistan. III. Salient features of 1956 constitution. 1958-69 Ayub Khan’s Reform. b) Salient features of 1962’s constitution. 1969-71, 1971’s Election, LFO. c) Causes of separation of East Pakistan. 1971-1977 Bhutto’s Reforms d) Salient features of 1973’s constitution. 1977-88 Zia’s Islamization. 8th Amendment. 1988-1999 Political Development. e) 1999-Onward. 25. Foreign policy of Pakistan and Challenges. Recommended Books: 21. Burki, Shahid Javed. State & Society in Pakistan, The Macmillan Press Ltd 198. 22. Akbar, S. Zaidi. Issue in Pakistan’s Economy. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 2000. 23. S.M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring. Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: An Historical analysis. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1993. 24. Khalid Bin Sayeed, Pakistan the Formative Phase 1857-1948 25. Inamullah Khawaja, The creation of Pakistan. 26. Maya Tudor, The Promise of Power, The Origins of Democracy In India an Autocracy in Pakistan. 27. Aysha Jalal, the Sole Spokesman: Junnah, The Muslim League, and the Demand for Pakistan. 28. Stephon P.Cohen, The Idea of Pakistan.

Semester II Pakistani Society And Culture 03 Credit Hours General –IV SOC-252

Objectives: The course aims to make students learn about the nature and structure of Pakistani Society. It aims to impart knowledge about National Culture and sub –Culture of Pakistan. The course will develop understanding about the integrated functions of various social institutions in the country. Course Contents: 26. Introduction a) Definition of society b) Characteristics of Pakistani Society c) Social Stratification , Cast & Class & Ethnicity d) Social Institutions in Pakistan I. Family II. Religion III. Economy IV. Politics V. Education VI. Recreational 27. Educational Dynamics a) Illiteracy b) Literacy c) Universal Primary Education Concept d) Schools , Technical & Higher Education e) Status of Formal and Informal Education 28. Historical Perspective of Pakistani Culture a. Provisional Culture a) Cultural of Punjab b) Cultural of Sindh c) Cultural of NWFP d) Cultural of Balochistan e) Cultural of Kashmir & Northern Areas 29. Urban and Rural Division of Pakistan a) Rural Society b) Urban Society 30. Minority and their Belief 31. Major Social Problems 32. Major Occupation and Production Activities

Recommended Books: 29. Hameed, Abdul , 1965 Interrelationship of living standard, Education and information and social change. 30. Koernig, Samuel, 1970. Sociology – An introduction to the science of society . Roberts Publications, London. 31. 1959. The Sociological Imagination. New York : Oxford University Press. 32. Ashok Narang , Political Sociology , Murari Lal & Sons , 2006. 33. The Muslim Family Laws Ordinance No. VIII of 1961, Ministry of Law, Govt. Of Pakistan, Rawalpindi. 34. 58. Young , Kimball & Mack, Raymond, w.1959. Sociology and social Life , American Book, N.Y.

Semester-II Introduction to Political Science-II 03 Credit Hours PIR-151

Objectives: The objective of this course this is the continuation of Political Science-I. It mainly emphasizes on the functional aspects of the politics in a society. The students are to be enabled to understand the functioning of the political system, study its various components and actors influencing this functioning. Course Contents: 33. Political System: Definition, Characteristics & Functions. 34. Law: Definition, Sources , kinds, ; its relationship with morality, individual Liberty & rights & duties . 35. Constitution: Definition, kinds and amendments. a) Virtue of Tolerance in constitutional process. 36. Political Parties: kinds, structures & Functions . 37. Interests groups: kinds , functions, relationship with Political Parties . 38. Public Opinion: Definition, Formulation , assessment. 39. Electoral process: mechanism, kinds of representation, requirements of impartial elections. 40. Political Ideologies: Liberalism, fascism , Nazism , socialism, Marxism, nationalism . 41. Rise of liberalism in Europe.

Recommended Books: 35. Chaudhry Ahmad Shafi, Usul-e-Siyasiat (Urdu), Lahore Standard Book Depot, 1996. 36. Sheikh Bashir Ahmad, Riyasat Jo Ilm (Sindhi meaning Science of State), Jamshoro, Institute of Sindhalogy, University of Sindh, 1985. 37. MazherulHaq, Theory and Practice in Political Science, Lahore Bookland, 1996. 38. Michael G. Roskin, Political Science: An Introduction, London: Prentice Hall, 1997. 39. Mohammad Sarwar, Introduction to Political Science, Lahore IlmiKutubKhana, 1996. 40. Robert Jackson and Dorreen Jackson, A Comparative Introduction to Political Science (New Jersey, Prentice_Hall, 1997). 41. Rodee Anderson etc. Introduction to Political Science, Islamabad, National Book Foundation, Latest Edition. 42. R. C. Agarwal, Political Theory (Principles of Pol. Science), New Delhi, S. Chand & Co., 2006. 43. V. D. Mahajan, Political Theory (Principles of Pol. Science), New Delhi, S. Chand & Co., 2006. 44. Ian Mackenzi (Ed.), Political Concepts: A Reader and Guide, Edinburg, University Press, 2005. 45. Political Sciece : A Comparative Introduction by Rod Hague, Mortin Harrop, John Mc Comick second edition Macmillam Education UK, 2016 46. A Novel Approach to Politics: Introducing Political Science: by Douglas A. Van Bella 3rd edition SAGE Publications 2017.

Semester III Introduction to Basics In Computer 03 Credit Hours COMP- 201

Objectives: Course Contents: 1. Introduction to Computers, Concepts , Functions, Applications, Hardware . 2. Types Of Computer . 3. Input/outputs. 4. Software. 5. Systems Software . 6. Application Software . 7. Customized Software . 8. Word Processing . 9. Spreadsheet. 10. Tools of Statistical Analyses using Computer . 11. Database Application. 12. Internet browser. 13. E-mail: Personal Organizers. 14. Multimedia Applications. 15. Business Application. 16. Accounts. 17. Payroll. 18. Production. 19. Market Planning.

Recommended Books: 47. Peter Norton ‘s (2002 ) Introduction to Computers. 48. Long and long ( 1999), Introduction to Computers .

Semester III English - III 03 Credit Hours ENG- 201

English-III (Technical Writing and Presentation Skills) Grammar: a) Phrasal Verbs b) Commonly Confused Words (e.g. Homonyms, Homographs, Homophones) Writing Skills: a) Essay writing (Descriptive, Narrative, Analytical. Persuasive) b) Precis Writing/ Summarizing (rules and Practice) c) Report Writing Technical Report Writing Investigation Report Writing Short Report Writing d) How to write a proposal for research paper/ term paper e) How to write research paper/ term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form, clarity, consistency)

Presentation Skills: a) Discussion and Practice b) Oral Communication c) Picture Discussion

Recommended Books: a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing 1. Writing Advance by Ron White. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0194354073 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive, argumentative and report writing). 2. College Writing Skills by John Langan. Mc=Graw-Hill Higher Education 2004. 3. Patterns of College Writing (4the edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martins Press 4. The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compiled by norther Illinois University. General Editions: Janice Neulib; Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephen Ruffus and Maurice Scharto. (Note: A reader which will give students exposure to the best of twentieth century literature, without taking the taste of engineering students).

Semester III Gender Studies 03 Credit Hours General VI SOC-253

Objectives: This course aims at introducing the students the construction of gender in society with reference to class, race and sexuality. Its highlights the gender role and their sociological characteristics. Course Contents: 1. Definition and nature of gender studies. 2. Gender studies as an interdisciplinary subject and its relationship with other social and natural sciences . 3. Contemporary construct of sex and gender studies . 4. Gender and immediate area of concern family work , education , law and sexuality . 5. Gender and popular culture . 6. Theoretical aspects of gender . 7. Gender and issues of race , class and ethnicity. 8. Political and Cultural aspect of sex and gender . 9. Gender relation in everyday life . 10. Gender, everyday life and engendering .

Recommended Books: 49. Caroline B . Brettell , Gender in Cross Cultural Perspective , Pearson Education , New Jersey , USA, 2011. 50. Dr. Abdul Hameed Malik , Sociology of Gender Relations , National Book Center , 2005. 51. Gender Trouble , Judith Butler , 1989. 52. Feminism Is for Everybody : Passionate Politics , Bell Hooks, 2000. 53. The Second Sex , Simone de Beauvoir , 1949. 54. Karen Hagemann , Palgrave Macmillan , 2013. 55. Marysia Zalewski, Feminist International Relations , Exquisite Corpse , Book New Limited , London,2013.

Semester III Introduction to Law 03 Credit Hours General –V LAW-101

Objectives: One of the primary objectives of this course is to familiarize the reader with the purpose, content, scope and significance of law in our contemporary society. This paper better serves its purpose when combined with Jurisprudence or the science of Law. The purposive direction of this course aims at legal socialization of its readers. This course latently aims at realizing the need of social equilibrium in a modern society. This can be achieved by appreciating the nature and direction of change by the understanding of Law. Contents: 1. Introduction I. Definition ( Background and definition of Jurists ) II. Source of Law III. Kind of Law ( According to Classification ) 2. International Law I. Definition II. Nature 3. Islamic Law I. Definition II. Source of Islamic Law III. Importance of “ Ijtehad ” 4. Great Systems of Law I. Muslim Legal System 5. Major Concepts I. Law and Morality II. Law and Liberty III. Law and Rights IV. Rule of Law Recommended Books: 1. Phil Harris , An Introduction to Law,2006. 2. Dr. Vidya Dhar Mahajan ,Political Theory ( Principles of Political Science ) , S. Chand & Company PVT.LTD, 2013. 3. N.D Arora , Political Science , McGraw Hill Education ( India ) Private Limited,2013. 4. Muhammad Asif Malik, Interbational Law (Including Muslim International Law) , Publishers Emporium Ahatta Shahdarian, Urdu Bazar, Lahore, 2011. 5. Mazher ul Haq, Theory and Practice in Political Science, Lahore Bookland , 1996. 6. Introduction to Political Science revised and enlarged edition 216 by Pro, Dr. Muhammad Sarwar Imle kitab khana. 7. Political Science, Theory & Practical by Mazhar-ui-Haq eight edition 2015. Semester III Political Systems (Developed) 04 Credit Hours PIR- 201

Objectives: The course is designed to given an understanding to the students about the functioning of the developed political systems and their structure. In this course efforts are made to cover the various aspects of Political Systems of UK and USA. The purpose of this course is to generate awareness among the students about the actual functioning of these political systems and find out the reasons of its malfunctioning and solution of various problems faced in it. Course Contents: Following aspects of the political systems of UK and USA shall be studied. 42. Historical background and development; a ) A detailed explanation of Renaissance in Europe 43. Constitutional/legal foundations of the system; 44. Political process and political recruitment; a) Political parties and pressure groups b) Functioning of the organs of the governmental legislature, executive and judiciary c) Political environmental factors influencing the politics such as geographic, socio-economic, international scenario, media etc. 45. Political culture Recommended Books: 56. F.N Forman and N. D J Baldwin, British Politics, London: MacMillan, 1991. 57. G. Q Wilson, AmericanGovernment: Institutions and Politics, 3rd edition, Health& Co., n.d. 58. Harold J Laski, Parliamentary Government in England, London, Allen & Unwin, 1960. 59. J. M. Colomer, Political Institutions in Europe, London, 1966. 60. M. Carter Gwendolen and John H. Hertz, Major Foreign Powers, New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, INC, 1967. 61. P. G Cocker, Contemporary British Politics and Government, Kent, Tudor Business Publishishing Ltd, 1993. 62. Pomper McWilliams Baker, American Government, McMillan Publishing Co, London, 1993. 63. Ramsay Muir, How Britain is Governed, London, Constable & Co., 1940. 64. Robert G. Neumann, European Government, New York: McGraw-Hill, INC, 1968. 65. Thomas E. Patterson, The American democracy, Boston, McGraw Hill College, 1999.

Semester IV 03 Credit Hours English -IV ENG-202

English-IV (Drama, Poetry, Literary, Criticism) 1.Letter Writing Formal Letter a) Good News Letter b) Bad News Latter

Special Letter a) Letters of congratulations b) Letters about reservation c) Letters of Invitation d) Letters of Condolence

2.Professional Skills. a) CV Writing & Job Application b) Job Application c) Interview skills 3.English Literature Poetry a)The man he killed ( Thomas Hardy ) b) Across the Indus ( Taufeeq Rafat ) c)Meeting at Night ( Robert Browning ) d) We are seven ( William Wordsworth) e)Echoing Green ( William Blakes) 4.Prose & Essays a) Three days to see ( Helen Keller ) b) Of Marriage & Single Life c) Francis Bacon d) Of Parents and Children 5.Short Story a) The Necklace ( Maupassant ) b) TA-NA-E-E-KA( Mary Whitebird )

6.Drama ( Selected reading ) a) Romeo & Julier ( Balcony Scene: Act –II Scene 2) (William Shakespeare) b) Hamlet ( 4th Soliloquy : Act –III Scene I ) c) Merchant of Venice ( Court : Act-IV Scene I )

Recommended Books: 66. English for Undergraduates Oxford University Press. 67. Himstreet, & Baty ( 1984) Business Communication Principles and Methods ( Seven Edition ). Boston , Massachusetts, Cant Publishing Company . 68. Howe, D.H . ( 2005) English for Undergraduates Karachi : OUP. 69. Queen, D( ed) ( 1985) Configuration. Washington, D.C: VSIA. 70. Raman, M& Singh, P: 9 2006) Business Communication New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Semester IV General –VII Introduction to Geography 03 Credit Hours GEOG-101 Course Contents: Part A)

1. Definition of Geography 2. Physical Geography 3. Distribution of land and water 4. Internal structure of earth 5. Rocks and their types 6. Major land forms – Mountains , Plains, Plateaus, Earthquake and volcanoes . 7. Composition of Atmosphere . 8. Temperature 9. Air Pressure 10. Winds 11. Humidity. 12. Oceans- Composition , Relief of ocean Basin .

Part B)

13. Regional Geography of Pakistan 14. Location, Position , Area , Population, Administrative divisions, 15. Physiographic, Climate

Recommended Books: 1. Arbogast, A. F. (2007) Discovering Physical Geography, John Wiley and Sons, London. 2. Christopherson, R. W. (2009) Geo systems: An introduction to Physical Geography, Pearson Prentice Hall, New Jersey. 3. Guinness, J. P. & Nagle, G. (2011) Geography, Hodder Education, London. 4. Miller, G. T. (2008) Living in the Environment, Principles, connections and Solutions, Wadsworth, USA. 5. Agnew, J. A., Mitchell, K., &Toal, G. (Eds.). (2008). A companion to political geography. John Wiley & Sons. 6. Tim Marshal, Prisoners of Geography, Scribner, 2016.

Introduction to International Semester IV Relations 03 Credit Hours PIR- 253

Objectives: This course is designed to focus on the dynamics of International Relations , National Interests , power factor and state behavior as a guide to understand the nature of real politick. The course will enable the students to analyze the basic approaches and fundamental concepts of International Relations. Course Contents: 1. Introduction, Nature and Scope of International Relations. 2. Approaches to the study of International Relations a) Realism b) Idealism ( Liberalism ) c) Behaviouralism 3. Modern State System and Sovereignty. 4. Doctrine of Power in International Relations. a) Elements of Power b) Balance of Power 5. National Interests in International Relations. 6. Concept of Nationalism. 7. Concept of Diplomacy . a) Status of diplomacy during cold war b) Status of diplomacy in the post cold war era c) Status of diplomacy after 9/11 8. Ideologies in the 21st Century a) Clash of civilization ( Islam vs the west ) b) End of History

Recommended Books: 71. Bruce Russett , Grasping the Democratic Peace : Principles for post cold War World , Princeton , Princeton University Press, 1993. 72. Chris Brown , Understanding International Relations, London , Palgrave , 2005. 73. Hans J. Morgenthau, Politics among Nations , New York , McGraw Hill , 1993. 74. J. Steans and L. Pettiford , International Relations: Perspectives and themes, Harlow , Pearson Education Press, 2005. 75. James E. Dougherty and Robert L.Pfaltzraff Jr. Contending Theories of International Relations : Comprehensive Survey , Ed ( New York ) , Harper and Row Publishers , 1981. 76. John T. Rourke , International Politics on the World Stage , Boston , Boston University Press, 2004. 77. Karen A Mingst, Essentials of International Relations , London, W.W.Norton & Company , 2004. 78. Robert Jervis and Art Robert , International Politics: Enduring Concepts and Contemporary Issues, New York , Addison Wesley , 2003. 79. Robert Jervis , Perception and Misperception in International Politics , Princeton , Princeton University Press, 1976.

80. Essentials of International Relations (Eighth Edition) by Karen A. Mingst (Author), Heather Elko McKibben (Author), Ivan M. Arreguín- Toft (Author) W. W. Norton & Company (December 1, 2018) 81. Introduction to International Relations : Theories and Approaches by Richard Jackson , Georg Sørensen , Jørgen Møller, Oxford University Press; 7 edition (February 15, 2019) 82. The Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations by Seventh Edition, Edited by John Baylis, Steve Smith, and Patricia Owens, Oxford University Press(2017).

83. An Introduction to International Relations: by Richard Devetak Jim George 2017. 84. An Introduction to International Relations: by Philip Alam Reynolds 5th edition Routledge Taylor and Francis Group Loudon and Newyourk 2016.

Semester IV Pakistan Movement 04 Credit Hours PIR – 252

Course Contents: 1. All Indian Muslim League : Objectives & Priorities 2. Imitative towards the establishment the responsible Government ( 1940-1935 ) 3. Fluctuating trends in the subsequent developments in Pakistan Movements . 4. The Second world war and its impacts in Pakistan Movement. 5. Establishment of British Raj and its impacts on Indian Muslims 6. Politics of All Indian National Congress and Muslims Grievances . 7. Gradual involvements of the Muslims In Political Process and the role played by eminent Muslims Leaders. 8. The Cripps mission and Congress Revolt , Jinnah Gandhi talks , Shimal Conference & elections , the cabinet mission 9. The interim the Government and transfer of Power.

Recommended Books: 1. Sultan, Politics of the all India Muslim League, edition 2016, 1924-1940 2. Tal Bot, History of Modern South Asia, Politics, States, Diasporas (2016). 3. Andrew Neywood, Political Ideas and Concept (2016-17)

Semester IV Political Systems ( Developing ) 04 Credit Hours PIR - 251

Objectives: This course is designed to enable the students for a comparative study of the political Systems of Pakistan, India, Turkey & Iran. This study will not only provide the students with basic knowledge about the actual functioning of these political systems , but also enable them to make a meaningful comprehension among any of the countries and find out the reasons of malfunctioning, if any. Course Contents: Following aspects of the political systems of the countries under reference shall be studied: 9. Historical background and development : 10. Constitutional / Legal foundations of the system : a) Provisions regarding rights of minorities in the constitution of Pakistan

11. Political process : a) Political Parties and Pressure groups : b) Functioning of the organs of the government : Legislature , executive and Judiciary . c) Political environmental factors influencing , the politics such as geographic , socio economic , International Scenario , media etc. 12. Political Culture : Salient features , public participation ideological orientations , Nature of civil military relations . Recommended Books: 85. Iqbal Ahmad, (Ed.) The Islamic Revolution in Iran, Lahore 1980. 86. Durga Das Basu , Introduction to the Constitutions of India New Delhi , prentice –Hall , latest edition . 87. Sheikh javeed Ahmed, Political System of Iran , ( Lahore : University Book Corner ,2004. 88. Ergun Ozbudun , Contemporary Turkish Politics : Challenges to Democratic Consolidation ( Lynner Lienner2000) . 89. Khalid Bin Syeed , Political Systems of Pakistan, Oxford University , Press , 1967. 90. M.P Singh , Indian Political System ( Manak Publishers , N.D ) . 91. Rai Shakeel Akhtar , Turkey : In New World Perspective , Lahore : Sang-e-Meel Publications N.D. 92. Hamid Khan , Constitutional and Political History of Pakistan, Lahore , Oxford U . Press, 2001. 93. Political Science, N.D Arora Mc Gram Hill Educations (India) Private Limited. 94. Comparative Politics, Caramani. D (2014), New York Oxford University cataloging publications. 95. Current Debates in Comparative Politics, second edition by J. Tyler Dickovick and Jonathan Eastwood, published in 2018.

Semester IV Political Systems ( Developing ) 04 Credit Hours PIR - 251

Objectives: This course is designed to enable the students for a comparative study of the political Systems of Pakistan, India, Turkey & Iran. This study will not only provide the students with basic knowledge about the actual functioning of these political systems , but also enable them to make a meaningful comprehension among any of the countries and find out the reasons of malfunctioning, if any. Course Contents: Following aspects of the political systems of the countries under reference shall be studied: 13. Historical background and development : 14. Constitutional / Legal foundations of the system : a) Provisions regarding rights of minorities in the constitution of Pakistan

15. Political process : d) Political Parties and Pressure groups : e) Functioning of the organs of the government : Legislature , executive and Judiciary . f) Political environmental factors influencing , the politics such as geographic , socio economic , International Scenario , media etc. 16. Political Culture : Salient features , public participation ideological orientations , Nature of civil military relations . Recommended Books: 96. Iqbal Ahmad, (Ed.) The Islamic Revolution in Iran, Lahore 1980. 97. Durga Das Basu , Introduction to the Constitutions of India New Delhi , prentice –Hall , latest edition . 98. Sheikh javeed Ahmed, Political System of Iran , ( Lahore : University Book Corner ,2004. 99. Ergun Ozbudun , Contemporary Turkish Politics : Challenges to Democratic Consolidation ( Lynner Lienner2000) . 100. Khalid Bin Syeed , Political Systems of Pakistan, Oxford University , Press , 1967. 101. M.P Singh , Indian Political System ( Manak Publishers , N.D ) . 102. Rai Shakeel Akhtar , Turkey : In New World Perspective , Lahore : Sang-e- Meel Publications N.D. 103. Hamid Khan , Constitutional and Political History of Pakistan, Lahore , Oxford U . Press, 2001. 104. Political Science, N.D Arora Mc Gram Hill Educations (India) Private Limited. 105. Comparative Politics, Caramani. D (2014), New York Oxford University cataloging publications. 106. Current Debates in Comparative Politics, second edition by J. Tyler Dickovick and Jonathan Eastwood, published in 2018.

Semester V PIR-302 Muslim Political Philosophy 03 Credit Hours

Objectives: This course is designed to aquaint the students with the major political concepts of Islam, the structural functional aspect of Islamic Polity, the writings of prominent Muslim thinkers with the prospects relating to the application of Islamic principles to modern times . Course Contents: a) The political concepts and institutions in Islam . 1. Khilafat 2. Shura 3. Justice ( Adl) 4. Sovereignty 5. Equality 6. Status of Minorities in an Islamic State . b) Muslim Political Thinkers : 1. Al-Mawardi 2. Al-Farabi 3. Al- Ghazali 4. Ibn-e- Khuldun 5. Allama Muhammad Iqbal Recommended Books: 107. M.M sharif , History Of Muslim Philosophy , Lahore , Sang-e-meel , Publication , Latest edition. 108. Haroon Khan Sherwani , Muslim Political Thought & Administration , Lahore , Ashraf Publications , 1962. 109. E.J.Rosenthal , Political Thought in medieval Islam , Oxford University Press, 1967. 110. Rashid Ahmed , Musalamano Kay Siasi Afkar ( Urdu ) , Lahore , Urdu Bazar . 111. Watt. Montgomery , Islamic Political Thoughts , Edinburgh University Press , Latest Edition . 112. Mumtaz Ahmed (ed) , State , Politics and Islam , American Trust Publications , Indianapolis , 1986 . 113. Muqadema Ibne Khaldoon ( Urdu Translation ) . 114. Allama Muhammad Iqbal , Reconstruction of Religious Thought in Islam , Lahore, Shaikh Ghulam Ali & Sons. 115. Gerhard Bowering, Islamic Political Thought: An Introduction, Princeton University, 2015. 116. Dr. Muhammad Daud Rahber, Sir Muhammad Iqbal, A Modern Interpreter of Islam, Pakistan Writers cooperative society, 2017. 117. Muhammad Aslam Chaudhary, Muslim Political Thought, Publishers emporium, 2018.

Semester V Public Administration 04 Credit Hours PIR - 305

Objectives: This course is designed to familiarize the students with the fundamentals of government and administration. Students will thus gain knowledge regarding the practical working of government as the functional arm of the state. This will also enable the students to become successful managers regardless of the fields they opt for as their future Careers. Course Contents: 1. Definition , Scope , Relationship with other social sciences, public and Private Administration. 2. Approaches : Traditional , Behavioural and post Behavioural. 3. Rise of the Big Government and the Contributory Factors . 4. Bureaucracy, Concept, Nature and Functions Max Weber’s Ideal type, Criticism and the Changing view of Bureaucracy . 5. Functional Elements of administration : a) Organization, its type , principles and theories . b) Planning , Rationale and Principles . c) Personnel Administration, its techniques and functions . d) Communication, types and channels. 6. Decision Making: Models and Processes . 7. Administrative Accountability: The Role of legislature, judiciary, public advocacy groups, ombudsman and the media . 8. Financial Administration: Budgeting, Auditing and the problems of financial discipline. 9. Public policy making with reference to the policy making structures in Pakistan. 10. Administrative Structure of Pakistan: Nature, Organizations & Management Processes in the Centre and the Provinces. 11. Public –Private Collaboration, and the role of NGOs .

Recommended Books: 118. A.R. Tyagi , Public Administration : Principles and Practices , Lahore Naeem Publishers, 1990. 119. Felix A. Nigro , Llyod Nigro , Modern Public Administration ( 7th ed.), New York , Harper and Row/ Collins , 1988. 120. Harold Koontz and Cyril O’Donnell , Principles Of Management: An Analysis of Managerial Functions New York, McGraw – Hill, 1972. 121. James E. Morgan , Administrative and Supervisory management London Prentice- Hall , 1982. 122. John McDonald Pfiffner, Public Administration , New York , John Wiley & Sons 1975. 123. Marshall E. Dimock, Public Administration , Holt , Rinehart and Winston , 1953. 124. Raymond W. Cox III , et. al, Public Administration in Theory and Practice , New Delhi , Pearson Education, Inc, 1994. 125. Richard J.Stillman , Public Administration , Concepts and Cases , London Houghton Mifflin , 1976. 126. Shahid Ali Rizvi , Nazmiyat –e-Amma ( Urdu) , Karachi Makataba-e- Faridi 1982.

Semester – V Theories of International Relations: A 03 Credit Hours PIR-306 Comparative Study

Objectives:

The objective of this course is to understand and differentiate between the main approaches in international relations as well as to apply them for developing the related theories and sub-theories. The major purposes of this course are to provide the students with the opportunity to explore international relations in a variety of ways, and to familiarize them with the major theoretical traditions, which explain the world politics. It would enable the students to grasp the main themes of the theories that have been most influential over the past two centuries. It would also explain the recent theoretical work in world politics by providing an up-to-date survey of the foundational and anti-foundational theoretical literature. Thus the learners will be able to understand the main themes of the various theories and be able to assess their comparative strengths and weaknesses.

Course Contents:

1. Introduction to Theories, Paradigms, Concepts in International Relations 2. Foundational Theories: 3. Realism a) Timeless wisdom of Realism b) Essentials of Realism: State, survival and self help c) Kinds of Realism: Structural Realism, Historical and Practical d) Realism, Liberal Realism e) Neo-Realism 4. Liberalism a) Liberal Debate b) Varieties of Liberalism: Idealism, Liberal Institutionalism and c) Liberal Internationalism d) Crisis of Liberalism 5. Marxist Theories a) Essential Elements of Marxist Theories b) World System Theory c) Dependensia d) Gramscianism e) Critical theory f) Neo-Marxism 6. Feminist Theory a) Liberal feminism b) Marxist / Socialist feminism c) Post-modern feminism d) Stand-point feminism

Core Books:

1. Griffiths, Martin Fifty Key Thinkers in International Relations, London: Routledge 1999 2. Robert Owen Keohance, Neoliberalism and its Critics, NY: Columbia University Press, 1986 3. Scott Burchill, Theories of International Relations, NY: Palgrave, 2005 4. Malhotra Vinay Kumar and Alexander A. Sergonin, Theories and Approaches to International Relations, New Delhi Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd. 2001

Recommended Books:

1. Emma Rothschild, What is Security? Daedalus, Vol. 124, NO. 3 (Summer 1995) 2. Art, Robert. nd Kenneth Waltz (eds), The Use of Power: Military Power and International Politics, Lanham: Rowman Littlefield Publishers, Inc. 1999/2004 3. Jervis, Robert “Theories of War in an Era of Leading Power Peace, American Political Science Review 96, 1 March 2002): 1-14 4. John Mewsheimer, The Tragedy of Great Power Politics, NY: W.W. Norforvi and Company 2002 (Chs 9 and 10) 5. Approaches to World Order, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1999. 6. Dougherty Jones and and Robert Pfaltzgraff L Jr., Contending Theories of Intentional Relations, NY: Harper & Row,1981 7. Barry Buzan, UleWaever and Jappe de Wilde, Security: A new Framework for Analysis, Boulder: Lynne Rienner Publishers, Inc 1988. 8. Theories of International Relations by Scott Burchill, Edition: 5TH 13,Publisher: Palgrave 2013. 9. Introduction to International Relations : Theories and Approaches by Richard Jackson , Georg Sørensen , Jørgen Møller, Oxford University Press; 7 edition (February 15, 2019) 10. Contestation and Constitution of Norms in International Relations by Antre Wunir published August 2018, publisher Cambridge University ISBN 978-1-107-16952-4 11. European Integration Theory Oxford University Press, 209 Antre Wunir,Thomas Diez ISBN 9780199226092.

Semester V Western Political Philosophy I 04 Credit Hours PIR - 301

Objectives: This course is designed to provide students grounding in evolution of Greek Political Thought and Institutions. The Significance of this course is that Greek philosophy and institutions provided the basis for further development of the political studies . Course Contents:

12. Political Institutions in ancient Greece. 13. The Philosophy of Socrates . 14. Political Philosophy of Plato . 15. Political Philosophy of Aristotle .

Recommended Books: 127. Ebenstein , Political Thought From Plato To Present, London , 1986. 128. Judd Herman , Political Thought From Plato To Present, Islamabad , National Book Foundation , 1982. 129. Earnest Barker , Greek Political Thought : Plato & Aristotle , London 1964. 130. G.H. Sabine , History Of Political Thought , London ,1980. 131. D.R. Bhandari , History Of European Political Thought , New Delhi, 1962. 132. If you are an Egalitataing how you are so rich? Revised edition ISBN-13 978-674006935, Aruthor G.A.Cohen. 133. Anarchy, State and Utopia by Robert Nozick, Published Nvember 12,2013. ISBN-13 978-0465051007, publisher basic books.

Semester VI Comparative and Developmental 03 Credit Hours PIR-353 Politics –II

Objectives: This course is in continuation of “Theory of Comparative and Developmental Politics –I”. Its purpose is to acquaint the students with a broader framework within which a political systems develops, the various theories put forward and models designed . The role played in the process by elite institutions such as civil and military bureaucracies will also be taken into account. Course Contents: 1. Political Development: meaning of political Development and common characteristics. 2. Indicators of Political Development; 3. Socio Political Change and modernization; Major theories and their functional implications. 4. Major issues of National identity and integration : Legitimacy , Role of Bureaucracy and Military Elite , Charismatic Leadership.

Recommended Books: 134. Arthur Hughes, American Government , 3rd Edition , 1980. 135. David Easton , The System Analysis of Political Life , New York, Wilde , Latest edition. 136. G.A Almond and J. Coleman , The politics of Developing Areas, Princeton University Press, Latest edition . 137. G.A Almond , Comparative Politics, Princeton University Press,1966. 138. G.M Career , Major Foreign powers , New York , 1972 . 139. J.C. Johari, New Comparative Government , New Dehli , Lotus Press,2006. 140. Leonard Binder , Crisis and Sequences in Political Development , Princeton University Press, 1971. 141. Roy C. Macridis, Comparative Politics , London , The Dorsey Press, 1972. 142. Ward and Macridis, Modern Political Systems ( Asia ) , New Jersey , Prentice Hall, 1976.

Semester -VI Foreign Policy of Pakistan 03 Credit Hours PIR-356

Objectives: The purpose of this course is to understand the background of foreign policy of Pakistan in proper reference to context. Moreover, the students will be taught about the main determinants, guiding principles, desired and acquired objectives in the age of competing national interest of the state and also taught Pakistan relations with various countries, its role in selected regional and international organizations, its policy and strategy towards non-state actors will be analyzed. Furthermore, foreign policy of Pakistan toward various regional and global issues would be discussed too.

Course Content: 1. Introduction to Pakistan’s Foreign Policy a) Major determinants, principles and objectives b) Geo-Political and Geo-strategic setting c) Foreign policy-making process d) Divergence and convergence in government and public perceptions 2. Pakistan’s Foreign pol. Phases of P icy (Brief Review) a) Phase I (1947-1953): The Formative Phase. b) Phase II (1954-62): The Period of Alignment. c) Phase III (1962-1971) Bilateralism d) Phase IV (1971 – 1979) Post 1971 Pakistan: New direction of Foreign Policy e) Phase V (1979 – 1988) Pakistan and Soviet Military Intervention in Afghanistan f) Phase VI (1989 – 2001) The End of Cold War, the New World Order and Pakistan. g) Phase VII (2001 onward) Post 9/11 to-date 3. Pakistan Relations with the Muslim countries: General overview 4. Relations with selected countries: a) Relations with the United States b) Relations with China c) Relations with Russia d) Relations with India 5. Pakistan’s Nuclear Policy: A brief review 6. Pakistan in the United Nations 7. Pakistan’s foreign policy: Latest trends and transformations

Core Books:

1. Abdul Sattar, Pakistan Foreign Policy: A Concise History-1947 to 2016 (London: Oxford Publication, 2017). 2. Burke, S.M., Pakistan’s Foreign Policy, An Historical Analysis, Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1980. 3. Amin, Shahid M. Pakistan Foreign Policy: A Reappraisal, Oxford University Press, Karachi, 2010.

Recommended Books: 1. Shahi, Agha Pakistan Security and Foreign Policy. Lahore: Progressive Publishers, 1988. 2. Ahmad, Ishtiaq and Bashir Aamir, India and Pakistan Charting a Path to Peace. Pan Graphics Islamabad 2004. 3. Bhutto, Z. A., The Third World: New Directions. Karachi: Oxford University Press, 1973. 4. Bhutto, Z. A. The Myth of Independence, Karachi. Oxford University Press, 1969. 5. Hasan, Masuma (Ed.) Pakistan in a Changing World. Karachi: PIIA, 1978. 6. Ali, MehrunnisaReading in Pakistan Foreign Policy 1971-1988, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2001. 7. Shah, Mehtab Ali The Foreign Policy of Pakistan: Ethnic Impacts on Diplomacy, Oxford: I. B. Tauris, 1997. 8. Mujtaba, Rizvi. The Frontiers of Pakistan, Karachi: National Publishing House, 1971. 9. Hussain, RiffatPakistan’s Foreign Policy: A Reader, 2 Volumes Rawalpindi: Feroz Sons, 1988. 10. Jan, Tarik Pakistan’s Foreign Policy: The Years Ahead, Islamabad: Institute of Policy Studies, 1994. 11. Shahid M. Amin , Pakistan’s Foreign Policy A Reappraisal, Oxford University Press, 2019. 12. Dr. Iram Khalid, Pakistan Foreign Policy Evolution, Development and Strategies, Peace publications, 2013. 13. Alex Vatanka, Iran and Pakistan Security, Diplomacy and American Influence, 2017.

Semester VI History of International Relations 04 Credit Hours PIR- 354

Objectives: The Course deals with the study of important events in International Relations and provides a survey on different empirical perspectives of International Relations. The main objective is to integrate theory and policy in the context of specific historical cases in international politics. Course Contents: 46. Origin and development of International Relations. 47. International Relations between the two world wars. 48. Origin and Causes of World War I and II 49. Development in International politics in the Post-Worlds War – II era. 50. Origin and Causes of the Cold War. 51. End of Cold War and its Implications. 52. Collapse of the Soviet Union and the New World Order. 53. Characteristics of the International Politics after 9/11. 54. Contemporary issues in International Relations. a) Terrorism b) Religion and Politics c) Globalization d) Nuclear Proliferation

Recommended Books: 143. David W. Clonton, The Two Faces of National Interest, Baton Rouge, Louisiana States University Press 1994. 144. K.J. Holsti, International Politics: A Framework for Analysis, New Jersey, Prentice Hall, 2004. 145. Lea Brilmayer, American Hegemony: Political Morality in a One Super Power, new Heaven, Yale University Press, 2004. 146. Martin Griffiths, Realism, Idealism and International Politics, New York, Routledge, 1995. 147. Paul Kennedy, The Rise and Fall of the Great Powers, New York, Random House, 2001. 148. Peter Beckman, World Politics in the Twentieth Century, New Jersey, Prentice Hall, 2004. 149. Essentials of International Relations (Eighth Edition) by Karen A. Mingst (Author), Heather Elko McKibben (Author), Ivan M. Arreguín-Toft (Author) W. W. Norton & Company (December 1, 2018) 150. Introduction to International Relations : Theories and Approaches by Richard Jackson , Georg Sørensen , Jørgen Møller, Oxford University Press; 7 edition (February 15, 2019)

Semester VI Political Geography 03 Credit Hours PIR-357

Objectives: The main objective of the course is to develop an understanding for the students about those dimensions of International Relations and Political Science which are influenced by prominent geographical factors and features of the world. It focuses on how geography influences the world politics. Course Contents: 1. Political Geography: a) Traditional boundaries b) Modern boundaries c) Problematic boundaries 2. Geography of Imperialism a) The revolutionary heritage b) Formal imperialism: The creation of empires c) Informal imperialism: Dominance without empires 3. Human Topography a) Politics of Identity b) Politics of Ethnicity c) Modernity and Digital divide 4. Geography of resources a) Water resources b) Oil and Gas c) Food resources 5. Geopolitics a) Core and Periphery b) Choke Points c) Buffer zones

Recommended Books: 1. Cox, Keven R. Political Geography. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, 2002. 2. Dicken, Peter. Global Shift: Re-shaping the Global Economics Map in the 21st Century. (4th edition), Sage Publications, London, 2003. 3. Little, Richard and Smith, Michel. Perspective on World Politics. New York: Routledge, 2006. 4. Martin, I. R. A., Political Geography, New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1993. 5. Miles, Edward L., Global Ocean Politics: The Decision Process on the Law of the Sea, 1973-1982, Martinus: Nijhoff, 1998. 6. Richard, Muir, Political Geography: A New Introduction, New York: Macmillan, 1997.

7. Introduction to Political Geography: Space, Place and Politics by Martin Jones, Rhys Jones, Michael Woods and Mark Whitehead, Edition: 2nd, Routledge N. Y,2015. 8. Geographies of Globalization by Warwick E. MurrayEdition: 2ND Routledge N. Y. 2015

9. . Countries and Concepts: Politics, Geography, Culture by Michael G. RoskinEdition: 13TH Pearson Publishers 2016. 10. Geopolitics: Geography of International Relations - 3rd edition by Saul Bernard Cohen : Rowman & Littlefield Pub, Inc. 2015. 11. Introduction to Geopolitics by Colin FlintEdition: 3RD Routledge N. Y.2017.

Semester VI Western Political Philosophy - II 04 Credit Hours PIR -351

Objectives: This course is continuation of “ Western Political Philosophy I ”. It is designed to provide further understanding among the students regarding an evaluation of Western Political thoughts in medieval and modern period. It deals with the political philosophy of the most representative thinkers of major political movements. Course Contents: 55. Machiavelli 56. Hobbes 57. Locke 58. Rousseau 59. Bentham 60. J.S. Mill 61. Hegel 62. Karl Marx and Lenin 63. Laski

Recommended Books: 151. Bertrand, Russel, A History of Western Philosophy , London, Allen and Unwin , 1957. 152. D.R. Bhandari, History of European political thought, New Delhi , 1962. 153. Ebenstein , Political Thought: from Plato to the Present , London 1986. 154. G.H Sabine , History Of Political Thought, London 1980. 155. Judd, Harmon , Political Thought from Plato to the present , London , McGraw Hill , 1964. 156. Kymlicka, Will , Contemporary Political Philosophy: An Introduction London , Oxford University Press, 2006. 157. Paul Kelley ( Ed) , Political Thinkers : from Socrates to present London, Oxford University Press, 2006. 158. W.A. Dunning , History Of Political Theories , New York , McMillan , 1935. 159. Zbigniew Brzezinski , The Grant failure : The Birth and Death of Communism in the 20th Century , New York, 1990.

Semester VII Diplomacy 03 Credit Hours PIR - 404

Objectives: The course endeavors to develop an understanding of the concept of Diplomacy , its kinds and learning of negotiation techniques and strategies. Through its study , the students would acquire first hand knowledge and insight into the process and diplomatic method . It also focuses upon analyzing diplomatic procedure as an integral part of diplomatic practices and diplomatic missions . Course Contents: 1. Evolution and development of diplomacy. 2. Kinds of Diplomacy and various methods of its implementation. a) Environmental diplomacy b) Public diplomacy 3. Diplomacy since World War II . 4. Techniques of diplomacy and crises management. 5. The art of negotiations. a) Negotiation process 1. Preliminaries 2. Substantives negotiation b) Negotiation techniques 6. Diplomatic Institutions a) Consular immunities and privileges b) Diplomatic missions , functions and organization. 7. Diplomacy in Islam .

Recommended Books: 160. Kassinger, Henry , Diplomacy , New York , Saimon and Schuster ,1994. 161. Iqbal , Afzal , Diplomacy in Islam , latest edition. 162. Hamidullah , M, Muslim conduct of State , Sheik Muhammad Ashraf Lahore , latest edition . 163. Nicholson , Harold , Diplomacy , Washington, D.C,. Institute for study of Diplomacy , 1988. 164. Kaplan , Stephen , Diplomacy & Power , Washington D.C. Brookings , 1981. 165. DiplomacyTheory and Practice by Berridge, G. R.Palgrave Macmillan UK, 5th Edition, 2015. 166. Satow's Diplomatic Practice 7th Editionby Ivor Roberts (Editor) Oxford University Press; (March 21, 2018.

Semester VII Foreign Policies of UK, USA 04 Credit Hours PIR- 405

Objectives: This course intends to give an insight to the students the structure of foreign policies of USA and UK, the essential factors which play significant role in formulation of their foreign policies, with an emphasis upon analysis of their relations with other countries. Course Contents: A comparative study of Foreign Policies of US and UK is to be made with special emphasis on the determinants, objectives and diplomatic strategies of these countries . Recommended Books: 1. Macridis , R.C, Foreign Policy in the World Politics , NJ: 1976. 2. Schmergel , G. (ed) US Foreign Policy in the 1990’s London : 1991. 3. Spanier , John , American Foreign Policy since World War II, NY, Holt Rinehar and Winston. 4. Hal Brands, Making the Unipolar Moment: US Foreign Policy and the rise of the post-cold war order, 2017. 5. Christopher Hill, The future of British Foreign Policy : Security and diplomacy in a world after Brexit, Polity Press, 2019. 6. Jaffery. D. Sachs, A New Foreign Policy Beyond American Exceptionalism, Columbia University Press, 2018.

Semester VII Foreign Policy Analysis 04 Credit Hours PIR - 402

Objectives: This course is designed to enlighten the students about the concepts and schools of thought in foreign policy analysis, concentrating particularly on the process of decision –making in the International System. The students will study the foreign polices of selected countries in order to understand the policy debate in the light of great power actions and weak state problems. Course Contents: 8. Conceptual Framework of Foreign Policy : Definition and its Tools: 9. Various Approaches to the study of Foreign Policy : 10. Kinds of Foreign Policy : a) Ethical b) Offensive c) Traditional d) Radical e) Pragmatic 11. Structure and nature of International Politics; 12. Economics as an Instrument in International Politics ; 13. State Strength and weaknesses: Limitations of State Action; 14. Process of Formulation of Foreign Policy in developed and developing countries. 15. Foreign Policy ; Determinants and objectives . 16. Radical Changes in Foreign Policy after 9/11. Recommended Books: 167. Charles F.Hermann , et, al New Directions in the study of Foreign Policy , Boston , Allen & Unwin , 1987. 168. David Louis Cingranelli , Ethics, American Foreign Policy and the Third World , New York , St.Martins , 1993. 169. Hans J.Morgenthau , Politics Among Nations : The Struggle For Power And Peace , New York , Alfred A. Knof .1980. 170. James N.Rosenau , Pre -theories of Foreign Policies : One Time Fad , Realized Fantasy and Normal Field in Charles W.Kegley ( Eds.) International Events and the Comparative Analysis of Foreign Policy , New York University Press, 1998. 171. John G. Ikenberry , ( Ed.) , American Foreign Policy : Theoretical Essays , Boston , Scott foresman,2001. 172. John R. Faus , China in the World Politics , Boulder , Lynne Rienner , 2005. 173. K.J.Holsti , International Politics: A Framework for Analysis , New Jersey , Prentice-Hall , 2004. 174. P.M. Kamath , and Krishan D. Mathur , Conduct of India’s Foreign Policy , New Delhi , Longfellow , 2001. 175. S.M. Burke , Pakistan’s Foreign Policy : An Historical Analysis < London , Palgrave, 2003. 176. Stephen P. Cohen , India : Emerging Power, New York , Oxford University press, 2002.

Semester VII Methods of Study & Research 04 Credit Hours PIR - 401

Objectives: This course aim at the dissemination of knowledge about the scientific methods of study and conduction of research. The course is specialty designed to serve the needs of post graduate students in general, and the students with scholastic bent of mind, in particular who intend to go for higher education. A familiarity with latest / modern methods of study and the basic skills of research will facilitate the future assignments of would-be scholars. Tutors of this course should ask the students to prepare their semester assignments of would- be scholars . Tutors of this course should ask the students to prepare their semester assignments with the application of basic research techniques . Course Contents: 17. Approaches to the study of Political Science : a) Normative ; b) Positivistic; c) Disciplinary; d) Intra-Disciplinary; e) Behavioral 18. Methods: a) Comparative; b) Analytical ; c) Deductive /Inductive ; d) Quantitative /Qualitative ; e) Scientific; 19. Scientific Research : a) Concepts ; b) Theories; c) Facts ; d) Laws; e) Generalization; f) Prediction. 20. Research : a) Meaning , kinds and importance; 21. Steps involved in Research process: a) Selection of the problems ; b) Hypothesis ; c) Research design( Components); d) Techniques for the collection of data-Observation , Interviews, Questionnaires, Security of Documents; e) Sampling , Sampling Design; f) Application of Computer.

Recommended Books: 177. Beverly R.Dixon, A Handbook of Social Science Research , London. Oxford University Press, 1987. 178. Buttolpa Johnson Janet and Richard A. Joslyn, Political Research Methods , Eaglewood Cliffs, Prentice Hall, 1986. 179. C.R. Kothari, Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, Mew Delhi, Wiley Eastern Ltd,1985. 180. Chava Nachmias and David Nachmias, Research Methods in Social Sciences, New York , st. Martines Press, 1981. 181. John W. Creswell, Research Design: Qualitative , Quantitative , and Mixed Methods Approaches, New Delhi, Stage Publications,2003. 182. Julian L. Simon and Paul Burstein, Basic Research Methods in Social Science, New York , Random House, 1985. 183. Margaret Stacey, Methods of Social Research. New York, Pergamon Press, 1969; 184. Philips W. Shievly, The Draft of Political Research , Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall, 1980. 185. Singleton( Jr.) Roycea and Burce C. Straits, Approaches to Social Research (4th ed.), London, Oxford University Press, 2006. 186. W.G Goode and P.K. Hatt, ( Eds.) Methods in Social Research, New York , McGraw-Hill,1952. 187. Research Methods Information, Systems, and ContextsbyEditors: Kirsty Williamson Graeme Johanson 2nd Edition Chandos Publishing November 2017. 188. Qualitative Research Methods for the Social Sciences, Global EditionBy (a Howard Lune , Bruce L. Berg, 9th edition, Pearson Education Limited, 2017. 189. Research Methodology- Methods And Techniques by C.R. Kothari, Gaurav Garg, Age International Publishers, 2018.

Semester VII Public International Law - I 03 Credit Hours PIR - 403

Objectives: Objectives of this course is to generate awareness among students regarding the nature, evolution, development and application of International Law among the members of the International Community such as states , International Institutions and individuals . This course also addresses the issue of practicability of International Law. Course Contents: 22. Definition, Nature and scope of International Law, Binding Nature of International Law, Two schools of thoughts about the reality of International Law . 23. Origin and development of International Law, Theories of International Law, Relationship between International and Municipal Laws. 24. Sources of International Law. 25. Subjects of International Law: States, Individuals and non-state Entities. 26. State as International Actor: Pre –requisites of statehood, kinds of states. 27. Recognition of state and Government, De-jure and De-facto Recognition, legal effects of Recognition, Recognition of Insurgency and belligerency and its impacts. 28. State succession and its effects. 29. State Sovereignty: Acquisition of Territorial Sovereignty. 30. State Jurisdiction : Territorial Jurisdiction, Jurisdiction over Maritime belt, Contiguous zone , Continental Shelf , Jurisdiction over high seas , right of hot pursuit on high seas , Jurisdiction over air space and outer space.

Recommended Books: 190. Antonio Cassese, International Law, London, Oxford University Press 2001. 191. Craig J. Barker , International Law and International Relations, London, Continuum, 2000. 192. Edward Collins , International Law in a changing world : Cases, Documents and readings , New York, Random house, 1970. 193. Herbert W, Briggs, The Law of Nations : Cases, Documents and Notes, London , Steven , 1953. 194. Ian Brownlie , Basic Principles of International Law , London , Oxford University Press, 1986. 195. J.G Starke , Introduction to International Law ( 10th ed.) , London, Butterworths , 1989. 196. J.L. Brierly , The Law of Nations : and Introduction to the Internal Law of peace, London, Clarendon Press , 1949. 197. L. Oppenheim , International Law: A Treatise ( Vol.I & II) , London , Longman , 1955. 198. Malcolm N . Shaw, International Law , London , Cambridge University Press , 2003. 199. Michael Akehurst , An Introduction to International Law , London , Allen & Unwin , 1977. 200. Introduction to International Law, J.G Starke 201. International Law & Human Rights, Dr. H.O Agarwal, 21 editon 202. International La, L.N Tnadom- S.K Kapoor 203. Public International Law (Cruz) 2014,Betia/ Menor/ Mai Reamico

Semester VIII International Organizations 03 Credit Hours PIR-452

Objectives: This course intents to give an insight to the students into the multiple roles of the International Organizations in the World Politics. It would enable the students to have an understanding about the impact and working of these bodies on the international as well as regional issues. Course Contents: 64. Conceptual framework of International Organizations . 65. Origin and Development of International Organizations. 66. League of Nations formations , functioning and causes of failure. 67. United Nations formation , functioning aims and objectives. 68. U.N. and its specialized agencies. 69. The role of U.N. in collective security , preventive diplomacy ,peacekeeping operations. 70. Future of U.N.

Recommended Books: 204. A.Leroy Bennett , International Organizations , New York , 2001. 205. Avi Shliam , International Organizations in World Politics , New York , year book,1975. 206. Buzan , Barry , Regions and Powers . The Structure of International Society , 2003. 207. David . A .Key (ed) , The United Nations Political Systems, latest edition . 208. David Armstrong , The Rise of International Organizations , A SHORT History ,2003. 209. Goodspeed, S.S, The Nature and Function of International Organizations, latest edition. 210. Mahagan , V.D, International Relations Since19019, S.Chand & Co, New Delhi ,1993.

Semester VIII Local Government in Pakistan 03 Credit Hours PIR - 454

Objectives: This objectives of the course is to acquaint the students about the basic concepts of Local Government Systems and the essentials required for its successful functioning . It would deal with the historical development of Local Government in Pakistan . Course Contents: 1. Meaning , Nature and Scope of Local Government Systems . 2. Evolution of Local Government Systems in Pakistan . 3. Organizational Structure and Performance of Local Government in Different Era, Ayub Khan, Zia-ul-Haq , and Pervez Musharraf. 4. Planning and Functional Structures of Local Governments . 5. Sustainability Problem of Local Government . Recommended Books: 211. Abedine , N, ( 1973 ) , Local Administration And Politics in Modernizing Societies Bangladesh and Pakistan , Dacca ,National Institute of Public Administration . 212. Alderfer , Harold, F, (1964) , Local Government in Developing Countries , New York, McGraw – Hill . 213. Chandler , J.A. (1992) , Local Government in Liberal Democracies, An Introductory Survey (Ed) London , Routledge . 214. Government of the Punjab , (2001) , Local Government ordinance Lahore , Govt , Publication . 215. Hassan , Masoodul , (1985) History of Local Government in Pakistan , Islamabad , Ministry of Local Government and Rural Development, Government of Pakistan. 216. Hassan , Masoodul , ( 1968) Text Book of Basic Democracy and Local Government in Pakistan ,Lahore , All Pakistan legal decision. 217. Inaytullah , ( 1964) Basic Democracies, District Administration, and Development , Peshawar , PARD. 218. Quddos , Syed Abdul (1982) , local Self Government in Pakistan , Lahore , Progressive Publishers . 219. Rizvi , Shahid Ali , (1980) , Local Government in Pakistan , A Study in clash of Ideas , Karachi , Center for the Research on Local Governments. 220. Siddiqui , K( 1992) , Local Government in Asia , A Comparative Study , ( ed) Dhaka , University Press.

Semester VIII Political Economy 04 Credit Hours PIR-453

Objectives: This Course of study intends to make understand the students about significance of relationship between Economy and Politics. This helps to explain why and how Political Economy has become so central to the study of Political Science and International Relations. It highlights the actors, processes and events in the recent history of world economy and its relation with Global Politics. Course Contents: 1. The Evolution of Political Economy 2. Political Economy: Definition, Nature, Scope and Structure 3. International Financial and Trade Institutions a) IMF b) IBRD and World Bank c) GATT and WTO 4. Different Concepts of Political Economy a) Capitalist Approach b) Liberal Approach c) Structuralist & Marxist Approach d) New approaches to Political Economy 5. International Trade a) Free and Fair Trade b) Bilateral and Multilateral Trade 6. Foreign Aid: Techniques, Kinds, Objectives and Implication 7. Political Economy in the post-cold war era a) The concept of Globalization b) Future of Political Economy 8. Economic as a weapon in Foreign Policy 9. Global Problems a) North and South b) International Debt c) Population and Political Economy

Recommended Books: 1. Robert Gilpin. The Political Economy of International Relations. Princeton New Jersey: Princeton University Press, 1987. 2. J. Baylis & S. Smith, (3rd edition) The Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2005. 3. David Balaam and Michael Veseth, (1st edition) International Political Economy, New Jersey: Princeton Hall, 1996. 4. William Nester, International Relations: Politics and Economics in the 21st Centurey. Wadsworth Press. USA, 2001. 5. Lloyd Jensen and Lynn H. Miller, Global Challenge: Change and Continuity in World Politics. Harcourt Brace Company Press, 1997. 6. John T. Rourke, (10th edition) International Politics On The World Stage. New York: The McGraw-Hill Companies, 2005. 7. Joan EdelmanSpero, The Politics of International Economic Relations, (4th edition) New York: St. Martins Press, 1990. 8. William W. Keller, d al. Multinationals the Myth of Globalization. Princeton, N1: Princeton University Press, 1997. 9. International Political Economy: by Jeffry A. Frieden (Author), David A. Lake (Author), J. Lawrence Broz (Author) Perspectives on Global Power and Wealth (Sixth Edition) 2017 10. International Political Economy by Thomas Oatley, Routledge; 6thEdition (August 29, 2018) 11. Political Economy 5th Edition by John Ravenhill Oxford University Press; 5 edition (February 15, 2017) 12. Introduction to International Political Economy 7th Edition by David N. Balaam (Author), Bradford Dillman (Author)Routledge; 7 edition (July 31, 2018) 13. Discrimination and Disparities by Thomas Sowell, Basic Books Publishers; Revised, Enlarged edition (March 5, 2019)

Semester VIII Public International Law - II 03 Credit Hours PIR- 451

Objectives: This course is the continuation of the international Law-I. Its purpose is to give an understanding to the students regarding the legal frame work for mutual interaction of the states, both in times of peace and war. It also covers the legal issues of individuals such as nationality, asylum, extradition etc. Course Contents: 6. Individuals in International Law : Nationality , conflict of nationality laws , acquisition and loss of Nationality . 7. International Humanitarian Law . 8. Extradition : conditions and state practices , offences exempted from extradition . 9. Asylum : territorial and extra- territorial asylum, Humanitarian aspects of asylum in International Law . 10. Agents of International Transaction : Diplomatic Envoys , Counsels , Rights , Privileges and Immunities of Diplomatic Envoys and Counsels . 11. Law of Treaties : Kinds and Nomenclatures of treaties , formation of treaties , invalidation and termination of treaties . 12. International Disputes : peaceful and coercive means of settlement of International Deputes . 13. Laws of War and Armed Conflicts: differences between combatants and Non-combatants, Lawful and Unlawful Combatants: Rights of prisoners of war : War and Human Rights . 14. Islamic concept of Law of War: Rights and duties of Belligerent parties . 15. Concept of Neutrality and Quasi-Neutrality: differences between Neutral and Neutralized states: Rights and Duties of Neutral and Belligerent States. 16. International Law and present-day Challenges . Recommended Books: 221. August Ray S , Public International Law: Text , cases and readings , Prentice Hall PIR , (1995 ). 222. Brown Lie , Ian , principles of public International Law , London : Oxford University press ( 1999 ). 223. Buergenthal, Thomas and Harold G . Maier , Public International Law in a Nutshell , West Publishing Company , ( 1990). 224. Byers , Michael , Understanding International Law and armed conflicts , New York Grove Press , ( 2007) . 225. Cassel , A , International Law in a Divided World , London : Oxford University Press : ( 1986). 226. Dixon , Martin , Text book on International Law . Blackstone Press Limited, ( 2002 ). 227. Fenwick , Charles H , International Law , New York : Appleton_Century , ( 1986) 228. Glahn , Gerhard Von , Law Among Nations : An Introduction to Public International Law .London : Allyn & Bacon , Inc , ( 1995) . 229. Green , Leslie C , The Contemporary Law of Armed Conflicts, Manchester : Manchester University Press ( 2000) . 230. Starke , A.J.E , International Law , London : Bulleworths , ( 1978) .

CURRICULUM OF MASS COMMUNICATION

BS (4-Year)

THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN

Course Outline of BS Mass Communication Session 2017 intake & onwards Semester: I Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs. ENG-101 English-I 3+0 ISL-101 Islamic Studies 2+0 ECON-101 Introduction to Economics-I (Principles of Micro 3+0 Economics) MASS-101 Introduction to Mass Communication 3+0 MASS-102 Gender Studies 3+0 COMP-105 Computer Skills For Mass Communication 3+0 Total 17

Semester: II Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs. PAKS-101 Pak. Studies 2+0 STAT-101 Statistics 3+0 IR-101 Introduction to International Relations 3+0 ENG-102 English-II 3+0 ECON-102 Introduction to Economics-II (Principles of Macro- 3+0 Economics) MASS-151 Contemporary World Media 3+0 Total 17

Semester: III Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs. ENG-201 English-III 3+0 MASS-201 Journalistic Language (Urdu & English) 3+0 MASS-202 National & International Affairs 3+0 MATH-102 Mathematics 3+0 PSY-101 Introduction to Psychology 3+0 POL-101 Introduction to Pol. Science 3+0 Total 18

Semester: lV Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs. GSCI-101 General Science 3+0 SOC-101 Introduction to Sociology 3+0 MASS-251 Functional Urdu 3+0 MASS-252 Mass Media in Pakistan 3+0 MASS-253 Sports Journalism 3+0 Total 15

Semester: V Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs. MASS-301 Fundamentals of News Reporting 3+0 MASS-302 Introduction to Broadcast Media 3+0 MASS-303 Online Journalism 3+0 MASS-304 Research Methods-I 3+0 MASS-305 Communication Theory-I 3+0 Total 15

Semester: VI Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs. MASS-351 Sub Editing & Page Designing (Theories & Practice) 3+0 MASS-352 Feature, Column, Editorial writing (Theories & Practice) 3+0 MASS-353 Research Methods-II 3+0 MASS-354 Communication Theory-II 3+0 MASS-355 Introduction to Advertising & Public Relations 3+0 Total 15

Semester: VII Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs. MASS-401 Media Seminar 3+0 MASS-402 Development Communication 3+0 MASS-403 Media Ethics & Laws 3+0 MASS-404 TV News Reporting & Production 3+0 MASS-405 Radio News Reporting & Production 3+0 MASS-406 Introduction to Social Media 3+0 Total 18

Semester: VIII Course Code Course Title Cr. Hrs. MASS-451 Research Report/Project & Viva 3+0 MASS-452 International Communication 3+0 MASS-453 Mass Media in SAARC 3+0 MASS-454 TV Program Production 3+0 MASS-455 Radio Program Production 3+0 MASS-456 Internship 3+0 Total 18

Total Credit Hours 133

CURRICULUM OF BS MASS COMMUNICATION

SEMESTER I

ENG-101 ENGLISH-I (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: It will enable the student tolerant the basics of Functional English Language which are essential in for spoken and written communication. In order to enhance language skills and develop critical thinking, grammar component will serve as a remedial necessity to help overcome their common errors English Language. Contents: Grammar Parts of speech and use of articles Sentence structure: Active and Passive Voice Practice in unified sentence Analysis of phrase, clause and sentence structure Transitive and intransitive verbs Punctuation and spelling Vocabulary building Comprehension: Answers to questions on a given text Reading Skills Skimming, scanning, predicting and guessing Writing Skills Making an outline, paragraph development, writing headlines, reports & short articles, precise writing. Speaking Skills Spoken English techniques Discussion General topics and everyday conversation (topics for discussion to be at the discretion of the teacher keeping in view the level of students) Listening To be improved by showing documentaries/films carefully selected by subject teachers) Translation skills Urdu to English Paragraph writing Topics to be chosen at the discretion of the teacher Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building 21 Recommended Books: 1. Functional English a) Grammar 1. English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A. V. Martinet. 1, 2 & 3. 3rd edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492 2. Practical English Usage by Michael Swan, Oxford Press, Karachi. b) Writing 1. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brin and and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0194354057 Pages 20-27 and 35-41. c) Reading/Comprehension 1. Reading Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN0194534022. d) Speaking 1. Mind Your Language’ by British Broadcasting Corporation (Book with CDs & Cassettes) 2. Choosing Your English’ by British Broadcasting Corporation (Books with CDs & Cassettes) 3 ‘Follow Me’ by British Broadcasting Corporation (Book with CDs & Cassettes)

ISL-101 ISLAMIC STUDIES (Cr. hrs 02) Objectives: This course is aimed at providing basic information about Islamic Studies, to enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic civilization and to improve their knowledge about the Issues related to faith and religious life. Course Contents: Introduction to Quranic Studies 1) Basic Concepts of Quran 2) Articles of faith Study of Selected Text of Holy Quran 1) Verses of Surah Al-Baqra Related to Faith (Verse No-284-286) 22 2) Verses of Surah Al-Hujrat Related to Adab Al-Nabi (VerseNo-1-18) 3) Verses of Surah Al-Mumanoon Related to Characteristics of faithful (VerseNo-1-11) 4) Verses of Surah al-Furqan Related to Social Ethics (VerseNo.63- 77) 5) Verses of Surah Al-Inam Related to Ihkam (VerseNo-152-154) 6) Verses of Surah Al-Ihzab Related to Adabal-Nabi (Verse No.6, 21, 40, 56, 57, 58.) 7) Verses of Surah Al-Hashar (18, 19, 20) Related to thinking, Day of Judgment 8) Verses of Surah Al-Saf Related to Tafakar, Tadabar (VerseNo- 1,14) 9) Verses of Surah Al Maida (verses 32) Seerat of Holy Prophet (SAWW)-Sources of Islamic law Quran, Sunnah, Ijma, ijtehad Economic System 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Economic System 2) Means of Distribution of wealth in Islamic Economics 3) Islamic Concept of Riba 4) Islamic Ways of Trade& Commerce Political System of Islam 1) Basic Concepts of Islamic Political System 2) Islamic Concept of Sovereignty 3) Basic Institutions of Govt.in Islam Social System of Islam 1) Basic Concepts of Social System of Islam 2) Elements of Family 3) Ethical Values of Islam 4. Concept of Fundamental Rights in Islam. Recommended Books: 1) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Emergence of Islam”, IRI, Islamabad 23 2) Hameed ullah Muhammad, “Muslim Conduct of State” 3) Hameed ullah Muhammad, ‘Introduction to Islam 4) Mulana Muhammad Yousaf Islahi,” 5) Hussain Hamid Hassan, “An Introduction to the Study of Islamic Law” leaf Publication Islamabad, Pakistan. 6) Ahmad Hasan, “Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence” Islamic Research Institute, International Islamic University, Islamabad (1993) 7) Mir Wali ullah, “Muslim Jurisprudence and the Quranic Law of Crimes” Islamic Book Service (1982) 8) H.S. Bhatia, “Studiesin Islamic Law, Religion and Society” Deep & Deep Publications New Delhi (1989) 9) Dr. Muhammad Zia-ul-Haq, 10) “Introduction to Al Sharia Al Islamia” 11) Allama Iqbal Open University, Islamabad (2001)

ECON-101 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-I (PRINCIPLES OF MICRO ECONOMICS) (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course is designed to introduce key microeconomics concepts and techniques applicable as tools for rational economic decision-making within the micro framework. The course aims to demonstrate the relevance and usefulness of economic analysis to real world business situations. Emphasis is placed on optimal decisions making within the firm and the strategic relationship with other business. The goal of the course is to provide an introduction to microeconomics. Using microeconomics theory, the students will be able to understand the concepts of demand and supply, the price determination in the market, firm behaviour and the structure of the markets.

Contents: Basic economic concepts Economics: Basic Themes and Nature Micro versus Macro Economics Positive versus Normative economics Economic problem of resource allocation Economics relevance to business organizations DEMAND AND SUPPLY ANALYSIS The demand function. Changes in demand. The supply function. Changes in supply. Equilibrium of Supply & Demand Elasticity of demand/supply and its measurement. APPROACHES TO UTILITY ANALYSIS Cardinal approach and consumer equilibrium. Ordinal approach and consumer equilibrium. Price, Income and Substitution effects on consumer equilibrium. PRODUCTION ANALYSIS Basic production concepts. Total, Average and Marginal Product Returns to scale. Short-run and long-run production. Least-cost factor combination. Producer equilibrium. Cost and revenue analysis Various cost concepts. The cost of production: Short-run cost, long-run cost. Revenue and revenue curves: Total, average and marginal revenues. Profit-Maximization Market structures and pricing Market and its forms. Price and out-put under perfect competition. Price and out-put under monopoly, duopoly, oligopoly and monopolistic competition. Resource allocation Role of the government in market efficiency. The theory of Marginal Productivity. Market demand for resources. Existence of impact of externalities Income distribution and fairness Recommended Books: 1. David M. Winch, Micro Economics: Problems and Solutions, Oxford University Press. (Latest Edition) 2. Mc Connell & Brue, Economic 15th Edition., McGraw Hill, INC 3. Muhammad Hussain Choudhry, (2002), Economic Theory Volume 1, Caravan Book House, Lahore 4. Ruffin and Gregory, Principles of Economics, Illionois: Scott Foresman and Company, (Latest Edition). 5. Samuelson and Nordhaus, Economics, New Delhi, Tata McGraw Hill, (Latest Edition). 6. Scott and Nigro: Principles of Economics, New York; Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., (Latest Edition)

MASS-101 INTRODUCTION TO MASS COMMUNICATION (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course is aimed at introducing the students with basic concept of communication and mass communication. This course further enables the students to understand the communication process and distinguish among various mass media Contents Definitions, types and significance. Process of Communication: source; message; channel; noise; destination; encoding; decoding; and COMMUNICATION feedback. Barriers in communication. Essentials of effective communication. Dimensions of mass communication: mass media, advertising, public relations, blogging, new media etc. and Functions of mass communication. (Information, Education, Opinion Formation, Entertainment and Development.) MEDIA OF MASS COMMUNICATION Print Media: newspapers, magazines, periodicals, books, pamphlets, etc. Broadcast media: Radio, TV, film. New Media: (Internet)–On-line journalism. Traditional/Folk-Media. Comparative study of mass media, their components, functions and effects. Recommended Books: 1. Dominick, J.R.(2006).Dynamics of Mass Communication(8thed.)New York. McGraw-Hill 2. Merrill, J.C., Lee, J., Friedlander, E.J., (1994). Modern Mass (2 nd ed). New York. Harper Collins College Publishers 3. Straubhaar, LaRose. (2002). Media Now: Communication Media Information Age (3rded.). USA. Wadsworth

MASS-102 GENDER STUDIES (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course focuses on the socio-cultural construction of gender. The historical movements and feminist perspectives about gender relations will be explored. The course will provide understanding about globalization and its impact on changing gender role in various societies around the world with special references to Pakistani society. Specific areas of gender discrimination (both for men and women) will also be dealt with. Content: 1. Introduction i) Definition, concepts and importance ii) Gender studies in local and global perspective iii) Feminism 2. Major feminist perspectives i) Three waves of feminism ii) Liberal feminism iii) Radical feminism iv) Marxist feminism v) Theological feminism 3. Gender and human rights i) Definition and nature of human rights ii) Collective rights iii) Ethnic minority rights iv) Fundamental rights v) Property rights 4. Gender and politics i) Gender and third world politics ii) Women political leaders, past and present iii) Women in the legislatures and executive of the law iv) Power and patriarchy v) Women in Pakistani political setup vi) Women participation in local government system 5. Gender and education i) Gender and education ii) Gender, origin and development of education iii) Gender education and religion iv) Gender education and polity v) Gender education and economy vi) Gender education and social mobility vii) Gender and forms of education 6. Gender and population i) Population composition ii) Sex composition iii) Gender roles and family size iv) Gender and reproductive role v) Gender and youth problem vi) Gender and population issues vii) Changing perspective of gender roles in population 7. Gender and development i) Gender roles ii) Access to resources iii) Gender disparity iv) Problems of gender development v) The role of development aid in gender development vi) The role of non-government organizations in Gender development vii) Journey from WID to GAD Recommended Books: 1. Beauvoir, Simone De (2007), The second Sex, Vintage. 2. Bornsterin, Kate (1995), Gender outlaw: on Men, Women and Rest of US, Vintage. 3. Butler, Judith (2004), Undoing Gender, Routledge. 4. Butler; Judith (2006), Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity, Routledge. 5. Faucault, Michcl (1990), the History of Sexuality: An introduction, Vintage. 6. Jane Pilcher, (2008) 50 Key Concepts in Gender Studies, Sage Publication New Delhi 7. Jasmin Mirza. 2002. between Chadar and the Market. Oxford University Press. Karachi. 8. Johan Z Spade, (2008) The Kaleidoscope of Gender, Sage Publication New Delhi; 9. Kapadia, K. (2002). The Violence of Development. London, Zed Books. 10. Kathy Davis, Mary S Evans and Judith Lorber, (2008) Handbook of Gender and Women’s Studies Sage Publication New Delhi 11. Mary Holmes, (2008) What is Gender? (Sociological Approaches) Sage Publication New Delhi; 12. Mead, Margaret (2001), Male and Female, Harper Perennial. 13. Radtke, H. Lorraine and Henderikus J. Stam (1994-95), Power and Gender. Sage Publication, London. 14. Ronnie Vernooy (2008) Social and Gender Analysis in Natural Resource Management, Sage Publication New Delhi; 37 15. Shaista, Ikramullah, 2000, From Purdah to Parliament. Oxford University Press, Karachi. 16. Sharlene Nagy Hosse Biber (2008) Handbook of Feminist Research Sage Publication New Delhi. 17. Sharmila Rege, (2008) Sociology of Sender (The Challenge of Feminist Sociology knowledge) Sage Publication New Delhi; 18. Sharukh Rafiq. 2000. 50 years of Pakistan's Economy. Oxford University Press. 19. Social Policy and Development Centre (2000). Social Development in Pakistan. New York, Oxford University Press. 20. Sterling, Anne Fausto (2000), Sexing the Body: gender Politics and the Construction of sexuality, Basic Books. New Edition. 21. Sudah, D.K. 2000, Gender Role. A. P. H Publication, India.

COPM-105 COMPUTER SKILLS FOR MASS COMMUNICATION (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course is aimed at introducing the students to computer technology and techniques with the view to acquaint them with its use in Print and electronic Media. It focuses on the use of various software a journalist can use while practicing journalism (print/television/radio) in daily routine. However this course will only provide the basic introduction of the said soft-wares as in the advance courses students will learn the various other aspects in detail. Course Contents: Introduction to Computer (Hardware/Software) Internet basics (Internet Connectivity, IP Settings, Installation of Programs, Window Installation, Internet Securities, File formats (for Audio & Video). In-Page Basics (Urdu Composing and Page Making) Adobe Page Maker basics (Creating layouts for Newspaper and Magazines) Adobe Photoshop basics (Basic still image/Picture editing) Coral Draw Basics (Page and image making and designing) 24 Adobe Audition Basics (Basic Audio Editing for Radio) Adobe Premier Basics (Basic Video Editing for Television/Documentary/Short Film etc…) Macromedia Flash Basics (Basic creation of Flash Images, Flash Picture Gallery and Flash Video for web and other formats) Recommended Books: 1. Michael S. Toot.(2003).Master Visually Office. 2. Laurie Ulrich, Laurie Ulrich.(2003).How to do everything with Microsoft Office 2003 3. Curtis Frye. Microsoft Office 2003 Step by Step. Online Training Solutions Inc., 4. Michelle Perkins Beginner’s Guide to Adobe Photoshop 5. Deke McClelland, Galen Fott. Photoshop Elements 3 for Dummies 6. Jan Kabili. .Adobe Photoshop Elements 2 Complete Course 7. Carla Rose. Sams Teach Yourself: Adobe Photoshop CS 2in24 Hours, First Edition. 8. Carla Rose. Sams Teach Yourself: Adobe (R) Photoshop (R) in 24 Hours. 9. Steve Bain. CorelDraw (R) 11:the Official Guide by Steve Bain. 10. Rosanna Yeung. Macro media Flash MX 2004 Hands-On Training 11. Phillip Kerman. Sams Teach Yourself: Macromedia Flash MX 2004 in 24 Hours. 12. Adobe Page Maker 7.0 Classroom in a Book. Adobe Creative Team. 13. Adobe PageMaker7.Againstthe Clock. 14. Gordon Woolf. Publication Production using Page maker: A guide to using Adobe Page Maker 7 for the production of newspapers, newsletters, magazines and other formatted. 15. DonnaL. Baker. Adobe Premiere 6.5 Complete Course 16. Christopher Callahan. A Journalist’s Guide to the Internet: The Net as a Reporting Tool. 2nd Edition 17. Frank Bass: The Associated Press Guide to Internet Research and Reporting 18. Rogers Caden head, Mark E. Walker. How to Use the Internet.

SEMESTER II

PAKS-101 PAKISTAN STUDIES (Cr. hrs 02) Objectives: The basic aim of this subject is to develop vision of Historical Perspective, Government, Politics, Contemporary Pakistan, Ideological Background of Pakistan and also to study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and posing challenges to Pakistan. Contents: 1. Historical Perspective a) Ideological rationale with special reference to Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Allama Muhammad Iqbal and Quaid-e-Azam Muhammad Ali Jinnah. b) Factors leading to creation of Pakistan- social, political and economic factors c) People and Land i. Indus Civilization ii. Muslim advent iii. Location and Geo-Physical features. 2. Government and Politics in Pakistan Political and constitutional phases: a. 1947-58 b. 1958-71 c. 1971-77- separation of East Pakistan d. 1977-88 e. 1988-99 f. 1999 -2008 g. 2008 –onward 3. Contemporary Pakistan a. Economic institutions and issues b. Society and social structure c. Cultural diversities Recommended Books: 1. Burki, Shahid Javed. (1980), “State& Society in Pakistan”, The Macmillan PressLtd 2. Akbar, S. Zaidi. (2000), “Issue in Pakistan’s Economy” Karachi, Oxford University Press 3. S. M. Burke and Lawrence Ziring.(1993), “Pakistan’s Foreign policy: An Historical analysis”, Karachi: Oxford University Press 4. Mehmood, Safdar.(1994), “Pakistan Political Roots & Development”. Lahore 5. Wilcox, Wayne. (1972), “The Emergence of Bangladesh”, Washington: American Enterprise, Institute of PublicPolicyResearch 6. Mehmood, Safdar. (2002), “Pakistan Kayyun Toota”,, Lahore: Idara-e- Saqafat-e-Islamia, Club Road 7. Amin, Tahir. (1996), “Ethno - National Movement in Pakistan”, Islamabad: Institute of Policy Studies, Islamabad. 8. Ziring, Lawrence. (1980), “Enigma of Political Development”. Kent England: WmDawson & sons Ltd. 9. Zahid, Ansar. (1980), “History & Culture of Sindh”. Karachi: Royal Book Company, 10. Afzal, M. Rafique. (1998), “Political Parties in Pakistan”, Vol. I, II &III. Islamabad: National Institute of Historical and cultural Research, 11. Sayeed, Khalid Bin. The Political System of Pakistan. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1967 12. Aziz, K. K. (1976), “Party, Politics in Pakistan”, Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and Cultural Research 13. Muhammad Waseem, (1987), “Pakistan Under Martial Law”, Lahore: Vanguard, 14. Haq, Noorul. (1993), “Making of Pakistan: The Military Perspective”. Islamabad: National Commission on Historical and Cultural Research 15. Qazi, Shahida (2002), “Pakistan Studies in Focus”, FEP Karachi.

STAT-101 STATISTICS (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course helps students to understand the basic concepts of statistics, its nature, scope and importance with special focus on its use in social sciences. Contents: What is Statistics? Definition of Statistics, Population, sample Descriptive and inferential Statistics, Observations, Data, Discrete and continuous variables, Errors of measurement, Significant digits, Rounding of a Number, Collection of primary and secondary data, Sources, Editing of Data, Exercises. Presentation of Data Introduction, basic principles of classification and Tabulation, Constructing of a frequency distribution, Relative and Cumulative frequency distribution, Diagrams, Graphs and their Construction, Bar charts, Pie chart, Histogram, Frequency polygon and Frequency curve, Cumulative Frequency Polygon or Ogive, Histogram, Ogive for Discrete Variable. Types of frequency curves, Exercises. Measures of Central Tendency Introduction, Different types of Averages, Quantiles, The Mode, Empirical Relation between Mean, Median and mode, Relative Merits and Demerits of various Averages. Properties of Good Average, Box and Whisker Plot, Stem and Leaf Display, definition of outliers and their detection. Exercises. Measures of Dispersion Introduction, Absolute and relative measures, Range, The semi-Inter-quartile Range, The Mean Deviation, The Variance and standard deviation, Change of origin and scale, Interpretation of the standard Deviation, Coefficient of variation, Properties of variance and standard Deviation, Standardized variables, Moments and Moments ratios. Exercises. Probability and Probability Distributions. Discrete and continuous distributions: Binomial, Poisson and Normal Distribution. Exercises Sampling and Sampling Distributions Introduction, sample design and sampling frame, bias, sampling and non sampling errors, sampling with and without replacement, probability and non-probability sampling, Sampling distributions for single mean and proportion, Difference of means and proportions. Exercises. Hypothesis Testing Introduction, Statistical problem, null and alternative hypothesis, Type-I and Type-II errors, level of significance, Test statistics, acceptance and rejection regions, general procedure for testing of hypothesis. Exercises. Testing of Hypothesis- Single Population Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence interval about the population mean and proportion for small and large samples, Exercises Testing of Hypotheses-Two or more Populations Introduction, Testing of hypothesis and confidence intervals about the difference of population means and proportions for small and large samples, Analysis of Variance and ANOVA Table. Exercises Testing of Hypothesis-Independence of Attributes Introduction, Contingency Tables, Testing of hypothesis about the Independence of attributes. Exercises. Regression and Correlation Introduction, cause and effect relationships, examples, simple linear regression, estimation of parameters and their interpretation. r and R2. Correlation. Coefficient of linear correlation, its estimation and interpretation. Multiple regression and interpretation of its parameters. Examples Recommended Books: 1. Walpole, R. E. (1982). “Introduction to Statistics”, 3rd Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc. New York. 2. Muhammad, F. (2005). “Statistical Methods and Data Analysis”, Kitab Markaz, Bhawana Bazar, Faisalabad

IR-101 INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: The objective of this course is to highlight the significance and introduce the fundamentals of International Relations to the students. Contents: 1. Meaning, Definition, Nature, and Scope of International Relations 2. Evolution and Development of International Relations 3. Significance of International Relations 4. Concept of Nation State 5. International System and Sub-Systems 6. Foreign Policy, National Interest, and Diplomacy 7. Power and Balance of Power 8. Regionalism and Globalization 9. State and Non-state Actors 10. Human Rights in International Relations 11. Religion, Ethics, Morality and Justice in International Relations 12. The Role of Economics in International Relations 13. The Concept of War and Peace in International Relations Recommended Books: 1. Columbus, Theodore. (1992), Introduction to International Relations: Power and Justice. New Delhi: Prentice Hall 2. Goldstine, Josha. (2003), International Relation. Washington DC: Pearson Education 3. Lawson, Stephanie. International Relations; Cambridge; Polity, 2003. 4. Amstutz, Mark R. (1995), International Conflict and Cooperation: An Introduction to World Politics. (Chicago: Brown & Benchmark, 1995) 5. Griffiths, Martin, and Callaghan, Terry O’.(2003), International Relations: The Key Concepts. London, Routledge 6. Henderson, Conway W. (1998), International Relations: Conflict & Cooperation at the Turn of the 21st Century Boston: McGraw-Hill

ENG-102 ENGLISH-II (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course will meet specific needs of the students of Communication Studies to equip them with the modern writing and presentation capabilities in order to meet the diverse market demands. Contents: Essay writing Descriptive, narrative, discursive, argumentative Academic writing How to write a proposal for research paper/term paper How to write a research paper/term paper (emphasis on style, content, language, form, clarity, consistency Presentation Skills Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation), techniques for presenting written material through multi-media Note: Extensive reading is required for vocabulary building Recommended books: Technical Writing and Presentation Skills a) Essay Writing and Academic Writing Writing Advanced by Ron White Oxford. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0194354073 (particularly suitable for discursive, descriptive, Argumentative and report writing). College Writing Skills by John Langan. McGraw-Hill Higher Education 2004. Patterns of College Writing (4th edition) by Laurie G. Kirszner and Stephen R. Mandell. St. Martin’s Press. 30 Technical Report Writing Progress Report Writing b) Presentation Skills c) Reading The Mercury Reader. A Custom Publication. Compiled by northern Illinois University. General Editor’s: Janice Neulib; Kathleen Shine Cain; Stephen Ruffus and Maurice Scharton. (Areader which will give students exposure to the best of twentieth century literature, without taxing the taste of engineering students).

ECON-102 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-II (PRINCIPLES OF MACRO ECONOMICS) (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course aims at giving students knowledge about the working of a mixed economy at the aggregate level under pinning of aggregate output and income determination, key macroeconomic problems and major policy debate. The basic themes are extended to find out how the disciplines of national income, macro economics in closed and open economy, macroeconomic stabilization policies, macro-economic components (consumption, saving, private investment, interest etc.), public finance, money and banking link up with conventional macroeconomics. Contents: Key Concepts of Macroeconomics Objectives and instruments of macroeconomics. Tools of macroeconomics policy. Aggregate demand and supply. MEASURING ECONOMIC ACTIVITY. Concepts of National Income. Measurement of National Income. GDP, NDP, GNP & NNP, Personal Income & Disposable Personal Income, GDP Deflator and a real GDP National Income as a measure of economic welfare CONSUMPTION AND INVESTMENT. Consumption, Income and saving. Consumption Function. Saving Function. The Marginal Propensity to Consume and Average Propensity to consume The Marginal Propensity to Save and Average Propensity to save Determinants of Consumption Determinants of Investment (Rate of interest, MEC) INCOME AND EMPLOYMENT DETERMINATION Classical approach. Modern approach (Keynesian) Post Keynesian Approach MULTIPLIER AND ACCELERATOR Investment Multiplier. Tax multiplier, foreign trade multiplier and super multiplier. FISCAL AND MONETARY POLICIES Fiscal Policy Monetary Policy INFLATION Nature and kinds. Inflationary and deflationary gaps. Inflation and unemployment. BUSINESS CYCLE The concept of Business Cycle Business Cycle Theories Business Cycle & Business Decision Making INTERNATIONAL TRADE Classical theory of International trade (CIT) Modern theory of International trade (H-O-Theorem) Economic Integration and Regional Cooperation. Protection and free trade. WTO (Objectives and role) BALANCE OF PAYMENTS Balance of Payments Accounts. Disequilibrium & Imbalance of Payments. Causes and Remedies. Recommended Books: 1. Dornbusch and Fischer Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill, New York. (Latest Edition) 2. Mc Connell & Brue, Economic, Mc Graw Hill, INC (Latest Edition) 3. Muhammad Hussain Choudhry,(2002), Economic Theory Volume 2, Caravan Book House, Lahore 4. Ruffin & Gregory, Principles of Economics, Scott, Foresman & Company. 5. Samuelson and Nordhaus, Economics, McGraw Hill, New York. (Latest Edition)

MASS-151 CONTEMPORARY WORLD MEDIA (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course helps to provide students with a thorough understanding of how media differ around the world and to develop an appreciation of cultural differences. Moreover it provides students with knowledge of the major descriptive and explanatory theories of cultural globalization. It also helps students to develop skills in primary research about global media and communication. Contents: History and development of global media History and development of media in sub continent Media systems of USA, UK, China, Japan, France and Germany Media in Middle East and south Asian countries Media in Russia & India Profile of News Channels • CNN • BBC • Fox News • Bloomberg • Al-Jazeera • Star News • VOA Profile of World Elite Press • The New York Times • The Washington Post • The Los Angeles Times • The London Times • The Guardian • Times • News Week • Economist News Agencies • AP • Reuter • AFP • DPA • APP Media Conglomerates Big Media Giants: • AOL • Times Warner • Walt Disney • News Corporation • General Electric • Bloomberg

Recommended Books: 1. Morris, N., Waisbord, S., (2001), “Media and Globalization: Why the State Matters”, Rowman & Littlefield. ISBN# 0-7425-1030-1. Paperback. 2. Ó Siochrú, Seán, Bruce Girard, and Amy Mahan. (2002), “Global Media Governance: A Beginner’s Guide”. Rowman & Littlefield. ISBN# 0-7425-1566-4 3. Todd, Gitlin. (2007). 2Media Unlimited”. New York: Henry Holt. 4. Straubhaar, LaRose. (2002). “Media Now: Communication Media in the Information Age”, (3rd ed.). USA; Wadsworth

SEMESTER III

ENG-201 ENGLISH-III (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course aims at providing the students with real life professional communication skills for both verbal and non-verbal needs Contents: Paragraph writing Practice in writing a good, unified and coherent paragraph Essay writing Introduction CV and job application 37 Translation skills Urdu to English Study skills Skimming and scanning, intensive and extensive, and speed reading, summary and précis writing and comprehension Academic skills Letter/memo writing and minutes of theme editing, use of library and internet recourses Presentation skills Personality development (emphasis on content, style and pronunciation) Note: documentaries to be shown for discussion and review Recommended books: a) Grammar 1. Practical English Grammar by A. J. Thomson and A .V Martinet .Exercises 2. 3RDedition Oxford University Press 1986. ISBN0 19431350 6. b) Writing 1. Writing Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brin and and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993 ISBN 0194354057 Pages 45-53 (note taking). 2. Writing Upper-Intermediate by Rob Nolasco. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1992. ISBN 0194354065 (particularly good for writing memos, introduction to presentations, descriptive and argumentative writing). c) Reading 1. Reading Advanced Brian Tomlinson and RodEllis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1991. ISBN 0194534030. 2. Reading and Study Skills by John Langan 3. Study Skills by Richard Yorky.

MASS-201 JOURNALISTIC LANGUAGE (URDU & ENGLISH) (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: It will enable the students to learn the basics of Functional Urdu Language which are essential for spoken and written communication. In order to enhance language skills and develop critical thinking, a grammar component will serve as necessity to help overcome their common errors in Urdu Language. Contents: Introduction to journalistic Urdu writing Difference between journalistic, common and literary writing Writing for newspapers, radio, TV and online media (Urdu) Difference between writing for print and electronic media Common technologies used in journalism Translation of Urdu to English news stories

MASS-202 NATIONAL & INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course is designed to provide the students an insight of event sand affairs taking place in and around Pakistan. Understanding national and international affairs is indispensable for persons working for media. This course is planned to enlighten and enable the students to analyze events with proper perspective. Course Contents: National Affairs: 1. Basics of Pakistan’s Foreign Policy and Pakistan’s relations with other countries – India, Afghanistan, Iran, China and US, SAARC, ASEAN, 2. Contemporary issues political instability, Governance Issues, Health, Education, Water, Population, Gender, Human rights, Poverty etc. 3. Elements of national power: geography, ideology, natural resources, education, economy etc. International Affairs: 1. Shift in balance of power: end of bipolar system and it implications 2. The United Nations and its current role in conflict resolution. 3. Muslim World, issues and problem, Role of OIC 4. Issues and problems faced by contemporary World: a. Geo Political Status of Pakistan; b. Regional Arrangements three case studies European Union, ASEAN, and SAARC. c. Middle East issues d. Kashmir Dispute 36 e. Nuclear issues f. War against terrorism and its different dimensions g. WTO and its implication and impact. h. environmental and water issues f. energy crisis Recommended Books: 1. Safdar Mahmood (2006-2007). International Affairs. 2ndEdition. Jahangir Printers, Lahore, Pakistan. 2. Ken Booth &Tim Dunne. (2002). Worlds in Collision Terror and the Future of Global Order. Palgrave Macmillan. 3. Noam Chomsky (1997). World Orders Old and New. Pluto Press. USA 4. Aeron Davis. (2007).The Mediation of Power. Routledge Taylor and Francis Group 5. Saiyyad Muhammad, Saleem Moini. (1995). International Law. Pakistan Writer’s Co-operative Society Karachi, Lahore. 6. Dr. Safdar Mehmood. (2000). International Affairs. Jang Publishers. Lahore 7. Inyatullah, (1997). State and Democracy in Pakistan, Vanguard Books Pvt. Ltd., Lahore 8. Rizvi, Hasan-Askari (2000), Military, State and Society in Pakistan, Macmillan Press Ltd. 9. Saeed, Khawaja Amjad (2007),The Economy of Pakistan, Oxford University Press. 10. Jain, Rashmi (2007), The United States and Pakistan 1947– 2006, Radiant Publishers.

MATH-201 MATHEMATICS (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: To prepare the students, not majoring in mathematics, with the essential tools of calculus to apply the concept sand the techniques in their respective disciplines. Course Outline: 1. Preliminaries: Real-number line, Function and their graphs, Solution and equations involving absolute inequalities 2. Limits and Continuity: Limit of a function, Left hand and Right hand function, Continuity, Continuous function. 3. Vectors: Scalar and Vector Products, normals to planes equations of planes and lines 4. Complex Numbers addition, multiplication, division, Arg and diagram, polar form, de Moivre's theorem 5. Partial Differentiation: functions of two variables, functions of three variables of matrices, transposed, identity and zero matrices. Solutions o. Finding values from functions of different variables. 6. Matrices : linear equations written as Ax = b. Addition and multiplication f 3 x 3 sets of linear equations, Adjoin Matrix, inverse matrix, determinants, Gaussian Elimination Method, Gauss-Jordan Method Recommended Books: 1. Anton H, BevensI, Davis S, Calculus: A New Horizon (8th edition), 2005, John Wiley, New York 2. Stewart J, Calculus(3rdedition), 1995, Brooks/Cole (suggested text) 49 3. Swokowski EW, Calculus and Analytic Geometry,1983,PWSKentCompany, Boston 4. Thomas GB, Finney AR, Calculus(11th edition),2005,Addison-Wesley, Reading, Ma, USA

PSY-101 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: Describe psychology with major areas in the field, and identify the parameters of this discipline. Distinguish between the major perspectives on human thought and behaviour. Appreciate the variety of ways psychological data are gathered and evaluated. Gain insight into human behaviour and into one's own personality or personal relationships. Explore the ways that psychological theories are used to describe, understand, predict, and control or modify behaviour. Contents: 1. Introduction to Psychology a. Nature and Application of Psychology with special reference to Pakistan. b. Historical Background and Schools of Psychology (A Brief Survey) 2. Methods of Psychology a. Observation b. Case History Method Experimental Method c. Survey Method d. Interviewing Techniques 3. Biological Basis of Behaviour a. Neuron: Structure and Functions b. Central Nervous System and Peripheral Nervous System c. Endocrine Glands 4. Sensation, Perception and Attention a. Sensation (I) Characteristics and Major Functions of Different Sensations (II) Vision: Structure and functions of the Eye. (III) Audition: Structure and functions of the Ear. b. Perception (I) Nature of Perception (II) Factors of Perception: Subjective, Objective and Social (III) Kinds of Perception: (IV) Spatial Perception (Perception of Depth and Distance) (V) Temporal Perception; Auditory Perception. c. Attention (I) Factors, Subjective and Objective (II) Span of Attention (III) Fluctuation of Attention (IV) Distraction of Attention (Causes and Control) 5. Motives a. Definition and Nature b. Classification Primary (Biogenic) Motives: Hunger, Thirst, Defection and Urination, Fatigue, Sleep, Pain, Temperature, Regulation, Maternal Behaviour, Sex. Secondary (Sociogenic) Motives: Play and Manipulation, Exploration and Curiosity, Affiliation, Achievement and Power, Competition, Cooperation, Social Approval and Self Actualization. 6. Emotions a. Definition and Nature b. Physiological changes during Emotions (Neural, Cardial, Visceral, Glandular), Galvanic Skin Response; Pupilliometrics c. Theories of Emotion d. James Lange Theory; Cannon-Bard Theory e. Schachter –Singer Theory 7. Learning a. Definition of Learning b. Types of Learning: Classical and Operant Conditioning Methods of Learning: Trial and Error; Learning by Insight; Observational Learning 8. Memory a. Definition and Nature b. Memory Processes: Retention, Recall and Recognition c. Forgetting: Nature and Causes 9. Thinking a. Definition and Nature b. Tools of Thinking: Imagery; Language; Concepts c. Kinds of Thinking d. Problem Solving; Decision Making; Reasoning 10. Individual differences a. Definition concepts of; b. Intelligence, personality, aptitude, achievement Recommended Books: 1. Atkinson R. C., & Smith E. E. (2000). Introduction to psychology (13th ed.). Harcourt Brace College Publishers. 2. Fernald, L. D., & Fernald, P. S. (2005). Introduction to psychology. USA: WMC Brown Publishers. 3. Glassman, W. E. (2000). Approaches to psychology. Open University Press. Hayes, N. (2000). Foundation of psychology (3rd ed.). Thomson Learning. Lahey, B. B. (2004). Psychology: An introduction (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. 4. Leahey, T. H. (1992). A history of psychology: Main currents in psychological thought. New Jersey: Prentice-Hall International, Inc. 5. Myers, D. G. (1992). Psychology. (3rd ed.). New York: Wadsworth Publishers. 6. Ormord, J. E. (1995). Educational psychology: Developing learners. Prentice- Hall, Inc.

POL-101 INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: The objective of this course is to introduce the students with the fundamentals of the subject of Political Science and prepare them for advanced studies in the forthcoming semesters. The very basic concepts and terminology commonly used in the further courses of studies are taught to make the students friendly with the subject. Contents: 1. Definition, Nature, Scope and the sub-fields of the subject. 2. Relationship of Political Science with other social sciences, specifically International Relations, Diplomacy, Strategic Studies etc. 3. Basic concepts of Political Science such as law and constitution, power and authority, legitimacy, nation and nationalities etc. 4. State: its origin and evolution; Western and Islamic concepts of State; Forms of State: Unitary, Federation, Confederation. 5. Organs of Government: Legislature, Executive, Judiciary. 6. Forms of Government: Parliamentary, Presidential and others. Recommended Books: Anderson, Rodee et.al. Introduction to Political Science. Islamabad: National Book Foundation, Latest Edition. Haq Mazher ul. (1996), Theory and Practice in Political Science. Lahore: Bookland, Agarwal, R. C. (2006), Political Theory: Principles of Political Science. New Delhi: S. Chand & Co. Ahmad Shafi, Choudhry. (1996), Usul-e-Siyasiat (Urdu). Lahore: Standard Book Depot. Bashir Ahmad, Sheikh.(1985), Riyasat Jo Ilm (Sindhi meaning Science of State). Jamshoro: Institute of Sindhalogy, University of Sindh G. Roskin, Michael. (1997), Political Science: An Introduction. London: Prentice Hall Sarwar, Mohammad.(1996), Introduction to Political Science. Lahore: Ilmi Kutub Khana Jackson, Robert and Dorreen Jackson. (1997), A Comparative Introduction to Political Science. New Jersey: Prentice – Hall Mackenzi, Ian ed. (2005), Political Concepts: A Reader and Guide. Edinburgh: University Press Ahmed, Khurshid ed. Islamic Law and Constitution. Islamic Publications, 1960.

SEMESTER IV

GSCI-101 GENERAL SCIENCE (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: The main objective of this course is to give understanding about the basics of all subjects being included in science. Contents: 1. Biochemistry and Biotechnology i. Definition of metabolism. A brief description of metabolism and fate of Carbohydrates, fats and proteins, in human body. ii. What are enzymes? Their role in metabolism. Definition of enzymes and their role in our daily life. iii. Blood and its function iv. DNA as hereditary material v. Genetic engineering vi. Improvement of crops and control of crop diseases vii. Antibiotics and Vaccines viii. Recycling of waste and scarce materials 2. Man and Health i. Major components of food ii. Food and energy. Energy requirements regarding age, sex, body size, climate and working conditions. iii. Balanced diet for babies, young, old, pregnant and feeding mothers. iv. Definition of nervous system with reference to endospermic glands. v. – Description of different stages of life. – Transition from childhood. vi. Importance of exercise for physical fitness, healthy living and as a measure against obesity. vii. First aid and its administration. 3. Environment and Natural Resources i. The atmosphere and its different layers. Description of Green house effect and its importance. Different climatic pattern. ii. Different kinds of pollution and their reduction. Effect of pollution on human life. iii. Different kinds of Minerals and Fossil Fuels, their occurrence and uses. Need for conservation of natural resources. iv. Briefly discuss the crops and fruits of Pakistan. Production trends in principle crops; mechanization of agriculture, new implementations. v. Different dairy and poultry products and methods for their improvement. vi. Importance of wildlife, national parks, conservation of wildlife and endangered species. vii. Effects of rising population on environment, poverty and quality of life. 4. Current Electricity i. Introduction and description of various concepts relating to current electricity. ii. Components of circuits. Their working and use in electrical circuits. iii. Direct and Alternate current. Introducing their advantages and disadvantages. iv. Process of electric supply for domestic purposes along with it measurement. v. Electric shocks, burns, fire, explosion, and safety precautions against them. vi. Introducing ammeter, voltmeter, multi meter, analogue and digital meter and their uses. 5. Science and Technology i. Description of the advancement of science and Technology for the development of the country. ii. Functions and uses of: – Lasers – Optical fibre system – Satellites and Radar, etc iii. Simple introduction to radioactivity, properties, uses of radiations emitted by radio-active substances and radio isotopes in various fields (health, agriculture, etc.) iv. X-rays, Ultrasound, ECG, EEG, MRI, CT-Scan, Angiography. v. Some important industries of Pakistan. Use of technology in some important industries of Pakistan. 6. The Space and Pakistan Nuclear Program i. Space exploration and its benefits to Science and Technology. ii. Pakistan’s Space Programme (SUPARCO). iii. Pakistan’s Nuclear Programme. Recommended Books: 1. General Science National Book Foundation, Islamabad. 2. General Science Punjab Textbook Board, Lahore. 3. General Science Sindh Textbook Board, Jamshoro 4. General Science NWFP Textbook Board, Peshawar. 5. General Science Baluchistan Textbook Board, Quetta.

SOC-101 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: The course is designed to introduce the students with sociological concepts and the discipline. The focus of the course shall be on significant concepts like social systems and structures, socio- economic changes and social processes. The course will provide foundation for further understanding in the field of sociology. Contents: 1. Introduction i) Definition, subject matter and scope ii) Sociology as a science iii) Historical background of sociology 2. Basic Concepts i) Group, Community, Society ii) Associations a) Non-voluntary b) Voluntary iii) Organization a) Informal b) Formal iv) Social Interaction Levels of social interaction Process of social interaction Cooperation Competition Conflict Accommodation Acculturation and Diffusion Assimilation Amalgamation 3. Social Groups i) Definition and Functions ii) Types of social groups a) In and out groups b) Primary and secondary group c) Reference groups d) Informal and formal groups e) Pressure groups 4. Culture i) Definition, Aspects and Characteristics of Culture a) Material and non-material culture b) Ideal and real culture ii) Elements of culture a) Beliefs b) Values c) Language d) Norms and social sanctions iii) Organizations of culture a) Traits b) Complexes c) Patterns d) Ethos e) Theme iv) Other related concepts a) Cultural relativism b) Sub cultures c) Ethnocentrism and Xenocentrism d) Cultural lag 5. Socialization and Personality i) Personality, factors in personality formation ii) Socialization, agencies of socialization iii) Role and status 6. Deviance and Social Control i) Deviance and its types ii) Social control and its importance iii) Forms of social control iv) Methods and agencies of social control 7. Collective Behaviour i) Collective behavior and its types ii) Crowd behavior iii) Public opinion iv) Propaganda v) Social movements Recommended Books: 1. Anderson, Margaret and Howard F. Taylor. (2001). Sociology the Essentials. Australia: Wadsworth. 2. Brown, Ken (2004). Sociology. UK: Polity Press 3. Gidden, Anthony (2002). Introduction to Sociology. UK: Polity Press. 4. Macionis, John J. (2006). 10th Edition Sociology, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall 5. Tischler, Henry L. (2002). Introduction to Sociology 7th ed. New York: The Harcourt Press. 6. Frank N Magill. (2003). International Encyclopedia of Sociology. U.S.A: Fitzroy Dearborn Publishers 7. Macionis, John J. (2005). Sociology 10th ed. South Asia: Pearson Education 8. Kerbo, Harold R. (1989). Sociology: Social Structure and Social Conflict. New York: Macmillan Publishing Company. 9. Koening Samuel. (1957). Sociology: An Introduction to the Science of Society. New York: Barnes and Nobel. 10. Lee, Alfred Mclung and Lee, Elizabeth Briant (1961). Marriage and The family. New York: Barnes and Noble, Inc. 11. Leslie, Gerald et al. (1973). Order and Change: Introductory Sociology Toronto: Oxford University Press. 12. Lenski, Gevbard and Lenski, Jeam. (1982). Human Societies. 4th edition New York: McGraw-Hill Book Company. 13. James M. Henslin. (2004). Sociology: A Down to Earth Approach. Toronto: Allen and Bacon.

MASS-251 FUNCTIONAL URDU (Cr. hrs 03)

MASS-252 MASS MEDIA IN PAKISTAN (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course is designed to study the role of Muslim Press in the Sub- continent with reference to the work of eminent Muslim journalists, and its role during freedom movement and struggle for Pakistan. It is further designed to help students to have a look on the evolution of print and electronic media in Pakistan from the beginning till date, with reference to their problems and prospects. Contents: 1. Historical Background (a) Growth of the Press in the sub-continent. (b) Role of Sir Syed Ahmed Khan, Moulana Hasrat Mohani, Moulana Muhammad Ali Johar, Moulana Abul Kalam Azad and Zafar Ali Khan. (c) Press and the Pakistan Movement. 2. History and Development of Press (a) Press since independence. (b) Major Developments of Press in Pakistan (c) Major problems and prospects of Press in Pakistan (d) Progressive writer’s movement 3. Government and Press (a) Government Press relations 4. Electronic Media in Pakistan (a) Brief introduction to media in Pakistan (b) Growth & expansion of Radio, Television and Film In Pakistan (c) Growth of Cable television and its cultural and ethical dimensions. (d) Rise and fall of film in Pakistan (e) Electronic Media in Private Sector. FM radio And Satellite Television. (f) Online Journalism: Development and future prospects 5. News Agencies (a) Development of News Agencies. (b) Expansion, Working, Organizational, Structure and Future perspective in Pakistan. (c) Development of visual news agencies 6. Growth of regional press in Pakistan 7. Influence of foreign media in Pakistan 8. Emerging trends in journalism Recommended Books: 1. Khurshid Abdus Salam, “Journalism in Pakistan”, United Publishers, Lahore. 2. Lent J.A., “Newspapers in Asia”. 3. Majeed Nizami, “Press in Pakistan, Department of Political Science”, University of the Punjab, Lahore. 4. Hasan Mehdi, “Mass Media in Pakistan”. 5. French David and Richard Micheal (2000), “Television in Contemporary Asia”, SAGE Publication International, UK. 6. Aziz Yousaf (2003), “Cable Television–A vision for Future”, Pakistan. 7. Aziz Yousaf (2003), “Prospect &Promotion of Electronic Media in Pakistan”. 8. Sh. Mughees uddin (1981), ABC of Radio Journalism. 9. Niazi, Zamir, Press in Chains 10. Hassan, Mehdi (2001),Mass Media in Pakistan. Aziz Publisher. Lahore 11. Hassan, Jawad & Hadi, Syed Ali (2004), Media and Mass Communication laws of Pakistan. Haji Hanif Printers. Lahore. 12. Ahmad, Shehzad (2005), Journalism and Press. Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi 13. Ahmad, Shehzad (2005), Journalism News Coverage. Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi 14. Syed, M. H. (2006), Mass Media in new world order. Anmol Publication. 15. Ahmad, Shehzad (2005), Art of Modern Journalism. Anmol Publication Hijazi, Miskeen Ali (2004), Mass Communication Theory and Practice. A-One Publishers. Lahore. Books in Urdu: 1. Khurshid Abdus Salam(1966),Fun-e-Sahafat, Karwan Publications. 2. Khurshid Abdus Salam, Dastan-e-Sahafat. 3. Hijazi, Miskeen Ali (2005),Fun-e-Idarat,6th Edition, Adan Printers. 4. Khurshid Abdus Salam, Sahafat Pakistan-o-HindMein. 5. Hussain, Muhammad Shahid, Iblighiat (2004) Education Publication House Delhi 6. Hijazi, Miskeen Ali (1995),Punjab minUrdu Sahafat. Azhar Sons Printers. Lahore. 7. Shafiq Jhaulundhary (2008), Sahafat Aur Iblagh, 10thEdition. Ali Ejaz Printers.Lahore. 8. Naz, Ahsan Akhtar(2002), Pakistan main Taraki Pasand Sahafat. Zahid Bashir Printers. Lahore.

MASS-253 SPORTS JOURNALISM (Cr. hrs 03)  Sports Reporting, elements of sports news, types etc.  General overview of history and development of sports in the world  Major sports played in Pakistan, Cricket, Hockey, Football, Squash, Tennis, Swimming, Wrestling & Boxing etc.  Folk and Traditional games of Pakistan  Sports organizations of Pakistan  Terminology and specialized language related to sports  Problems and issues related to sports in Pakistan  Sports Broadcasting  Reporting sports events  Practical exercises  Interview Techniques in sports reporting  Sports reviews, Print and electronic media  Sports features  Specialized sports magazines a critical appraisal  Writing articles and opening pieces related to sports  Recent Trends in sports journalism Recommended Books: 1. Read the Realm of sports 2. W.G.Wad reporting and writing sports 3. Sports journalism. Phill. Andrew 4. Scholistic Journalism, Weaver Gary.

SEMESTER V

MASS-301 FUNDAMENTALS OF NEWS REPORTING (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: Learn basics of writing for newspaper Improve basic writing shields Understand difference between writing for print and broad cast media Learn News gathering techniques Course Contents: 1. News: a) Definition b) Elements c) Values d) Sources and channels of News 2. News Writing techniques: a) Structure of News b) Lead/introits components and types c) Block Paragraphing 3. Basics of writing: a) Attribution b) Plagiarism c) Opinion vs. facts d) Language, Grammar 4. Beat reporting:  Crime & Accidents/Disasters 28  Sports  Commerce  Courts  Health  Education  Political  Parliament  Obituary 5. How Newspaper News are different form Radio and Television news 6. Elements of online News reports a) Multimedia Contents b) Text visuals and photos 7. Do’s and Don’ts of a reporter Recommended Books: 1. Anderson David “Investigative Reporting”, Englewood Cliffs, Prentice, Hall, 1964 2. Charnely Mitchell’s “Reporting”, New York Hoet, Rinhart & Winston 1964 3. Hohenberg “The Professional Journalist” 4. MacDougall, CurtsD. “Interpretative Reporting”, New York, Macmillian 1972 5. Porter and Luxon“ The Reporter and the News” 6. William L. Rivers “Finding Facts”, Engle wood Cliffs, N. J; Prentice Hall, 1975. 7. AldenTodd,“Finding Facts Fast”,Barclay,Ten Speed Pren,1979 8. Ken Metzler, “Creative Interviewing” ,Engle wood Cliffs, .J;Pren,1977 9. Hijazi, Miskeen Ali, “Fun-e-Idarat” 10. Khursheed, Abdul Salam Dr., “Fun-e-Sahafat” 11. Hashmi, Farkhanda, “Fun-e-Khabar Naweesi” 12. Writing and Reporting the News by Gerald Lanson, Mitchell Stephens 13. Reporting & Writing: Basics for the 21st Century by Christopher Scanlan 14. News in a New Century: Reporting in an Age of Converging Media by Jerry Lanson, Barbara Croll Fought Pine Forge Press A Sage Publication Company. 15. Sissons, Helen,2004 ‘Practical Journalism; How to Write News’ 16. Clarence and Huch, 2001, Professional Journalist

MASS-302 INTRODUCTION TO BROADCAST MEDIA (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives:  Learn Audio Video Coverage  Learn Audio Video editing and writing  Understanding basic concepts of Radio and TV News  Know the difficult approaches when reporting for radio and TV  To produce a radio and TV news Course Contents: Introduction to Radio as a medium and structure Type of Radio Programs a) News b) Feature c) Documentary d) Voxpops e) Interviews f) Radio Production g) Basics of recording h) Using audio variety i) Sound bites Audio editing using adobe audition software Basics of Radio News writing and types of Radio news Socio-economic impact of FM Radio economics Television: Introduction to television as a medium and structure Basics of writing style guide for television a) Documentary b) Interviews c) Talk shows Basics of TV news writing and its types: a) Structure b) Contents c) Flow d) Breathing techniques e) Pastures of TV News delivery Elements of a television news bulletin a) Package b) Beeper c) Ticker d) Voxpaps Television Production a) Team b) Technical staff c) Design team d) Requisites for Pre-production and past Production e) Digital and analog IV f) Basics of TV anchoring Basics of Video acquisition a) Operating camera and Shooting b) Recorders c) Lighting d) Set designing e) Video composition and editing f) Advanced Multiplatform Reporting Recommended Books: 1. Andrew Hart, Rontledge, Understand the Media, New York .1991.

2. Conrad fink, Longman, Inside the Media, NewYork.1990. 3. John Fiske, Mcthuen, Television Culture, London.1987 4. John C. Merill, John Lee, Modern Mass Media, Edward Jay Fried lander, Harper & Row, New York. 1990. 5. Conrad Lodziak, Frances Prilie, Power of TV, London. 1986. 6. Ray Eldon Hiebert, Donald F. Ungurait. Thomas W. Bohn, Longman, Mass media: An introduction to Modern Communication, NewYork.1982.

7. Stwart Price, Pitman Publishing, Media Studies, London. 1993 8. Shirley Biagi, Wadworth, Belmont, Media Impact, 2nd Edition 1992.

9. lynne Gross, Telecommunication an Introduction to Electronic media, 6th Ed Benchmark, London 1997 10. Christopher H. Sterling, Electronic Media, Preager London. 1994 11. Mushtaq Gazdar, Pakistan Cinema, Oxford University Press, Karachi. 1997.ed.

MASS-303 ONLINE JOURNALISM (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course covers the comparative picture of traditional Journalism with web journalism with the emphasis on web is the future of Journalism and role and responsibilities of press and the journalists are changing. It tells the students how writing for web is different from print and broadcast. Students will learn news story structure for the web with inverted pyramid and other elements of stories. Students will closely examine the world of newspapers online before putting learned skill into practice. Along with aesthetic elements required for web, the students will know what technical requirements for the web are. They will learn how to build up and operate their own website. 43 Learning outcomes By the end of this course the students will be able to know the difference between traditional and modern Journalism of internet. They will be able to know the role and responsibilities of the web journalists. They would have learnt how to operate his or her own fully operative and functional website. Learning outcomes identify the critical performances, and the knowledge, skills and attitudes that successful students will have reliably demonstrated through the learning experiences and evaluation in the course. Course Contents Week Significance of web Introduction and overview Traditional Journalism and the Web: 1st  Theoretical Perspective of Mass week Media  What is Web Journalism  Scope of online journalism  Multimedia Capabilities of Web Significance of web (continued) Web Journalism and New Media  How the web is replacing other media  Where web stands amongst New 2nd Media week  Web is the Future of Journalism  Characteristics of web journalism Discussion: How the web can "scoop" all other media Thinking of web Psychology of Web User Pre-requisites for a web journalist: Cyber-kit of a web journalist Know your audience 3rd Critical thinking: Establishing and week maintaining focus Discussion: Convergence of Media Mindset for the Web

44 Writing for web  Writing for print, broadcast and 4th web; Content, style week and structure  Characteristics of online news  Esthetic elements for web Discussion: Stories in print and on the web Writing for web (continued) News story writing  Contents for News website: News stories, features & blogs  Headline/ lead & summary writing for web 5th &  News story structure: Inverted 6th & pyramid & 5Ws 7th week  Writing lively and tightly  Editing web text  Introduction to Blogs  Writing Blogs  Writing for twitter  Scanning, Surfing and Skimming Navigating the web Recommended websites: *Many of other websites may also be reviewed will be depend on the instructor. www.Dawn.com www.bbc.com 8th www.cnn.com week www.cbc.ca www.ctv.ca www.thenews.com www.thestar.com  Navigational Scheme for Online Newspaper or Magazine

45 *Many of other websites may also be reviewed will be depend on the instructor. Midterm Review Practice Session: Students surf the net looking at various websites and how they compare 9 t h Mid-term Exam w e e k 1 0 Web Production team t Roles & responsibilities of web crew h Producer, Reporter, Writers & Editor w Introduction to Online Radio and Online Television e Basics for setup online Radio/Television e k 1 Creating the web 1 Developing Your Website t Creating the website storyboard h Features for News Websites w If you ‘build it’, will they surf? e Assignment: Features and layout for your intended e websites k 1 2 Developing Your Website (continued) t Designing your website h Working with designer w  Online Magazine e  Online Newspaper e k 1 Developing Your Website (continued) 3 Tools for Website Building: HTML (Introduction) t Cyber Laws h Ethics for Web Journalism w e e k

46 Tools for building website (continued) Dream weaver: Features & building News 14th website/Magazine Website wee Working on Dream weaver: Building News k website/Magazine Website Operating the web 15th Working on website (continued) wee Writing exercise for class website k Online Media Types Working on website (continued) 16th Writing exercise for class website wee Digital Distribution Systems and Copy right k issues Marketing for the web Online advertisement types 17th Reciprocity, press releases and site promotion wee How it works and how you can make money k Prospects and Challenges for Web Journalism Final Exam Review Final Exam & Project (* Student has to 18th develop their wee own online News Paper or online k Magazine)

Recommended Books: (Detailed References will be forwarded through mail) 1. Community journalism 2. Online Journalism : a basic text 3. Information technology in Journalism 4. Handbook of Online Journalism 5. Multimedia journalism: a practical guide 6. Dictionary of Digital journalism 7. Elements of Modern Journalism in the world 8. Journalism ethics by Saxena 9. Online Journalism : a basic text 47 Recommended Books: 1. Journalism in the Digital Age, John Herbert, Focal Press Oxford, 2000. 2. Introduction to Mass Communication, Agee, Ault, 12th ed., Longman, 1997. 3. Understanding Mass Communication, Defleur, Dennis, Hought on Muffin, N.Y, 1998. 4. Media Impact, Shirley Biagi, Wadsworth, 1999. 5. Media of Mass Communication, John Vivian, 1999. 6. Dynamics of Mass Communication, Dominic 6th ed.

MASS-304 REAEARCH METHOD-I (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course will give the students an insight into the basic principles of scientific research. Students will further be sensitized with the methods, techniques and other relevant concepts to investigate the media related phenomena in contemporary society. Course Contents:  The research process  What is research  The development of mass media research  Media research and scientific method  Two sectors of research Academic and private  Differences between Quantitative and qualitative research  Research design for quantitative research  Identifying the research problem  Formulating the problem statement  Reviewing the literature  Theoretical framework  Formulating research questions  Formulating hypothesis  Conceptualization and operationalization of variables  Identifying the methodology  Sampling techniques  Collection of data  Tabulation and interpretation of data  Quantitative measurement  Reliability and validity  Survey method development of a questionnaire Scales Index score Ethics in research

Recommended Books: 1. Rabin Kemchand, “Journalism and Human Development”, first Edition 2000, A. S. Saini for Dominant Publisher and Distinctions, Orient Offset Delhi, 110053. 2. N. C. Pant,“Modern Journalism–Principles and Practices”, first Edition 2002, Kanishka Publisher, 4697/5-21A, Ansari Road, Darya Ganj, New Delhi-110002. 3. Shearon A. Lowery, Melvinl. De Fleur, “Milestones in Mass Communication Research”, 2nded 1988, LongmanInc 95, Chrch Street, White Plains, NY 10601

MASS-305 COMMUNICATION THEORY–I (Cr. hrs 03)

Objectives: Objectives: This course aims to equip the students to identify different phases of mass communication theories development in the historical context. It will enhance their abilities to understand different intellectual foundations in the field of mass communication. Course Contents: Paradigm, theory and model Types and functions of theories Four eras of mass media theory  Direct effect paradigm Propaganda theories  Limited effect paradigm Two step flow of information Selective process Klapper’s phenomistic theory Diffusion theory Functional analysis  Normative theories Libertarian theory Social responsibility theory Development media theory Democratic participant theory Recommended Books: 1. Chaffee, Steven H. 2000 Mass Communication Uses and Effects, 3rd ed. MacGraw -Hill, New York. 2. Joseph R. Mominick. 2004. The Dynamics of Mass Communication, 5th ed. McGraw-Hill, Inc. New York 3. Werner J. Severin & James W. Tankard, Jr. 2003. Communication Theories: Origins, and Uses in the Mass Media, 3rded. Longman Group Ltd. London. 4. James Curran, Michael Gurevitch. 2000. Mass Media and Society, 3rded. St. Martin Press Inc. New York 5. Mac Quill. 2003. Theories of Communication, 2nded. Longman Group Ltd. London. 6. Philip Rayner. 2003. Mass Media Studies: An Essential Introduction 7. Rutledge, New York. 8. Defleur MelvinL. 1999. Theories of Mass Communication, 3rded. David McKay Co. New York. 9. Joseph, Dominic. 2004. Mass Media Research 4thed. Wadsworth Publishing Company, Belmont, California. 10. Dennis Everett, Marshall John. 2003. Media Debates. 2nded. Longman Publisher, New York.

SEMESTER VI

MASS-351 SUB EDITING & PAGE DESIGNING (THORIES & PRATICE) (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: In the first phase this course is intended to introduce students to the practical aspects of newspaper editing including use of copy editing, symbols and use of computer, condensation, verification of spellings and facts, headline writing, story selection and basics of page layout. This course further intends to help students to develop and improve re-writing skills with an emphasis on how to analyze, recognize and re-write the information provided in a filed story with a view to improve it. Course Contents: 1. Sub Editor

a. Nature and scope of sub-editing b. Qualities of a Sub-Editor b. Responsibilities/Duties of a Sub-Editor

2. Mechanics of News Editing

a. Selecting creed material b. Symbols and their uses c. Translation d. Structuring and re-writing of news story

3. Makeup

a. Make up techniques b. Basic principles of page makeup c. Different kinds of makeup

4. Headlines

a. Definition b. Purpose of Headlines c. Qualities of Headlines d. Kinds of Headlines e. Principles of Headlines making.

5. Use of Computer

a. Use of computers in the newsroom b. Composing c. Computerized Page making techniques Practice: Adobe photo shop, practical exercises (at least 10) and picture scanning.

Recommended Books: 1. The Art of Editing by Brooks Et 2. News Editing by Matzler Ken, Englewood, Cliffs, Prentice Hall 1979 3. The Art of Editing News, Mc Giffert Renert 4. Design and Make of Newspaper, Sultan A.A 5. Journalism, TrowinIon’s, London,: David and Cherl, 1975 6. Editing in the Electronic Era, Gibson M. L. published by Gowa State University Press, 1979 7. Fun-e Khabar Naveesi by A. R. Khalid 8. Fun-e-Idarat by Hijazi, Miskeen Ali 9. Sahafat by Hassan Mahdi

MASS-352 FEATURE, COLUMN, EDITORIAL WRITING (THEORIES & PRATICE) (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: The course is designed to develop writing skills of the students for advanced journalistic writing like, editorial, column, feature, book reviews, Radio, TV programmes review. It would enable students to differentiate among various types of newspaper writings apart from the news. This course is also planned to train the students in such a way that they should learn the basic technique sand principles for these writings. Course Contents: 1. The Editorial a. Definition of Editorial b. Its purpose, importance and forms c. Functions of Editorial d. The Techniques of Editorial writing e. The contents of editorial page f.The editorial page in Pakistan and its standard. g. Difference between editorial, column and feature h. Analyzing the media policy through editorials i. Writing practice 2. Feature Writing a. Definition, Concept and Scope of Feature b. Types of Feature c. Sources for the material d. Feature Writing Technique e. The importance of Pictorial Display in features. 50 3. Column Writing a. Definition and Concept b. Functions of a Column c. Types of Column d. Role of Columnist in society. e. Practical Column Writing 4. Review a. What is review? b. Difference between review and criticism. c. The purpose of Review writing the techniques of review writing d. Practice of reviewing books, Film, Drama, Theatre, Radio and Television Programmes etc. e. Review exercise Recommended Books: 1. Brenneck Clark. Magazine Article Writing, New York. 2. Drewry J. E. 1951. Book Reviewing. Boston Macmillan Co. 3. Hohenberg J. The Professional Journalist. 4. Reddick D. C. 1949. Modern Feature Writing. New York. 5. Waldrap. 1955. Editor and Editorial Writing A. G. Rinhart and Co. 6. Shafiq Jalandari. Feature Nigari. 7. Shafiq Jalandari. Kalam Naweesi 8. Miskeen Ali Hijazi. Idaria Naweesi. 9. Harry W. Stone cipher. 1979. Editorial & Persuasive Writing: Opinion Functions of the News Media: Humanistic Studies in the Communication Arts. Hastings House Publishing. 10. William L.Rivers.1988. Writing Opinion. Reviews. Iowa StatePr;1 11. Bruce Garrison. 2004. Professional Feature Writing: Lea’s Communication series. Lawrence E

MASS-353 RESEARCH METHODS–II (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: A relatively advanced level course of research will further enlighten the students about different steps involved in a typical research model. The students will learn how to collect the data after implementing appropriate method and the basic elements required for writing a good research proposal/research report. Course Contents: Quantitative research methods Content analysis Experimental method Longitudinal research 56 Qualitative research method Focus group Participant observation method Intensive interviews Case studies Writing research report Reference writing Use of SPSS

MASS-354 COMMUNICATION THEORY- II (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: The course aims to promote students critical and analytical approaches towards understanding of mass communication theories. It also aims to prepare them for further inquiry into the field of Mass communication. Course Contents: Emergence of critical and cultural theories of mass communication  Frankfurt school  Political economy Media and audiences: theories about the role of media in everyday life  Uses and gratification  Framing and frame analysis Theories of media and culture and society  Agenda setting  Knowledge gap  Spiral of silence  Media dependency theory  Cultivation theory Recommended Books: 1. Chaffee, Steven H. 2000. Mass Communication Uses and Effects 3rded. MacGraw-Hill, New York. 2. Joseph R.Mominick.2004. The Dynamics of Mass Inc. New York 3. Werner J. Severin & James W. Tankard, Jr. 2003. Communication Theories: Origins and uses in the Mass Media, 3rded. Longman Group Ltd. London 4. James Curran, Michael Gurevitch.2000. Mass Media and Society, 3rd ed. St. Martin Press Inc. New York. 5. Mac Quill. 2003.Theories of Communication, 2nded. Longman Group Ltd. London. 6. Philip Rayner. 2003. Mass Media Studies: An Essential Introduction Rutledge, New York. 7. Defiler MelvinL.1999.Theories of Mass Communication,3rded. David McKay Co. New York. 8. Joseph, Dominic. 2004. Mass Media Research 4thed. Wadsworth 52 Publishing Company, Belmont, California. 9. Dennis Everett, Marshall John.2003. Media Debates 2nded. Longman Publisher New York.

MASS-355 INTRODUCTION TO ADVERTISING & PUBLIC RELATIONS (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: This course is designed to introduce students to the principles and techniques of advertising and public relations as currently practiced. Emphasis will be on the public relations and advertising processes and such activities that bring out student’s problem-solving approach and creativity in message construction. Course Content: Advertising  Evolution and Development of Advertising  Advertising Definition, Function and Scope  Types of Advertising, Techniques of Advertising  Principle of Successful Advertising  Merits and Demerits of Advertising  Macro and Micro economic impact of Advertising  Socio-economic role of advertising  Advertising agency and its structure  Role of advertising association of Pakistan  Develop of Advertising Campaign  Practice Advertising Campaign Public Relations  Definition, Nature, Scope and history  Pub lies of PR  Process of PR (Research, Planning PR Campaigns 42 execution and evaluation)  Tools and Products of PR (Spoken tactics, written, Visual and new media)  Government and Private Organizations PR  PR in different sectors  Responsibilities and qualities of PRO  Comparative analysis of publicity, Propaganda, adv, PR  Community, Corporation on-Profit organization-POL org Practical: PR Campaign Recommended Books: 1. Centre, H. Allen, Cutlip. M. Scott, “Effective Public Relations”. New Jersey” Prentice Hall Inc.1978 2. Chandan, S J. et al. “Essentials of Advertising”, New Delhi, Bombay, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt.Ltd.1990 3. Jefkins, Frank. Long Acre, “Public Relations for Marketing Management”, London: Pitman Publishing1991. 4. Jefkins, Frank, Long Acre, “Public Relations”, London: Publishing, 1991 5. Jefkins, Frank, “Advertising: Made Simple”, Calcutta; Rupa Co.1982 6. Mandell, Maurice I., Englewood Cliffs, N. J, “Advertising”, PrenticeHall, Inc. USA 1974 7. Nelson, Paul Roy, low: WCB, Wm. C, “The Design of Advertising”, Brown Publishers Dubugue, USA,1985 8. S.A.Siraj,“Taloqaat-e-Aama”, Allama Iqbal OpenUniversity,1990 9. Wilcox, Dennis L., Ault, Phillip H. and Agee, Warren K., “Public Relations: Strategies and Tactics”, New York, HarperCollins Publishers,1989 10. Wright S., John et al., “Advertising”, USA, MacGraw-Hill Series in Marketing, 1982

SEMESTER VII

MASS-401 MEDIA SEMINAR (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: The purpose of this seminar course is to provide students with opportunity to interact with the experts regarding different communication issues. In these minar, students will present their papers prepared in consultation with their teachers. Presentation of paper is mandatory. The papers will be followed by the discussions. Seminars will be presided by an expert of the area or the teacher on cerned. Teacher can also suggests our cematerial to the students and they can also present a summary/abstract or critique on the book/article in these minar. Nevertheless, focus will be on important communication issues. Each Student will give at least two presentations in the seminars on two different occasions.

MASS-402 DEVELOPMENT COMMUNICATION (Cr. hrs 03) Note: DC and DSC both are recommended for the BS programme. However, the departments are requested to opt for one of the two courses owing to their regional needs and expertise available for the course(s). Objectives: This course provides an overview of the important phenomena of Development Communication. In general, the course will interpret and analyze the role of mass media in highlighting social development in the society. After studying this course, students will be enabled to have a better insight in Development Communication and will analyze the nature and treatment of media contents on developmental issues. Course Contents: The need for development communication; Basic Concept: Promotion of development:  Development as process & Goal. Sociology of development  Concept of Development  Extension Communication and Development Communication  Development Journalism and Development Communication  Development Communication and Development Support Communication.  The concept of change, meaning and definition  Sources of change  Factors in influencing change  Obstacles to change  Reducing resistance to change  Diffusion of innovation  Social Change and community participation 57 Prospects and challenges of Development Communication in Pakistan Financial Problems Lack of education and training Control over media Political Problem Economic Problem Administration Problem Media Sociology NGS’s and their working Development Journalism Introduction Rural and Aruban Sociology Introduction to rural sociology Difference between rural and urban lifestyles Regional factors Society under change Force of work Technology Trends in social system Living style Social shift and cultural trend Development of village Motivating factors Cooperative way Village economy Agriculture Living standards Typical rural problem Opportunity of education Important factors Financial restraints Religious authority Religious authority Modern Influence 58 Caste System Feudalism Economic life Religious factors Rural Leadership and Politics Effective channels for agriculture communication in developing world Agriculture communication in Pakistan Need for AGRI-Based TV and Radio Stations in Pakistan Agriculture Communication through print Media Recommended Books: 1. AIOU. 2002. Reader on Development Support Communication, Department of Mass Communication AIOU, Islamabad. 2. Anjaneyulu, Shri K.et.al.1999. Local Radio, making an impact. Agricultural Information Development Bulletin. 3. Ascroft, Joseph. 1991. The Profess of Development Support Communication. A. Symposium paper, Ohio. The Ohio State University 4. Chen, Peter. 2002. Visual Communication Materials for Rural Audiences. Re-orienting artists and Copy writers Development Communication Report. 5. Hedebro, Goran. 1999. New perspectives on Development: how Communication contribute. Communication and Social Change in Developing Nations: acritical view, Iowa: The Iowa State University Press. 6. Jan Servaes, Jacobson, White. 2000. Participatory Communication for Social change, Sage Publication, New Delhi. 7. Diffusion of Innovation, E. M. Rogers, Free Press, New York 3rd Ed. 1983. 8. Perspectives and Development Communication, K. Saudana udan Nair, Sage Publication, London, 1993 9. Communication and the Third World, Geoffrey Reeves, Routledge, London, 1993 10. Global Communication in Transition, Hamid Mowlana, Sage publication, London, 1996 11. Social Change, Michael Kunczick FES Germany.

MASS-403 MEDIA ETHICS & LAWS (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives The course seeks to apprise the students about the codes of ethics, the laws and regulations, which are governing and regulating the media in Pakistan. The course develops the sense of norms, values and responsibility in future professionalize, government media relationship and press freedom in Pakistan. Contents: Ethics Introduction, need and nature Sources of ethics in Pakistan society. Media ethics Need and scope Ethics and media profession Social responsibility theory Islamic code of ethics  Islamic concept of communication Ethical problems External and internal pressures on media The violations of media ethics in Pakistan (deadline and ethics) Privacy, corruption, personal interests, etc.) Violation of professional values: problems and consequences 39 Codes of Ethics and Application International codes of ethics (Print, electronic and web media) Pakistani codes of ethics (ethical code of practice – 17pointsinpress council ordinance,2002), PFUJ, APNS, CPNE etc. Other codes of ethics and application Press Council of Pakistan Evolution, need, establishment and code of ethics Media Laws Introduction, need and nature Evolution of press laws in sub-continent and Pakistan. Salient features of the current press ordinances:- 1. PEMRA ordinance –establishment and salient features 2. Press Council Ordinance 3. Press Laws: An overview 4. Defamation Ordinance 5. Copy Right Act 6. Constitutional provisions on fundamental rights of speech, expression etc.  Social media ethics Cyber laws and PTA Social media as an emerging check on traditional media and vice versa Case Studies Recommended Books: 1. Dr. Ahsan Akhtar Naz, Subaftic Zimadoryan Muqadra Qaum Zabar (Natinal Language 1998, Islamabad. 2. Javed Jabbar, Qazi Faiz Isa, Mass Media Laws and Regulation in Pakistan 3. Dr. Ahsan Akhtar Nar, Sohafti Qananee, A. H. Publishers, Urdu Bazar, Lahore 4. Dr. Naz, Sahbafti Ikhlaqiat, Azeem Academi Urdu Bazar, Lahore. 5. Dr. Naz, Mukalmat, (Interviews of 35 leading editors journalism and intellectual), Al Qamar Centre, Urdu Bazar, Lahore. 6. Dr. Muhammad Wasim Akbar, Zarae Iblagh aur Islam Nomani Kutab khana, Urdu Bazaar Lahore.

MASS-404 TV NEWS REPORTING & PRODUCTION (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: The students will be taught the elements of selection, writing, editing, compiling and presentation of news for television. They will be taught the technical aspects of camera, lights and microphones and shooting and editing of news films and their placement in the news bulletin, besides the use of the live inserts and sound bites. They will be expected to produce bullet in for television. This is a practical course. Course Contents: Complete knowledge and understanding with the Set-Up of TV News Departments. Determining News Values, News Caster Criteria, News Sources, Writing Broadcast News, How to Improve Your Storytelling ability, Ad-Lib Situation within Broadcast News, Television News Team and News Cast, Television News Anchoring, Teleprompter, Types of television news, Formats of Television News, Television News Reporter, Field Reporting and techniques of Shooting Television News, Writing and Producing the Package, Live Stand-Up, Beepers and Tickers, Telling the Visual Story, Television Script Formats, The visual Grammar of Motion Picture Photography, The magic of Light and Lighting, The Broadcast Interviews, Sound Recording, ENG, the Laws and Ethics in News Reporting, Introduction to Video Editing.

Practical: Students are required to produce and edit their own Final Project for the successful completion of the semester (03-05) minute duration. Recommended Books: 1. The television hand book, Patricia Holland, Routledge, London, 1997 2. Pre – Production Planning of Video Film and Multimedia, Steve R. Cart wright, Focal Press, Oxford, 1996 3. Training With Video, Steve R. Cartwright, Knowledge Industry Publications, New York, 1996 4. Basic Television Reporting, New York, Focal Press, London, 1990 5. Visual Editing, Howard I. Finberg and Bruce D. LItale, Wadsworth, Belmont,1990 6. ENG Television News, Charles F. Cremer, 3rd Ed. McGraw Hil, Ne work,1996 7. Television Journalism, Shahida Kazi, Translated by Aju-eKamal,Dynya-e-Adab,Karachi,1993

MASS-405 RADIO & NEWS REPORTING & PRODUCTION (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: The course will impart the elements of selection writing, editing, compiling and presenting news for radio. It will be a practical course and the students will be expected to produce and present an entire news bulletin. Course Contents: Complete knowledge and understanding with the Set-Up of Radio News Departments. Radio Newscast, Radio News Anchor, Radio News Reporter, Field Reporting, Sound Track, Types of Radio News. Determining News Values, News Caster Criteria, News Sources, Writing Broadcast News, How to Improve Your Storytelling ability, Field Reporting, Writing and producing Package for radio, Ad-Lib Situation within Broadcast News, The Broadcast Interviews, Sound Recording, ENG, the Laws and Ethics: Covering news events and stories, Introduction to Audio Editing. Practical: Students are required to produce 05 news stories and 02 interviews of 10 minutes duration. Recommended Books: 1. Tim Crook, Routledge, International Radio Journalism, London, 1988 2. Andrew Boyd, Broadcast Journalism, Focal Press, Oxford, 1997 3. Paul Chantler, Sam Harris, Local Radio Journalism, Focal Press, Oxford, 1997 4. Pete Wilby, Routledge, The Radio Handbook, London, 1996 5. Carl Hausman, Crafting the News for Electronic Media, Woods worth publishing California, 1995 6. Roger L. Waltern, Broadcast Writing, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1994 64 7. Idrees Siddique, Radio Journalism in Pakistan, Feroz sons, Lahore, 1990

MASS-406 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL MEDIA (Cr. hrs 03) Objective The overall aims of this course are to introduce students to skills of social media tools in context to its emergence with media science. It also aims to introduce key concepts and social platforms that have changed the media scenario that it’s used to be. Using the representation of the virtual community as a focus, students will be introduced to ideas of the collective resourcing, user defined contents, Web 2.0, media production and reporting in social media. Out Comes By the end of the course students will be able to apply a range of social media tools and collaborative platforms of shared resources, and will have an expertise to actively take part in creation of online media platforms, creation of community centric social media platforms supporting field of media production and reporting.  Emerging Media Trends  Media and Technology  How emerging technologies can change Journalism  Backpack Journalist  Citizen Journalist  Online Community  News as conversation  New Media: Emerging mediums of information (cell phone, web mediums)  Cell phone evolution and Social Media (1-G to 4-G)  Social Media Evolution  Social Media Ethics (Rules are in the flux)  Introduction to social media website (Google +, Facebook etc…)  Social Media Skills for Journalists  Blogs for Marketing and Advertising  Trolls & 1-9-90 Rule  Vod-casting basics  Pod-casting basics  How one increases its social networking  Social Media Marketing  Introduction to Micro Blogging  Twitter for Journalist  Social Media Marketing Strategies  How one can use Facebook/Twitter/Blogs for effective Marketing  Future Trends and developments in Social Media 41  Social Media as an alternative public sphere Recommended Books: (Detailed References will be forwarded through e-mail) Digital Media and Community Social Media Connectivity New Media and Journalism SEMESTER VIII

MASS-451 RESEARCH REPORT/PROJECT & VIVA (Cr. hrs 03) Objective: Every student will be requiring conducting research on a carefully select topic under the guidance of his/her teacher and submitting a research report at the end of the semester. The written report will be reviewed and evaluated by an external examiner.

MASS-452 INTERNATIONAL COMMUNICATION (Cr. hrs 03) Course Outline: As Societies throughout the world become increasingly interdependent, an ability to understand and to make use of communications has never been more important. This course will enable the student to assess the role and function of communication in the public sphere and to evaluate the management and practice of communication within the political process as well as between government and citizens, our discussion of international communication is grounded in an exploration of propaganda, since the practices, critique and theories of contemporary international communications. The course covers a wide range of core subjects including, communications theory, culture, media, information technologies and globalization etc. 70 Objectives:  The International Communications course will equip students with:  A solid grounding in mapping and processes of international communication  In-depth knowledge of the structures of communication within an international context  An advanced understanding of debates at the forefront of International communication  Evaluate international communication within the framework of social, cultural, economic, religious and political division of the early 21st century. Course Content: Defining international Communication  Historical perspective  Theorizing International Communication  International Communication in the Internet age  (Imbalance in) International Information flow  The New World Information and Communication Order (NWICO)  Towards an integrative view of balanced information flow  Contra flow of communication: case studies: Middle East, Iran, China and India  International/Transitional Media Organizations  International Broadcast Networks  Globalization of media and corporate expansion  Global homogenization  Cultural hybridity  Revised cultural imperialism  Media of Diaspora  How governments manage their international communications  How governments position themselves and create a national identity and image  Towards an alternative public sphere. Readings: 1. Thussu, Kishan ( 2000). International Communication, New York: Oxford University Press 2. Baran, S. J. (2001). Introduction to mass communication. Media literacy and culture 2001 up date. 71 3. California, London, Toronto: Mayfield Publishing Company. 4. Baran, S. J. Davis, D. K. (2000). Mass communication theory: Foundations, ferment, and future. Ontario: Wadsworth. 5. Barker, Chris.(1999). Television globalization and cultural identities, Buckingham: Open University Press. 6. Cees. J. Hame link. (1983).Cultural autonomy in global communication: Planning national information policy. New York: Longman. 7. Chauhan, S. &Chandra, N.(1997).Modern journalism issues and challenges. Swati. New 8. Esposito, J. L. (1992). The Islamic threat-myth or reality. New York: Oxford University Press. 9. Gurevitch, M.etal. (1982). Culture, society and media. Lincoln, New York; Mathuen. 10. Galtung, J. & Ruge, M. H. (1965).The structure of foreign news. Journal of Peace Research. Oslo.35pp 11. Jaudt, F. E. (1995).Intercultural communication An introduction. UK. New Delhi: Sage. 12. Michael Gurevitch, etal., (1982): Culture, Society and the Media, Mathuen (Loncon and New York). 13. Said, E.W.(1981). Covering Islam New York: Pantheon. 14. Sehultz, D. E. &Kitchen, P. J. (2001).Communicating globally. Chicago: NTC business books. 15. Thussu, D.k. (2000).International communication: Continuity and change, NY, London :Arnold. 16. Thussu, D. K., & Freed man, D.(Eds.).(2003). Warandthemedia:Reportingconflict 24/7. 17. New Delhi: VISTAAR Publication. 18. Thussu, D. k. (1998).(ed).Electronic empires global media and local resistance, NY, London : Arnold.

MASS-453 MASS MEDIA IN SAARC (Cr. hrs 03) Content: 1. Evolution of print media in SAARC countries and its developments 2. Introduction of Radio broadcasting in SAARC Countries and its contemporary development 3. Television broadcasting came to South Asia and its present day growth 4. Film media of SAARC Countries and its role in socio-Cultural arena 5. Cultural in Imperialism in South Asian Media.

MASS-454 TV PROGRAM PRODUCTION (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: The course will impart the elements of selection, writing, editing, compiling and presenting different programmes for TV. It will be a practical course and the students will be expected to produce and present different programmes. 1. Introduction to the Television Environment. 2. The Television Production Process. 3. Types of Television Programs (Documentaries, Current Affairs, and Talk-Shows etc.). 4. Television Camera. 5. Camera Lenses. 6. Camera Operation and Picture Composition. 7. Lighting 8. Sound Control 9. Video-Recording and Storage Systems 10 Production People 11. Field Production 12. Directing and Casting Actors for Television Programs 13 Producing 76 14. Post Production Editing Practical: Students are required to produce and edit their own Final Project for the successful completion of the semester (10-15) minute duration Recommended Books: 1. Anthony, Fried man. (2001). Writing for Visual Media. Boston: Focal Press. 2. Cartwright, Steve R. (1996). Pre-Production Planning of Video Film and Multimedia. Oxford: Focal Press. 3. Cartwright, Steve R. (1996). Training with Video. New York: Knowledge Industry Publications 4. Finberg, Howard I and Itale, Bruce D. (1990). Visual Editing Belmont: Wadsworth Cremer, Charles F.(1996).ENGTelevisionNews3rd Ed.New York: Mc GrawHill. 5. Holland, Patricia.(1997).The Television Hand book. London: Routlege. 6. Kazi, Shahida. (1993). Television Journalism Translated by Auj-eKamal, Karachi: Dunya-e-Adab. 7. Page, David and Crawley, William. (2001). Satellites over South Asia: Broadcasting, Culture and Public Interest. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 8. Sinclair, John. (1996). New Patterns in Global Television New York: Oxford University Press 9. Srivastava, H.O.(2000). Broadcast Technology: A Review. New Delhi: Gyan Books Pvt. Ltd. 10. Thomson, Roy.(1994).Media Grammar of the Editing. Oxford: Focal Press.

MASS-455 RADIO PROGRAM PRODUCTION (Cr. hrs 03) Objectives: The course will impart the elements of selection, writing, editing, compiling and presenting different programmes for radio. It will be a practical course and the students will be expected to produce and present different programmes. 1. Introduction to the Radio Environment. 2. Introduction to the Radio Equipment. 3. Microphones and its Placement. 4. Types of Scripts and Treatment 5 Directing and Casting Actors for Radio Programs 6. Pre-Production for Radio. 7. Types of program Productions 8. Difference between Radio Feature, Radio Documentary, Radio Drama and Montage. 9. Different between FM, AM, SW and MW. 10. Post Production for Radio 11. Trends of FM Radio in public & private sector in Pakistan. Practical Students are required to produce and edit their own Final Project for the successful completion of the semester (15-20) minute duration. Recommended Books: 1. B O’ Donnel, Lewis. (1992). Modern Radio Production. London: Wadsworth Publishing. 2. Boyd, Andrew.(1997).Broad cast Journalism. Oxford. Focal Press. 3. Chantle, Paul. &Harris, Sam. (1997). Local Radio Journalism. Oxford: Focal Press. 4. Crook,Tim.(1988).International Radio Journalism. London: Routledge. 5. Hamelosky, Walter V. (1995).Principles of Media Development. New York: knowledge Industry Publishing. 75 6. Hausman, Carl. (1995).Crafting the News for Electronic Media. California: Wadsworth Publishing. 7. Haider, Sajjad. (1989). Radyai Sahafat. Islamabad: Muqtadira Quomi Zaban. 8. Jank, Hakemulder. (1998). Radio & T.V. Journalism. New Delhi: Arnolds Publishers. 9. Mc leash, Robert. (1999). Radio Production 4th ed. Oxford: Focal Press. 10. Page, David and Crawley, William. (2001). Satellites Over South Asia: Broadcasting, Culture and Public Interest. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 11. Qureshi, Haseen-uddin. (1990) Khabrain Sunye. Karachi: Wish Publications. 12. Rumsey, Farancis. &McCormick, Tim. (1996). Sound Recording Oxford Focal Press. 13. Siddique, Idress. (1990). Radio Journalism in Pakistan. Lahore: Ferozsons. 14. Srivastava, H.O. (2000). Broadcast Technology: A Review. New Delhi: Gyan Books Pvt. ltd. 15. Sterling, Christopher H.(1994).Electronic Media. New York: Praeger. 16. Wilby, Pete.(1996).The Radio Hand book. London: Routledge.

MASS-456 INTERNSHIP (Cr. hrs 03) Internship Objectives: Every student shall be required to join any national media organization as an intern for a period not less than two months. He/she will arrange his/her placement in any media organization with the concurrence of the department. On successful completion and positive report by the media organization, the student will prepare a comprehensive report on what he/she practiced, the introduction of the media organization and any other relevant aspects which the department may deem appropriate to be included in there port.

CURRICULUM OF EDUCATION

BS (4-Year)

THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY, MULTAN THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN BS EDUCATION PROGRAM SCHEME OF STUDIES From 2017-Onwards

Duration: 4yr (8 Semesters) Total Credit Hours: 133 SEMESTER-I

Course Code. Course Title Credit Hours ISL-101 Islamic studies 2+0 ENG-101 English –I 3+0 EDU-103 Foundations of Education 3+0 EDU-104 Development of Education in Pakistan 3+0 GSCI-101 Content Course-I 3+0 (G. science) SOC-101 Content Course –I(introduction to Sociology) 3+0 Total 17

SEMESTER -ll

Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour ENG-102 English II 3+0 MATH-101 Mathematics 3+0 EDU-109 Critical thinking and reflecting practices 3+0 EDU-110 Human development and learning 3+0 ECON-101 Content Course –II Introduction to Economics 3+0 PSY-102 Content Course –II Introduction to psychology 3+0 Total 18

SEMESTER-lll

Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour PAKS-101 Pakistan Studies 2+0 COMP-104 Computer literacy 3+0 ENG-201 English –III 3+0 HIST-102 Content Course –III Introduction to History 3+0 EDU-205 Content Course III How Children Learn 3+0 EDU-206 General Methods of teaching 3+0 Total 17

SEMESTER-lV

Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour ECON-425 Content Course –Iv Entrepreneurship 3+0 ENG-202 Content Course-Iv English 4 3+0 EDU-209 Guidance and Counseling 3+0 EDU-210 Classroom Assessment 3+0 EDU-211 Classroom Management 3+0 EDU-212 Supervised School Experience / 3+0 Observation/Visits Total 18

SEMESTER-V

Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour EDU-301 Curriculum Development 3+0 EDU-302 School community and Teacher 3+0 EDU-303 Content Course -v Child Development 3+0 EDU-304 Content Course-v Educational Psychology 3+0 EDU-305 Pedagogy -I Research Orientation in Education 3+0 EDU-306 Pedagogy-II Philosophical perspectives of 3+0 Education 18 Total

Semester-Vl

Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour

EDU-307 Research Methods in Education 3+0

EDU - 308 Pedagogy -iii(Methods of Teaching related to 3+0 Specialization)-I EDU-309 Pedagogy-iv (Methods of Teaching related to 3+0 specialization)-II EDU-310 Test Development and Evaluation 3+0 EDU-311 Teaching Practice(Theory) 3+0 STAT-101 Introduction to Statistics 3+0 Total 18

Area of specialization (Each student will have to opt one area of specialization out of specialization out of the following containing to courses.)

Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour EDU-308 Teaching of Mathematics 3+0 EDU-309 Teaching of Physics 3+0 EDU-312 Teaching of Chemistry 3+0 EDU-313 Teaching of Biology 3+0 EDU-314 Teaching of English 3+0 EDU-315 Teaching of Urdu 3+0 EDU-316 Teaching of Pak Studies 3+0 EDU-317 Teaching of Islamic Studies 3+0

SEMESTER-Vll Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour EDU-401 Inclusive Education 3+0 EDU-402 Contemporary Issues and Trends in Education 3+0 EDU-403 Research Project 3+0 EDU-404 Comparative Education 3+0 COMP-101 Information Communication Technology (ICT) 3+0 Total 15

SEMESTER-Vlll

Course Code. Course Title Credit Hour EDU 405 Educational Management and Leadership 3+0 EDU 406 Teaching Practice (Long Term/practical) 3+3 EDU 407 Environmental Education 3+0 Total 12

Note: 4 years BS Education program will be completed by the submission of projects and its Viva (non Credit Hours and marks)

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 1st Course Code: ENG-101 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: English-I Marks: 100 Objective The students will be able to:  Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking. COURSE OUTLINE: Basics of Grammar Chapter 1: Parts of speech and their functions 1.1.1 Noun 1.1.2 Pronoun 1.1.3 Verb 1.1.4 Adverb 1.1.5 Adjective 1.1.6 Conjunctions 1.1.7 Inter junctions

Chapter 2: Uses of articles Chapter 3: Sentence skills 3.1 Classification by purpose 3.1.1 Declarative 3.1.2 Interrogative 3.1.3 Imperative 3.1.4 Exclamative 3.2 Classification by structure 3.2.1 Complex 3.2.2 Compound 3.2.3 Compound complex

Chapter 4: Analysis of Phrase and Clause Chapter 5: Preposition Chapter 6: Transitive and Intransitive Verbs Chapter 7: Active and Passive Voice Chapter 8: Speaking Skills 8.1 Communication via Dialogue formation 8.2 Expressing your likes and dislikes 8.3 Group discussion 8.4 My dreams 8.5 Picture description 8.6 Games activities

Chapter 9: Reading skills 9.1 Aims of Reading 9.2 Kinds of Reading 9.3 Faulty Reading Habits 9.4 SQ3Rs

Chapter 10: Writing skills 10.1 Controlled to Free Writing (Paragraph Writing) Chapter 11: Dictionary skills 11.1 Meanings 11.2 Usage 11.3 Pronunciation 11.4 Syllabications 11.5 Etymology 11.6 Stress 11.7 Parts of speech 11.8 Synonyms 11.9 Antonyms

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 1.Third edition.Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492 2. Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2.Third edition.Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506 b) Writing Writing.Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet.Oxford Supplementary Skills.Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0 19 435405 7 Pages 20-27 and 35-41. c) Reading/Comprehension Reading. Upper Intermediate.Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis.Oxford Supplementary Skills.Third Impression 1992.ISBN 0 19 453402 2.d) Speaking

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 1st Course Code: Edu-103 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Foundation of Education Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Explain the important features of foundation of education  Specify the role of educational thinkers in education  Discuss the modes of education  Discuss historical development of Pakistan  Evaluate the issues and problems of education.

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Ideological foundation of Pakistan 1.1: Definition 1.2: Islamic concepts of Education 1.3: Islamic aims of Education 1.4: Ideology and Teachers Chapter 2: Philosophical foundation of Pakistan 2.1: Main philosophical Thoughts 2.2: Idealism and its Characteristics 2.3: Realism and its Characteristics 2.4: Pragmatism and its Characteristics 2.5: Re-constructionism and its Characteristics Chapter 3: Psychological foundation of Pakistan 3.1: Definition of learning and Maturation 3.2: Individual differences among students 3.3: Self Control Chapter 4: Socio-Economic foundation of Pakistan 4.1: Basic Needs Of students 4.2: Concepts of Society and Culture 4.3: Economic conditions and Education 4.4: Social conditions and Education Chapter 5: Problems and issues of Education in Pakistan 5.1: Literacy 5.2: Levels (Primary, Secondary, Higher) (Meanings, Objectives, Problems and Suggestions) 5.3: Factors effecting students learning Chapter 6: Aims of education in Pakistan 6.1: Qualities of a good Teacher 6.2: Role of a Teacher and Student in Classroom 6.3: The Holy Prophet (P.B.U.H) as a Teacher 6.4: Aims and objectives of education in Pakistan

RECOMMENDED BOOK

Canestrari, A. (2009). Foundations of Education. New York: Sage Publications. Eugene, F.P. (2005). Critical issues in education: Anthology of reading. New York: Sage Publications. Goldblatt, P.F., & Smith, D. (2005).Cases for teacher development. New York: Sage Publications. Holt, L.C. (2005). Instructional patterns: Strategies for maximizing students learning. Murphy, D. (2005). Foundations/Introduction to Teaching. USA: Allyn& Bacon, Inc.New York: Sage Publications. Semel, S. F. (2010). Foundations of education: The essential texts. USA: Routledge

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 1st Course Code: Edu-104 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Development of Education in Pakistan Objectives The students will be able to:  Understand role of Islamic values and ideology of Pakistan in education.  Decipher the nature and purposes of education in the Mughal empire, the British period and post-independence period.  Delineate the historic roots and subsequent  Development of the madrassah education.  Evaluate education in Pakistan in the light of different policies and plans.  Critically analyze educational development at different levels of education i.e. Pre-primary education, Primary education, Elementary education, secondary education and higher education.

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Education its meaning, data and functions 1.1 Definitions and Derivations 1.2 Education as a Process 1.3 Aims of Education

Chapter 2: Ideological Basis of Education 2.1 Definitions and meanings of Ideology 2.2 Islamic concepts of Education 2.3 Role of Islamic Ideology in development of education 2.4 Education for Moral Development and Character building

Chapter 3: The Formal System of Education 3.1 The structure of Education 3.2 Elements of Education 3.3 Role of Teacher in formal Education Chapter 4: History of Education in Pakistan 4.1 Main features and achievements in Education during Muslims in the Sub- continent. 4.2 British education and its impact on the educational life of Muslims 4.3 Study of” Muslims education movements ‘’,Contribution of Deoband ,Ali Gharh,JamiaMilia, Anjuman-e-Himayatul Islam , Sindh Madersat –ul-Islam. Chapter 5: Education as an agent of Change 5. 1 Meaning and factors of social change 5.2 Education as a factor in Social change

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

Al-Naqib-al-Attas, Syed Muhammad (1979). Aims and Objectives of Education, Jeddah: King Abdul Aziz University. Iqbal Muhammad, (1999). The Reconstruction of Religious thought in Islam, Lahore: Shaikh Muhammad Ashraf. John, S. Brubacher (1987). Modern Philosophies of Education, New Delhi: TATA McGraw Hill Publication Co. Mansoor, A. Qureshi, (1983). Some Aspects of Muslim Education, Lahore: Universal Books.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 1st Course Code: GSCI-101 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: General Science Objectives The students will be able to:  Teach General Science effectively at elementary level in an innovative and creative manner.

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Physical Science 1.1 Universe and Cosmos ,Big Bang and the expending universe ,Age of Universe ,Black holes, Galaxy ,Milky way, Stars, Solar System

Chapter 2: Earth Science 2.1 Structure of earth, magnetic field, atmosphere and life, plate tectonics, drifting continents, minerals, continental shelf, and earth quakes, volcanoes, hurricanes, cyclones.

Chapter 3: Physics 3.1 The Nature of matter, Atomic no. Atomic mass, Symbol, and Isotopes, Quantum theory, Nucleus of an atom, Quark, Radioactivity, Half-life, Radioactive dating, Hooks law, elastically the kinetic theory of gases, Solutions, Mixtures, Compounds, Freezing of water, Thermodynamics.

Chapter 4: Chemistry 4.1 The atomic theory of Matter ,Atomic ,Elements ,Molecules ,Compounds ,mixtures ,Chemical symbols ,Chemical bonding ,chemical reactions ,Coil ,Age metals ,Carbon and carbon cycle ,Fertilizers ,Soaps ,and Detergents

Chapter 5: Biological science 5.1 Basis of life ,Classification of animals ,Classification of man ,Major animal groups ,Cell ,Genes ,Nucleic acids ,Proteins ,Enzymes ,Metabolism ,Biochemical energy ,Hormones ,and Endocrine glands ,Chemical nature of hormones ,Vaccines, Antibiotics ,Photosynthesis ,Respirators.

Chapter 6: Human physiology and Anatomy 6.1 Bones and muscles, digestive system, Circulatory system and excretory system, Nervous system.

Chapter 7: Environmental Science 7.1 Atmosphere, Ozone depletion, Pollution, Acid rain.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS Lawson, Anton. E. (1995). “Science teaching and development of thinking”. California: Wadsworth publishing company RehmanMehmooda (1999).“Teaching of science and mathematics”. Peshawar: Ijaz printer, Pakistan Department of Education

BS 4 Years Program Semester: 1st Course Code: SOC-101 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course II Introduction to Sociology Objectives The students will be able to:  Understand the concepts of society and social values in promoting education  Recognize the role of language in shaping the culture identity and role of language policy in the creation of national identity  Evaluate the educational impact of social institutions family, media and neighborhood

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 Definition ,Scope and Subject Matter 1.2 Sociology as a science 1.3 Historical Background of Sociology

Chapter 2: Basic Concepts 2.1 Group, Community, Society 2.2 Associations 2.2.1 Non Voluntary 2.2.2 Voluntary 2.3 Organization 2.3.1 Informal 2.3.2 Formal 2.4 Social Interactions 2.4.1 Levels of social interactions 2.5 Process of social interactions 2.5.1 Cooperation 2.5.2 Competition 2.5.3 Conflicts 2.5.4 Accommodation 2.5.5 Acculturation and Diffusions 2.5.6 Assimilation 2.5.7 Amalgamations

Chapter 3: Social Change 3.1 Definitions& Functions 3.2 Types of Social Groups 3.2.1 In and out groups 3.2.2 Primary and secondary groups 3.2.3 References Groups 3.2.4 Informal and Formal groups 3.2.5 Pressure Groups

Chapter 4: Culture 4.1 Definitions, aspects and characteristics of culture 4.1.1 Material and non material culture 4.1.2 Ideal and real culture 4.2 Elements of Culture 4.2.1 Beliefs 4.2.2 Values 4.3 Norms and Social Change 4.4 Organization of Culture 4.4.1 Traits 4.4.2 Complexes 4.4.3 Patterns 4.4.4 Ethos 4.4.5 Themes 4.5 Other related Concepts 4.5.1 Cultural Relativism 4.5.2 Sub Cultures 4.5.3 Ethnocentrism and Xenocentrism 4.5.4 Cultural Lag

Chapter 5: Socialization & Personality 5.1 Personality, Factors in Personality Formation 5.2 Socialization, Agencies of Socialization 5.3 Role &Status

Chapter 6: Deviance and Social Control 6.1 Deviance and its types 6.2 Social control and its need 6.3 Forms of Social Control 6.4 Methods & Agencies of social Control

Chapter 7: Collective Behavior 7.1 Collective behavior ,its types 7.2 Crowd Behavior 7.3 Public opinion 7.4 Propaganda 7.5 Social movement 7.6 Leadership

RECOMMENDED BOOKS Macionis.Jhon.j. 2006. 10th Edition, Sociology, New Jersey Prentice Hall James, M. Henslin. 2004. Sociology; A down to Earth Approach Torantoo; Allen and Bacon

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 2nd Course Code: ENG-102 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: English II Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Grammar 1.1 Phrases and Types 1.2 Clauses and Types 1.3 Sentences and Types 1.4 Verbs (Auxiliary & Modals) 1.5 Using Cohesive Devices (e.g. Connectives)

Chapter 2: Speaking Skills 2.1 Speaking through Pictures 2.2 Group Discussion 2.3 Taking part in Tutorial 2.4 Presentation Skills _Introduction to presentation skills

Chapter 3: Reading Skills 3.1 Skimming ----} (Skimming for the main Idea) 3.2 Scanning -----} (Scanning for specific information) 3.3 Identifying main idea / topic sentence 3.4 Distinguishing between facts & opinions 3.5 Inference & Predication 3.6 Differentiating between main idea and supporting details 3.7 Recognizing and Interpreting Cohesive devices

Chapter 4: Writing Skills 4.1 Outlining 4.2 Generating Ideas through different strategies 4.3 Note-taking and Note-making 4.4 Describing yourself 4.5 Introducing yourself 4.6 Brainstorming, Flow charts, Mind maps 4.7 Paragraph writing: 4.7.1 Descriptive 4.7.2 Narrative 4.7.3 Persuasive 4.8 Simple Application 4.9 Writing Emails 4.10 Letter Writing ------} [ Invitation Letters, Social Letters, Letter to the Editor]

Chapter 5: Vocabulary Building 5.1 Vocabulary from the context

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Cook V. (1991). Second Language Learning and Language Teaching, 2nd ed. London, Arnold Mohammad. T. (1998). Modern Appraoches to the Teaching of English as Second Language, Lahore: Majeed Book Depot. Murcia, M.C. (1991), Teaching English as a Second Foreign Language, 2nd Ed. New Bury House: A Division of Harper Collins Publishers. Rob Nohand (1993). Conversation, London: Oxford University Press. Sheikh. N. A. (1998). Teaching of English as a Second Language. Lahore: Carvan Book House.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 2nd Course Code: EDU-109 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Critical Thinking and Reflecting Practices Objectives The students will be able to:  Differentiate between 'Good' and 'Bad' bent of mind  Ask and analyze thought provoking Questions  Understand the relationship of critical thinking with reading and writing  Foster rational motivation among the students.  Apply critical thinking in different content areas  Develop the habit of contributive thinking  Understand the concept and role of reflection and reflective practice as a tool for raising critical consciousness  Use reflection as a tool of inquiry into practice

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Introduction: 1.1 Introduction To the Fundamentals of Critical Thinking 1.2 Why Critical Thinking Matters? 1.3 Critical Thinking And the Process of Analysis 1.3.1 Teaching Student to Think Theoretically 1.3.2 Teaching Students to Think Empirically

Chapter 2: Strategies and Techniques to develop critical 2.1 Brain Storming 2.2 Concept Mapping 2.3 Generalization and Testing the Limits 2.4 Venn Diagram 2.5 Logical Reasoning Chapter 3: Critical Thinking an Art of Questioning 3.1 Critical Thinking and Socratic Questioning 3.2 Teaching Students to Ask Good Questions & Follow up the Implications of Thoughts 3.3 Teaching Students to narrate, analyze, and evaluate their own ‘Points’ 3.4 View and of others 3.5 Open and close ended Questions Chapter 4: Critical Thinking and Its Applications 4.1 Interrogating the Text 4.2 Primary and secondary Sources 4.3 Characteristics of Academic Text 4.4 Status of Evidence 4.5 Status of the Author 4.6 Comparing and Contrasting Different Sources Chapter 5: Introduction to Reflection 5.1 Meaning of Reflection on practice/educational issues 5.2 Significance of Reflection for Teacher Chapter 6: Major Proponents of Reflective Practice 6.1 Jhon Dewy 6.2 L.Stanhouse 6.3 D.Schon Chapter 7: Process and Techniques of Reflection 7.1 Process of Reflection 7.2 Major techniques and strategies (critical incident, analysis, Keeping reflective journals, peer coaching, action research) 7.3 Skills for Reflection Chapter 8: Application of skills and approaches to reflection 8.1 Systematic reflection throughout the coursework 8.2 Identify key questions for their own role

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

Ayoukarm, Govald (1989), Modern Methods and Techniques of Teachings Philadephia. Open University press 1 Baron, J. and Sternberg, R, (Eds.) (1987) Teaching thinking skills: theory and practice, New York: Freeman. Barrow, R. (1990) Understanding Skills: Thinking, Feeling and Caring. London, Ontario: Althouse. Beyer. B. K. (1987) Practical strategies for the teaching of thinking. Boston: Allyn and Bacon. Chipman, S., Segat, J. and GIaser, R, (1985) Thinking and Learning Skills, Volume 2. Research and Open Questions. HiNsdale, New Jersey: Eribaum. Costa, A.L. and Lowery, L.F. (1990) Techniques for teaching thinking, Melbourne: Hawker Brownlow. Finn, B. (1991) Young People's Participation in Post-compulsory Education and Training. Report of the Australian Education Council Review Committee. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 2nd Course Code: EDU-110 Cr.hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Human Development and Learning Objectives The students will be able to:  Basic concepts in human development, growth and learning;  Process of human development and its classroom application;  Various aspects and stages of human development  Different approaches to human learning  Individual differences and their effect on teaching learning

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 Definitions of Human Development and Growth 1.2 Difference between Growth and Development 1.3 General Principles of Human Development 1.4 Factors influencing Human Development 1.5 A Frame work for studying Human Development Chapter 2: Physical Development

2.1 Concept and definition of individuals 2.2 Physical Development from Infancy to Adolescence 2.3 Physical Characteristics of Learners of: 2.4 Preschool and Kindergarten 2.5 Primary level 2.6 Elementary level 2.7 Secondary level 2.8 Higher Secondary level 2.9 Role of Teacher in Physical Development

Chapter 3: Intellectual Development 3.1 Intellectual Development from Infancy to Adolescence 3.2 Intellectual Characteristics of Learners of: 3.3 Preschool and Kindergarten 3.4 Primary level 3.5 Elementary level 3.6 Secondary level 3.7 Higher Secondary level 3.8 Role of Teacher in Intellectual Development Chapter 4: Social Development 4.1 Social Development from Infancy to Adolescence 4.2 Social Characteristics of Learners of: 4.3Preschool and Kindergarten 4.4Primary level 4.5 Elementary level 4.6 Secondary level 4.7 Higher Secondary level 4.8 Role of Teacher in social Development Chapter 5: Emotional Development 5.1 Emotional Development from Infancy to Adolescence 5.2 Emotional Characteristics of Learners of: 5.3 Preschool and Kindergarten 5.4 Primary level 5.5 Elementary level 5.6 Secondary level 5.7 Higher Secondary level 5.8 Role of Teacher in Emotional Development

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 2nd Course Code: PSY-102 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-II Introduction to Psychology-II Objectives The students will be able to:  describe in detail the multidisciplinary nature of educational psychology  familiarize students with basic theories derived from various discipline which are related to education  develop critical thinking about and appreciation of education psychology as multidisciplinary subject  familiarize with the concept of test development

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Historical Background of Psychology 1.1 Greek Period 1.2 Development of Psychology as a Science 1.3 Schools of Psychology 1.4 Perspectives in Psychology

Chapter 2: Research Methods in Psychology 2.1 Observation Method: 2.1.1 Introspection 2.1.2 External Observation 2.2 Survey Method 2.3 Interview Method 2.4 Experimental Method 2.5 Case Study Method

Chapter 3: Biological Basis of Behavior 3.1 Nervous System 3.2 Central Nervous System 3.3 Brain and Spinal Cord 3.4 Autonomic Nervous System 3.5 Sympathetic Nervous System 3.6 Para Sympathetic Nervous System

Chapter 4: Sensation 4.1 Five Senses 4.2 Structure and Function of Eyes 4.3 Structure and Function of Ear 4.4 Structure and Function of Nose 4.5 Structure and Function of Tongue 4.6 Structure and Function of Skin

Chapter 5: Perception 5.1 Definition 5.2 Depth Perception 5.3 Laws of Perceptual Organization

Chapter 6: Attention 6.1 Definition 6.2 Span of Attention 6.3 Fluctuation in Attention 6.4 Conditions of Attention

RECOMMENDED BOOKS Ormrod, Jeane, (2010) Educational Psychology: Developing Learners: Pearson Santrock, John W., (2001) Educational Psychology, USA. Mc-Graw-Hill Anita Woolfolk; Educational Psychology, USA. Meggitt, C. (2006). “Child Development An illustrated Guide” (2nd edition). New York: The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Merman, A& Bronson, P. (2009). “Nature Shock: New thinking about children”. New York: Hachette Book Group. Santrock, J.W. (2001) “Educational Psychology”. Boston: McGraw Hill. Santrock, J.W. (2003). “Child Development”, New York: McGraw Hill. Vander Zanden, J. W. (1997) “Child Development”. (6th Edition). New York: The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 2nd Course Code: ECON-101 Cr.hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-II Introduction to Economics-I Objectives The students will be able to;  Impart comprehensive and high standard knowledge of the subject.  Make use of the modern quantitative techniques for practical implications  Make them competent in the modern structure of job market

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 Nature, Scope and importance of Economics, Microeconomics vs. Macroeconomics, Scarcity and choice, Opportunity cost, Factors of Production, Production possibility frontier.

Chapter 2. Demand, Supply and Equilibrium 2.1 Concepts of demand and supply, Determinants of demand and supply, Law of demand and supply ,Market Equilibrium, Shifts in demand and supply curves, and market Equilibrium ,Concept of elasticity, Price, Income and cross elasticity of demand, Laws of supply, Price of Elasticity of supply, Different determinants of Elasticity of demands and supply, Importance of elasticity of demand and supply.

Chapter 3: Theory of Consumer Behavior 3.1 Utility Function, Different types of utility, Law of diminishing marginal utility, Law of Equi-marginal utility, Consumer Equilibrium.

Chapter 4: Theory of Production Cost and Revenue 4.1 Factors of production and their rewards, Production Function, Laws of Returns, Cost of Production (Short run and Long run), Revenue Analysis under perfect and imperfect competition, Concept of profit.

Chapter 5: Market Structures 5.1 Perfect competition and Imperfect competition, assumptions and price / output determination under Perfect competition and Imperfect competition.

Chapter 6: National Income 6.1 Concepts of National Income, Measurement of National Income, Importance and Difficulties in measurement of National Income. Chapter 7: Macroeconomics Issues 7.1 Concepts of Inflation, unemployment, Balance of payment, Exchange rate and business Cycles, Monetary and Fiscal policies and their role in the economy.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS Frey, B. S., &Osterloh, M. (Eds.). (2001). Successful management by motivation: Balancing intrinsic and extrinsic incentives. Springer Science & Business Media. Senge, P. M., Scharmer, C. O., Jaworski, J., & Flowers, B. S. (2004). Presence: Human purpose and the field of the future. Cambridge, Mass.: SoL. Krutilla, J. V., & Fisher, A. C. (1975).The economics of natural environments. Resources for the future, Washington, DC. Jordan, P. W. (2002). Designing pleasurable products: An introduction to the new human factors.CRC press.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 2nd Course Code: MATH-101 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Mathematics Objectives The students will be able to:  Describe the nature, history and development of mathematics at elementary level in Pakistan  Acquire the skills and competencies required for the  Teaching of mathematics at elementary level  Apply effectively the various methods of teaching mathematics  Know and use techniques and strategies of teaching mathematics at elementary level  Make and use teaching aids effectively

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Preliminaries 1.1 Real number System, complex numbers, Introduction to sets, set operations, Functions, types of functions. Chapter 2: Matrices 2.1 Introduction to matrices, types, matrix inverse, determinates, system of linear equations, Cramer`s Rule. Chapter 3: Quadratic Equations: 3.1 Solution of quadratic Equations, qualitative analysis of roots of a quadratic equations, equations reducible to quadratic equations cube roots of utility, relation between roots and coefficients of quadratic equations. Chapter 4: Sequences and Series 4.1 Arithmetic progression, geometric progression, harmonic progression. Chapter 5: Binomial Theorems 5.1 Introduction to the mathematical induction, binomial theorem with rational and irrational indices, `Trigonometry`. Fundamentals of Trigonometry, trigonometric identities.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Kaufmann. J. E., „College Algebra and Trigonometry‟, PWS-Kent Company, Boston, Latest Edition. Swokowski. E. W., „Fundamentals of Algebra and Trigonometry‟, Latest Edition. Walpole, R. E., „Introduction of Statistics‟, Prentice Hall, Latest Edition. Wilcox, R. R., „Statistics for The Social Sciences’,

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 3rd Course Code: COMP-104 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Computer Literacy Objectives The students will be able to:  Define computer terminology  Identify the basic components of a computer and describe the function of each.  use the keyboard to interact with the computer  Describe different applications of computers in education.  Develop skills to use computer in educational settings.  Communicate through computer with friends, and teachers in and outside the country.  Use computer for research, data analysis and presentations

COURSE OUTLINE: 1.1 Introduction to Computers, Concepts, Functions, Applications, Hardware. 1.2 Types of Computers. 1.3 Input/output Devices. 1.4 Software 1.5 System software 1.6 Application software 1.7 Customized Software 1.8 Word Processing. 1.9 Spreadsheet. 1.10 Tools of Statistical Analyses Using Computer. 1.11 Database Application. 1.12 Internet Browser. 1.13 E-mail: Personal Organizers. 1.14 Multimedia Applications. 1.15 Business Applications. 1.16 Accounts. Payroll. 1.17 Production. 1.18 Market Planning

RECOMMENDED BOOKS Faden, P.D., and Vogel, R.M. (2003). Methods of Teaching, Boston: Mc-Graw Hills. Joyce, B., Weil M., and Calhoun, E. (2000). Models of Teaching, 6th ed. Boston: Allyn and Bacon. Norton, P. (2000). Introduction to Computers 5th ed; New York: Mc-Graw Hill Book Co. Norton, P. (2003). Introduction to Computers, 5th ed., New York: McGraw-Hill Book Co. Norton, P., & Spragu, D. (2001). Technology for Teaching, Boston: Allyn and Bacon. Sharma, A. (1999). Modern Educational Technology, New Delhi: Prentice-Hall. Sharma, S. R. (2000). Effective Classroom Teaching Modern Methods, Tools and Techniques. Jaipur: Mangal Deep Publications. Shelly, G. B. & Vermaat, M. E. (2008). Discovering Computer. Pakistan: Book Media

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 3rd Course Code: ENG-201 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: English-III Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Enable the students to meet their real life communication needs  Identify and prepare activities for developing four skills  Apply modern methods and approaches in teaching of English

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Grammar 1.1 Phrasal Verbs 1.2 Commonly confused words (e.g. Homonyms, Homographs, Homophones) 1.3 Effective word choice 1.3.1 Slang 1.3.2 Clichés 1.3.3 Pretentious words 1.3.4 Wordiness Chapter 2: Writing Skills 2.1 Essay writing 2.1.1 Descriptive 2.1.2 Narrative 2.1.3 Analytical 2.1.4 Persuasive 2.2 Precise writing/Summarizing (Rules and Practice) 2.3 Technical Report writing 2.4 Academic vocabulary study (Reading passage and Exercises)

Chapter 3: Presentation Skills 3.2 Discussion and practice 3.2 Oral communication 3.3 Picture discussion

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 3rd Course Code: HIST-102 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-III Introduction to History-I Objectives The students will be able to:  make students aware of the nature of historical knowledge and research  Introduce to the students about the basic concepts and controversies related to historical understanding  Inculcate among the students a sense of historical evaluation of human knowledge, development and progress.  Inculcate among the students a sense of critical thinking

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: 1.1 What is History? Chapter 2: 2.1 Nature and Scope of History Chapter 3: 3.1 Benefits of History 3.2 History as a corrective force 3.3 History as a repetitive force

Chapter 4: 4.1 Branches of History 4.1.1 Political 4.1.2 Cultural 4.1.3 Social 4.1.4 Economical

Chapter 5: 5.1 Relationship of History with other social sciences Chapter 6: 6.1 Causation Chapter 7: 7.1 Objectivity and Subjectivity Chapter 8: 8.1 Classification of History 8.2 Narrative History 8.3 Scientific History 8.3.1 Philosophy of History 8.3.2 Future History 8.3.3

RECOMMENDED BOOKS Carr, E.H, What is History? Harmondsworth, 1961 Govranski, History Meaning is Method, USA, 1969. Ranjit Guha, The Small Voice of History, Delhi, 2010.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 3rd Course Code: Edu-205 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-III How Children Learn-II Objectives The students will be able to:  Demonstrate an understanding of individual differences of students  Practice appropriate teaching methods for students

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Introduction to learning 1.1 Definition, characteristics 1.2 Concepts of learning in class 3 1.3 Role of teacher in learning process 1.4 Classroom atmosphere to learn Chapter 2: The Learner 2.1 Who is Learner? 2.2 Conditions that effect learner (Abilities, Motivation, Interest, Aptitude) 2.3 Needs of learner Chapter 3: Motivation cause to learn 3.1 Concepts of Motivation 3.2 How children learn with Motivation 3.3 Role of Reinforcement in children learning 3.4 Significance of motivation in children learning

Chapter 4: Teaching strategies and learner 4.1 Strategies which cause to learn 4.2 Use of different teaching methods 4.3 Teaching aids and learner

Chapter 5: Individual Differences in learning 5.1 Defecation of face 5.2 Ways in which individual differ 5.3 Steps to absorb the difference of the Learners 5.4 Utility of the knowledge of individual differences for a teacher Chapter 6: Guidance and Counseling 6.1 Definitions, difference between guidance and counseling 6.2 Principles of guidance and counseling 6.3 Important Role in learning 6.4 Psychological problems of learner and Islamic guidance

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Arif, H. A. (2003) Human Development and Learning. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot. Berk, L. E. (2006) Child Development. (7th Edition). Pearson Prentice Hall: Pearson Education, Inc. Dembo, M.H. (1994) Applying Educational Psychology (5th Edition). New York: Longman. Mehnaz Aziz (2007), Assessing children’s Development through observation, Children‟s Global Network Pakistan. Santrock, J.W. (2001) “Educational Psychology”. Boston: McGraw Hill. Santrock, J.W. (2003). “Child Development”, New York: McGraw Hill. Vander Zanden, J. W. (1997) “Child Development”. (6th Edition). New York: The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 3rd Course Code: Edu-206 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: General Methods of Teaching Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Explain the basic concepts of teaching.  Demonstrate the essential attributes of the effective teacher.  Describe the importance and types of teacher planning...  Practice different teaching methods in classroom.  Organize classroom discussion and demonstrate its appropriate use.  Apply various techniques to motivate students.  Select appropriate audio visual aids in classroom teaching.  Prepare lesson plans.

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Concepts of Learning 1.1 Introduction and Importance of Teaching 1.2 Teaching Variables 1.3 Operations in Teaching 1.4 Principles of Teaching 1.5 Features of Teaching 1.6 Pedagogical Models of Teaching Chapter 2: Effective Teaching 2.1 Qualities of Effective Teaching 2.2 Effective Teacher’s Behavior 2.3 Concept of Learning Process 2.4 Various Facts of Learning Process 2.5 Factors Affecting learning process-Classroom Implications 2.6 Role of Teachers in learning process 2.7 Helping Behaviors of Teacher related to Effective Teaching 2.8 Media and Teaching Methods Chapter 3: Instructional Technology and Teaching 3.1 Concepts of Instructional Techniques 3.2 Purpose of Instructional Technology 3.3 Instructional Technology and Teaching Methods Chapter 4: Bloom, Taxonomy of Instructional Objectives 4.2 Writing Instructional Objectives 4.3 Domains of Educational Objectives 4.3.1 Cognitive 4.3.2 Affective 4.3.3 Psychomotor Domains

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Allen, Mendler, (2009).”Motivating Students Who Don't Care”: Successful Techniques for Educators. Amazon.com

Arends, R.I. (2007) “Learning to Teach” (7th Edition, McGraw Hill International Edition). Boston: McGraw Hill.

Ellington, H et al. (2005) “Handbook of Educational Technology” (3rd Edition). London: Kogan Page Limited.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 4th Course Code: ECON-425 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Content Course-IV Entrepreneurship-I Objectives The students will be able to:  Know the nature of Entrepreneurship  Identify personal attributes that enable best use if Entrepreneurship opportunities  Explore Entrepreneurship leadership and management styles

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Introduction to Entrepreneurship 1.1 What is Entrepreneurship, its definition, importance and its process? 1.2 Types of Entrepreneurship and their characteristics.

Chapter 2: Issues Affecting Entrepreneurship 2.1 Characteristics of today`s economy. 2.2 Changing world of work. 2.3 Social responsibility and ethics. 2.4 Entrepreneurial start-up issues.

Chapter 3: Researching the Entrepreneurial Feasibility 3.1 Generating & evaluating ideas. 3.2 Researching competitors. 3.3 Researching financing option and evaluating financing options.

Chapter 4: Planning the Entrepreneur 4.1 Developing organizational vision 4.2 Organizational culture issues. 4.3 Importance of understanding culture. 4.4 Developing and writing the entrepreneur.

Chapter 5: Managing Process 5.1 Making decisions 5.2 Measuring & evaluating organizational performance. 5.3 Stimulating and making changes - being a change agent. 5.4 Human resource management issues. 5.5 Motivating employees. 5.6 Managing conflict

RECOMMENDED BOOKS Senge, P. M., Scharmer, C. O., Jaworski, J., & Flowers, B. S. (2004). Presence: Human purpose and the field of the future. Cambridge, Mass.: SoL. Phan, P. H. C., Venkataraman, S., &Velamuri, S. R. (Eds.). (2008). Entrepreneurship in emerging regions around the world: Theory, evidence and implications. Edward Elgar Publishing. Frey, B. S., &Osterloh, M. (Eds.). (2001). Successful management by motivation: Balancing intrinsic and extrinsic incentives. Springer Science & Business Media. Cuervo, Á.,Ribeiro, D., &Roig, S. (2007). Entrepreneurship: Concepts, Theory and Perspective. Introduction.In Entrepreneurship (pp. 1-20).Springer Berlin Heidelberg. El Ebrashi, R. (2013). Social entrepreneurship theory and sustainable social impact. Social Responsibility Journal, 9(2), 188-209.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 4th Course Code: ENG-202 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Content Course-IV English 4 Marks: 100 Objective The students will be able to:  Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Letter Writing 1.1 Formal Letter: 1.2 Good News Letter 1.3 Bad News Letter 1.4 Special Letters: 1.5 Letters of Congratulations 1.6 Letters about reservation 1.7 Letters if Invitation 1.8 Letters of Condolence

Chapter 2: Technical Communication 2.1. Report Writing 2.2 Technical Report writing. 2.3 Investigation Report writing. 2.4 Short report writing. 2.5 Professional Skills 2.6 CV writing & Job Application 2.7 Job Application 2.8 Interview skills

Chapter 3: English Literature 3.1 Poetry 3.1.1 The man he killed (Thomas Hardy) 3.1.2 Across the Indus (Taufeeq Rafat) 3.1.3 Meeting at Night (Robert Browning) 3.1.4 Stopping by Woods on a Snowy Evening (Robert Frost) 3.1.5 We are Seven (William Wordsworth) 3.1.6 Echoing Green ( William Blake) 3.2 Prose & Essays: 3.2.1 Three days to see (Helen Keller). 3.2.2 Of Marriage & Single Life (Francis Bacon). 3.2.3 Of Parents and Children (Francis Bacon). 3.3 Short Story 3.3.1 The Necklace (Maupassant). 3.3.2 TA-NA-E-KA (Mary White bird)

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 1. Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313492 Practical English Grammar by A.J. Thomson and A.V. Martinet. Exercises 2. Third edition. Oxford University Press. 1997. ISBN 0194313506 b) Writing Writing. Intermediate by Marie-Christine Boutin, Suzanne Brinand and Francoise Grellet. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Fourth Impression 1993. ISBN 0 19 435405 7 Pages 20-27 and 35-41. c) Reading/Comprehension Reading. Upper Intermediate. Brain Tomlinson and Rod Ellis. Oxford Supplementary Skills. Third Impression 1992. ISBN 0 19 453402 2. d) Speaking Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 4th Course Code: EDU-209 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Guidance and Counseling Marks: 100 Objective The students will be able to:  Demonstrate knowledge of the importance of guidance and counseling to support the teacher’s role in the classroom  Explain the role of various members of a guidance and counseling system in supporting learners in addressing their future choices and social challenges  Demonstrate the skills of student advisement in making responsible social choices and decisions  Assist students in making informed choices to solve personal, educational and social problems they confront  Refer students to resources that can assist them in solving social and personal problems they encounter.

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Introduction to Guidance and Counseling 1.1 Define and differentiate Guidance and Counseling 1.2 Objectives of Guidance 1.3 Principles of Guidance Chapter 2: The Role of Guidance and Counseling Personnel 2.1 Teacher in Guidance and Counseling 2.2 Psychologist in Student services. 2.3 Career counselor. 2.4 Librarian in guidance and Counseling.

Chapter 3: Techniques of Guidance 3.1 How the teacher can assist the learner to make informed choices to Guide their future 3.2 Assisting the learner in personal and social development 3.3 Developing Guidance skills: questioning techniques, active listening Chapter 4: Basic skills of counseling 4.1 Identifying elementary social problems the classroom teacher can resolve 4.2Exercising basic counseling skills in a controlled situation 4.3 Evaluating basic counseling techniques among peers Chapter 5: Services of Guidance 5.1Oriention services 5.2 Testing Services 5.3 Educational and Occupational services 5.4 Counseling services 5.5 Placement services 5.6 Follow up services 5.7 Research & evaluation services Chapter 6: Evaluation of the guidance program 6.1 Types of evaluation in guidance and counseling 6.2 Program evaluation Chapter 7: Cumulative Record Card 7.1 Nature and purpose of the cumulative Record Card (CRC) 7.2 Advantages of the CRC 7.3 Design of CRC

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Wooster, A. D., & Carson, A. (1982).Improving reading and self-concept through communication and social skills training. British Journal of Guidance and Counselling, 10(1), 83-87. Zaffrann, R. T., &Colangelo, N. (1977).Counseling with gifted and talented students. Gifted Child Quarterly, 21(3), 305-321. Hughes, P. (1985). Guidance and counselling in schools. British Journal of Guidance and Counselling, 13(1), 11-21.

Roberts, A. R., & Roberts, B. S. (2005). Ending intimate abuse: Practical guidance and survival strategies. Oxford University Press, USA.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 4th Course Code: EDU-210 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Classroom Assessment Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Understand the concept and nature of assessment  Differentiate between standardized and classroom tests  Integrate objectives with learning assessment  \Develop and analyze test items of different levels  Interpret test scores and results of different assessment techniques COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Concept of Classroom Assessment 1.1 Distinction between assessment, evaluation and measurement. 1.2 Purpose of assessment. 1.3 Comparison between standardized and classroom assessment. 1.4 Individual and group assessment. Chapter 2: Achievement Tests 2.1 Definition and Characteristics. 2.2 Characteristics of a Good achievement test. 2.3 General guidelines for test construction (rules, table of specification etc). 2.4 Types of Test items. 2.4.1 Essay type test items. 2.4.2 Objective type test. Chapter 3: Test Construction 3.1 Defining the learning outcomes. 3.2 Preparation of a tests item/questions. 3.3 Assembly the tests

Chapter 4: Test Administration and Analysis 4.1 Administration/conducting the test. 4.2 Item analysis and Modification. Chapter 5: Interpreting Test Scores 5.1 Percentage. 5.2 Ordering and Ranking. 5.3 Frequency distribution. 5.4 Pictorial form (graph, polygon, histogram) Chapter 6: Grading and Reporting Results 6.1 Concept of Grading - need and importance 6.2 Types of Grading 6.3 Reporting results to different stakeholders

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Angelo, T.A. & Cross, P.K. (1993). Classroom Assessment Techniques (2nd ed.). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Ebel, Robert (2004). Essentials of Educational Measurement. India: Prentice hall. Freeman, Richard, (2004). Planning and Implementing Assessment. New York: Rout ledge Flamer. Kubiszyn, Tom, (2003). Educational testing and Measurement: Classroom Application and Practice. United States: John Wiley & sons, Inc. Kumari, Sarita (2005). Education Assessment, Evolution and Remedial. ISHA Books. Mehnaz Aziz, (2007) Assessing children’s Development through Observation, Children‟s Global net work Pakistan. Smith, D, (2005). Theory of Educational Measurement. New Delhi: Commonwealth. Smith, D. (2005). History of Measurement and Evaluation. New Delhi: Commonwealth. Smith, D., (2005). Methods of Educational Measurement, New Delhi: Commonwealth. Swain, Sanjaya, (2005). Educational Measurement, Statistics and Guidance. Kalyani Publications. Thomas A. and K. Patricia Cross, 1993, Classroom Assessment Techniques: A Handbook for College Teachers, Second Edition, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 4th Course Code: EDU-211 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Classroom Management Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Explain the meaning and concept of classroom management  Demonstrate the establishment of a constructive classroom learning environment  Apply various management techniques to assist learners to be responsible for their classroom behavior  Demonstrate classroom organization to increase student motivation  Analyze classroom situations to minimize behavioral problems  Organize learning within a classroom environment to maximize available resources and space according to a variety of ages and grade levels of learners and  Evaluate classroom organization in simulated and actual classroom situations.

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Introduction to Classroom Management 1.1 Elements of "classroom management" in the context of Elementary education. 1.2 Variety of roles of the teacher in managing the elementary classroom.

Chapter 2: Classroom organization to Encourage Learner Interest and Class Participation 2.1 The elements of classroom organization 2.2 Impact/outcomes of various kinds of classroom Organization on student behavior. 2.3 Classroom activity for managing learning.

2.4 Organizing and managing field trips and class visits.

Chapter 3: Design of the Effective Learning Classroom 3.1 Identifying resources for learning. 3.2 Using displays and visuals for enhancing the learning environment in the classroom. 3.3 Seating arrangements for learning experiences. 3.4 Physical facilities to enhance the learning environment. 3.5 Evaluating the effective learning classroom. 3.6 Managing the overcrowded classroom.

Chapter 4: Maintaining Classroom Records 4.1 Record-keeping systems their establishment and maintenance.

Chapter 5: Incentives and Rewards in the classroom environment 5.1 How to maximize student success and minimize behavioral Problems in the classroom 5.2 Incentive systems in the classroom setting

RECOMMENDED BOOKS http://712educators.about.com/od/discipline/tp/disciplinetips.htm Top Ten Tips for Classroom Discipline and Management http://www.adprima.com/managing.htm Effective Praise Guidelines

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 4th Course Code: EDU-212 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Supervised School Experience / Observations / Visits Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Provide understanding to the prospective teachers and opportunity in day to day affairs of teaching and learning process and overall school environment  Provide guidelines for the supervisors of prospective teachers in scheduling managing, recording and providing information on protocol and ethics for the purpose

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Briefing and Orientation about the School Visit 1.1 School Location 1.2 Components and principles of School organization 1.3 The purpose of activity. 1.4 Teaching strategies for Pakistani Schools 1.5 Co-curricular activities in School 1.6 Dress Code Chapter 2: Scheduling 2.1 Time Table 2.2 Curriculum design 2.3 Duration of each activity Chapter 3: The School Visit 3.1 Adab for Students 3.2 School society and relationship 3.3 School techniques for Students 3.4 Observation method 3.5 Problem Solving Chapter 4: Data Analysis and Reporting 4.1 Reporting and Marking. 4.2 Supervision, feedback and evaluation. 4.3 Value clarification and steps of analysis

RECOMMENDED WEBSITES http://www.ravolunteers.org/pdfs/SchoolObservationForm.pdf sunzi.lib.hku.hk/hkjo/view/10/1000159.pdf secc.rti.org/display.cfm?t=m&i=Chapter_53_3 www.meridianschool.edu/?page=observations

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 5th Course Code: Edu-301 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Curriculum Development Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Understand the concept of curriculum  Aware about the process of curriculum development in Pakistan  Examine the components of curriculum development  Differentiate between different types of curriculum  Write curriculum objectives in behavioral terms  State the critical issues, problems and trends in curriculum

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 Meaning and Scope of Curriculum. 1.2 Components of curriculum & their interrelationship. 1.3 Curriculum Models. 1.4 Culture and Curriculum. Chapter 2: Foundations of Curriculum 2.1 Philosophical 2.2 Sociological. 2.3 Psychological Chapter 3: Aims, Goals and Objectives 3.1 Definition and difference 3.2 Source. 3.3 Behavioral objectives. 3.4 Taxonomies of Educational objectives. Chapter 4: Selection and Organization of Curriculum 4.1 Principles and procedures of content selection. 4.2 Principles and procedures of content Sequencing. 4.3 Curriculum designs. 4.3.1 Subject Centered 4.3.2 Learner Centered 4.3.3 Problem Centered 4.4 Problems of curriculum Designing. 4.5 Curriculum content and the Teaching methods

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

Beane I.A, Toefer C.F & Alessi S.J (1986). Curriculum Planning & Development. Boston and Bacon. Farooq, R.A. (1993). Education system in Pakistan. Islamabad: Asia Society for the Promotion of Innovation and Reforms in Education. Kelley A.V (1999). The Curriculum: Theory and Practice. London. Paul Chapman. McNeil J. D (1990). Curriculum: A Comprehensive Introduction, (4th.ed) Los Angeles: Harper Collins Murray P. (1993). Curriculum Development & Design, (5th ed), Sharma R.C (2002). Modern Methods of Curriculum Organization. New Delhi:

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 5th Course Code: Edu-302 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: School Community and Teacher Objectives The students will be able to:  Discuss relation between school and community.  Know the process of linkage among the school community and teacher for effective education.  Identify the social factors affecting education and how it can support the development of education.  Know the role of teachers and school in socialization of student and development of society  Enable prospective teachers to contribute in community work, health promotion activities and endorsement of healthy environment.

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Society 1.1 Definition of Society 1.2 Structure & Function of society. 1.3 Status & role. 1.4 Individual & Society. 1.5 Social Interaction. Chapter 2: Society & Culture 2.1 Meaning of Culture 2.2 Characteristics of Culture. 2.3 Functions of culture in society. 2.4 Elements of Pakistani Culture. 2.5 Role of education in promoting culture. Chapter 3: School as a social Institution 3.1 The traditional School vs. Present School. 3.2 School as a center of community service. 3.3 Parent-teacher association. 3.4 Complementary nature of home & school. Chapter 4: Social Control 4.1 Meaning & definitions. 4.2 Agencies of Social control. 4.3 Social deviation & tolerance. 4.4 Role of school & teacher in developing social control.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Chaudhary, M. Iqbal, Sociology, Aziz Publishers, Lahore: Urdu Bazar. Hafeez Sabiha, Pakistani Society Volti, R. (2002) Society and technological change (6th ed.) Worth Publishers. Mehnaz Aziz, School and Family Partnership, (2007), Children’s Global Network, Pakistan. Sadker Marya Pollack and David Miller Sadker (2003). Teachers’ School and Society. (6th Ed) McGraw Hill Book Company New York USA. Tagga, Abdul Hamid, School, Maashra Owar Ustad. Sarwar, Ghulam Rana, School, Maadrsha owar Ustad. Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 5th Course Code: Edu-303 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Content Course-V Child Development-I Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Describe the theoretical basis of child development and their application to educational setting  Explain basic concepts in child growth and development  Differentiate between various aspects of child development  Demonstrate an understanding of individual differences of students and children with special needs  Practice appropriate teaching methods for students

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Introduction to Child Development

1.1 Overview of child development 1.2 Meaning and Nature of development. 1.3 Growth and development. 1.4 Inception of Educational provision for Young Children.

Chapter 2: Stages of Development & their Characteristics 2.1 Factors affecting child development 2.2 Diversity and the cognitive, physical, social/emotional development of children at each stage 2.2.1 Parental development through birth and newborn 2.2.2 Infant and toddler 2.2.3 Preschoolers. 2.2.4 Early Primary. 2.2.5 Middle Childhood. 2.2.6 Adolescence.

Chapter 3: Individual Differences 3.1 Physical difference. 3.1.1 Six Differences. 3.1.2 Age Differences. 3.2 Socio economic differences. 3.3 Intellectual and academic differences.

Chapter 4: Child Discipline and Guidance 4.1 Merits and demerits of punishment 4.2 Guidance techniques, classroom management. 4.3 Planning the environment. 4.4 Partnership with families and communities

Chapter 5: Child Development: Teacher`s Profession 5.1 Ethics and advocacy in early care and education. 5.2 Confidentiality. 5.3 Developmentally appropriate practices (DAP) 5.4 Communication skills with children and adults 5.5 Issues of play and environment in early childhood settings. 5.6 Role of teacher in child development.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Arif, H. A. (2003). “Child Development and Learning”. Lahore: Majeed Book Depot. Berk, L. E. (2006). “Child Development”. (7th Edition). Pearson Prentice Hall: Pearson Education, Inc. Cook, J., & Cook. (2010). “The World of Children” 2nd edition. Boston, M A. Parson Education Inc. Meggitt, C. (2006). “Child Development An illustrated Guide” (2nd edition). New York: The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Merman, A& Bronson, P. (2009). “Nature Shock: New thinking about children”. New York: Hachette Book Group. Santrock, J.W. (2001) “Educational Psychology”. Boston: McGraw Hill. Santrock, J.W. (2003). “Child Development”, New York: McGraw Hill. Vander Zanden, J. W. (1997) “Child Development”. (6th Edition). New York: The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 5th Course Code: Edu-304 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Content Course-V Educational Psychology-II Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Describe in detail the multidisciplinary nature of educational psychology  Familiarize students with basic theories derived from various discipline which are related to education  Develop critical thinking about and appreciation of education psychology as multidisciplinary subject  Familiarize with the concept of test development

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Educational Psychology and Teaching

1.1 What is Educational Psychology? 1.2 Scope and Contribution of Educational Psychology 1.3 Aims and Objectives Of Educational Psychology

Chapter 2: The Pre- School Period 2.1 Principles of Human development 2.2 Infancy and Early childhood: 2.2.1 Physical Development 2.2.2 Mental Development 2.2.3 Emotional Development 2.2.4 Social Development Chapter 3: Later Childhood 3.1 Physical development 3.2 Mental development 3.3 Emotional development 3.4 Social development

Chapter 4: Adolescence

4.1 Physical development 4.2 Mental development 4.3 Emotional development 4.4 Social development 4.5 A period of Storm and Stress 4.6 Generation Gap Chapter 5: Personality 5.1 Definition of Personality and Character 5.2 Type Theories 5.3 Trait Thrones 5.4 Factors Influencing Personality Development 5.5 Obstacles to Personality Improvement 5.6 Personality Assessment

Chapter 6: Intellectual Ability

6.1 Definitions of Intelligence 6.2 Theories of Intelligence 6.3 Types of Intelligence 6.4 Intelligence Quotient 6.5 Distribution of Intelligence 6.6 Measuring of Intelligence Chapter 7: Motivation 7.1 Definitions 7.2 Instinct Theory 7.3 Psychoanalytical Theory 7.4 Need Theories 7.5 Kinds of motivation 7.6 Techniques of motivation

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 5th Course Code: Edu-305 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Pedagogy-I Research Orientation in Education Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Discuss the meaning, nature & scope of research in education  Situate themselves as researching professionals  Conduct research in different educational settings  Write research report and present it effectively

COURSE OUTLINE Chapter 1: Research Perspectives 1.1 Concept, Definition and Characteristics of Research. 1.2 Science, Research and Scientific Method. 1.3 Nature of Society Inquiry. 1.4 Ethics in Educational Research. Chapter 2: Research Problem and Hypothesis 2.1 Sources of Research Problems. 2.2 Criteria for Selection of Research Problems 2.3 Hypothesis and Research 2.4 Types of Hypothesis Chapter 3: Process of Research 3.1 Meaning and Place Sampling in Research. 3.2 Characteristics of good Sample. 3.3 Types of Sampling (Probability and Non-Probability). 3.4 Developing the Research Proposal. 3.5 Evaluation of Research Proposal. 3.6 Developing Appropriate Research Design, (Description of some Key Designs). Chapter 4: Methods of Research 4.1 Historical Research Methods 4.2 Action Research. 4.3 Cases-Study Method 4.4 Survey Research. 4.5 Experimental Research. 4.6 Computer in Research

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Best & James (2003) Research in Education Crtswell, J. W (2009. Research Design”, London: Sage Publications. Fraenkel, J. & Norman, E. (2005) How to Design and Evaluation Research (8th edition) L.R. Gay. (2001) Educational Research.

Department of Education B.S 4 Years Program Semester: 5th Course Code: Edu-306 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Pedagogy-II Philosophical Perspectives of Education Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Understand the meaning of the term Philosophy  Understand the subdivision of philosophy; how they are defined and how do they reflect their own beliefs and their teaching about truth and values  Understand the leading philosophies and theories of education

COURSE OUTLINE Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 Concept of Education. 1.2 Concept of Philosophy. 1.3 Relationship of Education and Philosophy Chapter 2: Educational Philosophy 2.1 Prennialism 2.2 Essentialism 2.3 Reconstructionism 2.4 Existentialism. Chapter 3: Education in Islamic Perspective 3.1 Islamic Philosophy (Epistemology, Ontology and Axiology) 3.2 Moral values and Education 3.3 Sources of Knowledge 3.4 Aims and Objectives of Education

Chapter 4: Philosophers and Education 4.1 Imam Ghazali. 4.2 Ibn-e-Khaldoon. 4.3 Allama Iqbal. 4.4 Rousseau. 4.5 John Dewey. 4.6 Robert Hutchins.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Kim, Hesook, and Ingrid Kollak. Nursing theories: Conceptual and philosophical foundations. Springer Publishing Company, 2006. Michael Dummett. (1981). Frege: Philosophy of language. Harvard University Press. Benton, T. (2014). Philosophical Foundations of the Three Sociologies (RLE Social Theory).Routledge. Warren, C. E., Allen, M., &Haefner, J. W. (1979).Conceptual frameworks and the philosophical foundations of general living systems theory. Systems Research and Behavioral Science, 24(5), 296-310.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 6th Course Code: EDU-307 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Research Methods in Education Objectives The students will be able to:  Discuss the meaning, nature & scope of research in education  Situate themselves as researching professionals  Conduct research in different educational settings  Write research report and present it effectively

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: The Nature of Educational Research 1.1 Definitions of Educational Research 1.2 Scope and Importance 1.3 Scientific Method 1.4 Research problem and Topic 1.5 Characteristics of research problem Chapter 2: The Researching Professional 2.1 Qualities of a Researcher 2.2 Teacher as a researcher 2.3 Research Ethics Chapter 3: Types of Educational Research 3.1 Descriptive Research 3.2 Experimental Research 3.3 Historical Research 3.4 Action Research Chapter 4: Techniques of Reviewing Literature 4.1 Primary Sources 4.2 Secondary Sources Chapter 5: Methodology 5.1 Population 5.2 Sampling 5.3 Instrument 5.4 Data collection procedure Chapter 6: Data Analysis 6.1 Descriptive 6.2 Inferential Chapter 7: Report Writing 7.1 .Writing formats & Presentation 7.2 Referencing RECOMMENDED BOOKS: Best & James (2003) Research in Education Crtswell, J. W (2009. Research Design”, London: Sage Publications. Fraenkel, J. & Norman, E. (2005) How to Design and Evaluation Research (8th edition) L.R. Gay. (2001) Educational Research.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 6th Course Code: EDU-317 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Teaching of Islamic Studies Objectives The students will be able to:  To provide Basic information about Islamic Studies  To enhance understanding of the students regarding Islamic Civilization  To improve Students skill to perform prayers and other worships  To enhance the skill of the students for understanding of issues related to faith and religious life

COURSE OUTLINE:

THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN Department of Education B.S 4 Years Program Semester: 6th Course Code: EDU-316 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Teaching of Pakistan Studies Objectives The students will be able to:  Develop vision of historical perspective, government, politics, contemporary Pakistan, ideological background of Pakistan.  Study the process of governance, national development, issues arising in the modern age and posing challenges to Pakistan.

COURSE OUTLINE

THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 6th Course Code: EDU-316 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Test Development and Evaluation Objectives The students will be able to:  Understand the concept of evaluation and testing  Determine the qualities of a good test.  Plan and construct appropriate classroom test to evaluate students’ performance

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Evaluation 1.1 Concept 1.2 Educational Evaluation 1.3 Goals 1.4 Level of Evaluation 1.5 Types of Evaluation 1.6 Procedures of Evaluation 1.6.1 Measurement 1.6.2 Assessment Chapter 2: Standardized Achievement Tests 2.1 Definition of Standardized Tests 2.2 Difference between standardized and teacher made achievement tests 2.3 Classification of standardized Achievement Tests 2.4 Examples of standardized Achievement Tests 2.5 Using Achievement Tests Results

Chapter 3: Standardized Evaluation Procedures 3.1 Classification of Standardized Tests 3.2 Functions of Standardized Tests 3.3 Selecting Standardized Tests 3.4 Reviewing and Criticizing Standardized Tests Chapter 4: Interest, Aptitude and Attitude Inventories 4.1 Measurement of Interest 4.2 Measurement Aptitude 4.3 Measurement of Attitude Chapter 5: Quality Assurance in Higher Education 5.1 Concept 5.2 Objectives 5.3 Problems of Quality Assurance in Pakistan 5.4 Strategies for Improvement of Quality in Education

RECOMMENDED BOOKS: Ebel, Robert (2004). Essentials of Educational Measurement. India: Prentice hall. Freeman, Richard, (2004). Planning and Implementing Assessment. New York: Rout ledge Flamer. Georg, David (2003). Trends in Measurement and Evaluation Techniques. New Delhi: Commonwealth. James William (2005). Evaluation and Development of School Educations. New Delhi: Anmol Publications. Kubiszyn, Tom, (2003). Educational testing and Measurement: Classroom Application and Practice. United States: John Wiley & sons, Inc. Smith, D, (2005). Theory of Educational Measurement. New Delhi: Commonwealth. Smith, D. (2005). History of Measurement and Evaluation. New Delhi: Commonwealth. Smith, D., (2005). Methods of Educational Measurement, New Delhi: Commonwealth. Swain, Sanjaya, (2005). Educational Measurement, Statistics and Guidance. Kalyani Publications THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 6th Course Code: EDU-311 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Teaching Practice (Theory) Objectives The students will be able to:  To provide maximum learning experiences and teaching skills based on psychological principals, to equip the students with modern pedagogical techniques to cope with emerging challenges in field of education.  To understand the key areas of lesson plan and its significance in teaching.  To apply teaching tactics in more comprehensive way for achieving the teaching goals.  To bring desired changes in students’ behavior through various instructional methods.

Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 The Concept of Teaching Practice 1.2 Objectives of Teaching Practice 1.3 Approaches to Teaching Practice 1.3.1 The Master Teacher Approach 1.3.2 The Teaching Model Approach 1.3.3 Teaching Practice in Real Classroom Situation 1.3.4 Micro-Teaching

Chapter 2: Teaching at Secondary School Level 2.1 Principles of Good Teaching 2.2 Teacher`s Role in Classroom Situation 2.3 Effective and Ineffective 2.4 Some Prerequisites of Secondary School Student Teacher 2.5 Lesson Presentation Skill for Student-Teachers Chapter 3: Objectives of Teaching 3.1 Kinds of Objectives 3.2 Significance of Teaching Objectives 3.3 Characteristics of Behavioral Objectives 3.4 The Student – Teacher and Behavioral Objectives Chapter 4: Lesson Planning 4.1 Purpose of Lesson Planning 4.2 Planning a Scheme of work in different Area Subjects (Languages, Social Studies, Math, Science) Chapter 5: The Classroom Environment 5.1 The Physical environment 5.2 The Emotional environment 5.3 Teacher – Student Relationship 5.4 Student Teacher`s Attitude and Expectations Chapter 6: Use of Teaching Aids 6.1 Basic Resources (Writing Board, Models, Pictures etc) 6.2 Educational Technology (Radio, Tv, Tape-Recorder, Over Head Projector Slides and Filmstrips etc) 6.3 Significance of using Teaching Aids Chapter 7: Assessing Students Achievement 7.1 The Purpose of Assessment 7.2 Types of Assessment 7.3 Methods of Gathering Assessment Data (Tests, Assessment, Records, Observation, Questions, Presentations, Interview and conferencing) 7.4 Designing an Assessment Task Chapter 8: Observation-Sheet for Student – Teachers 8.1 Walklin Model Sheet 8.2 Nedland Model Sheet 8.3 W.A.C.A.E Model Sheet 8.4 Development of an observation sheet for Bahauddin Zakariya University Pupil – Teachers

RECOMMENDED BOOKS: Sweet, A. P., Guthrie, J. T., & Ng, M. M. (1998).Teacher perceptions and student reading motivation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 90(2), 210. Gay, G. (2010). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice. Teachers College Press. Blair, T. R., Rupley, W. H., & Nichols, W. D. (2007). The effective teacher of reading: Considering the “what” and “how” of instruction. The Reading Teacher, 60(5), 432-438. Goldberg, G. L., & Roswell, B. S. (2000). From perception to practice: The impact of teachers’ scoring experience on performance-based instruction and classroom assessment. Educational Assessment, 6(4), 257-290. Howes, C., & Smith, E. W. (1995). Relations among child care quality, teacher behavior, children’s play activities, emotional security, and cognitive activity in child care. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 10(4), 381-404.

THE WOMEN UNIVERSITY MULTAN Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 6th Course Code: STAT-101 Cr.Hours: 03 Marks: 100 Course Title: Introduction to Statistics Objectives The students will be able to;  Organize data for appropriate statistical analysis  Understudying of basic concepts of statistics embodied in their courses  Distinguish between different types of data  Develop Proficiency in basic statistical skills

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Introduction to Statistics Descriptive and Inferential statistics; population and sample, parameter and statistics; the four basic activities in statistics: Designing a plan for data collection, Exploring the data, Estimating an unknown quantity, Hypothesis testing; Type of measurement scales; Nominal, Ordinal, Interval and ratio. Types of Data: Univariate, Bivariate, Multivariate data, Primary and Secondary data, Quantitative data and qualitative data, Time series, Cross-Sectional and pooled data; Significant digits and rounding off numbers. Numerical examples and questions relating to all contents given in topic Chapter 2: Presentation of Data and Measures of Central Tendency Introduction; Classification; Tabulating numerical data: The frequency distribution, the cumulative frequency distribution, the relative frequency distribution, the percentage frequency distribution: Graphics and Diagrammatic representations: Bar chart, Pi Chart ,Histograms, Frequency curves and Histograms: Histograms by Hand Stem-and-Leaf, Measure of central tendency; Introduction; Types of Averages : Mean; Arithmetic mean, Geometric Mean. Harmonic Mean, Trimmed and Winsor zed Means; Quintiles: Median, Quartiles, Deciles, Percentiles, The mode; Box plot and detailed box plot; Empirical relation between Mean, Median and Mode; The cumulative distribution function. Chapter 3: Measure of Dispersion, Skewness and Kurtosis Absolute and Relative measures of dispersion; Different measures of dispersion: The Range, Quartile deviation, Mean deviation, Variance and standard deviation, Definition and interpretation of variance and standard deviation, Computation of Variance and Standard deviation, step deviation method or coding method, Coefficient of variation, Standardized variable, Properties of standard deviation and variance, Skewness: Karl Pearson`s coefficient of Skewness, Bowley`s coefficient of Skewness; Kurtosis. Chapter 4: Simple Linear Regression and Correlation Analysis Scatter diagram; Standard methods for obtaining regression line: 1) Inspection, 2) Semi average, 3) Least squares principle; Assumptions underlying linear regression and its properties; Measures of variations: Standard error of the estimate, Coefficient of determination; Prediction in Regression Analysis; Interpolation verses extrapolation; Correlation analysis; Scatter diagram; The coefficient of correlation: Properties characteristics of coefficient of correlation, correlation and causation: The relationship among the correlation coefficient, the coefficient of determination and the standard error of estimate; Inference about the correlation coefficient; t-test for correlation coefficient; Rank correlation coefficient; Some Economic Application. Chapter 5: Index Numbers Index Numbers, Un-weighted index numbers; Simple aggregative index; Weighted indexes; Laspeyre`s price index, Paascche`s price index; MarshalEdgeWorth price index; Fishers ideal index; Consumer Price Index (CPI), Producer Price Index (PPI), CPI vs. GDP Deflator.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS Prem S. Manm, 2010. Introduction to Statistics C. Sher Muhammad & Kamal.S (1999), Introduction to Statistical Theory 7th Ed. Beg. Afal & D. Miraj. (2011) Introduction to Statistics. H. Dennis, C. Duncan, Q.Faziza. (2012) Introduction to Statistics with SPSS FOR social Science

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 7th Course Code: Edu-401 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Inclusive Education Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Explain the definition of inclusive education.  Recognize the nature of inclusion in education.  Understand the difference between inclusive and special education.  Develop individualized lessons along with learning aids to address special needs of children Projects Examine the different models of inclusion used for enhancement of learning  Apply variety of adaptations of curriculum teaching strategies in coping with learning disabilities  Find out the role of community in establishing effective

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 The concept of Inclusion 1.2 Diversity among children 1.3 Inclusive Education in the Schools 1.4 Benefits of Inclusion Chapter 2: The Disability Dimension 2.1 The Disabled Children and the Concept of Disability 2.2 Major Disabilities 2.2.1 MR and Physical 2.2.2 Hearing and Visual Chapter 3: Variety of Inclusion 3.1 Learning Disabled 3.2 Gifted Children 3.3 Socially deprived 3.4 Gender deprivation Chapter 4: Inclusion: Learning needs 4.1 Teaching Methodology 4.2 Assessment Techniques 4.3 Attitudes and Inclusion Chapter 5: Inclusion and the Community 5.1 Collaborative working 5.2 Communication 5.3 Collaborative Work with other Professionals 5.4 Collaboration with Parents

RECOMMENDED BOOKS: Allen, K E and Schwartz, I S (1996). The Exception Child: Inclusion in Early Childhood Education. Albany, New York: Delmar Pub. Co. Friend, M and Bursuck, W (1996). Including Students with Special Needs: A Practical Guide for Classroom Teachers. Boston: Allyn and Bacon. Mehnaz Aziz (2002), Creating Inclusive Classrooms, Islamabad: Children‟s Global Network Pakistan. Mehnaz Aziz (2007), School and Family Partnership, Islamabad: Children‟s Global Network Pakistan. Smith, T.E.C. et al. (1995). Teaching Students with Special Needs in Inclusive Settings. Boston: Allyn and Bacon. UNESCO (1993), Help in Classroom, Special Needs in the Classroom. Teachers Education Resource Pack, Paris, UNESCO

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 7th Course Code: Edu-402 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Contemporary Issues and Trends in Education Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Argue on the positive and negative impact of the information explosion.  Explore the gap between madrassah and mainstream education and identify appropriate government responses.  Identify barriers to the achievement of universal literacy and how these may be removed at the local level.  Discuss gradually reducing gender disparity in education in Pakistan and its likely consequences.  Analyze the relationship between national curriculum structure and career opportunities  Consider how best environmental awareness can be enhanced through schools  Consider the consequences of the growing privatization od education

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Education as a Complex Enterprise 1.1 Diversity of aims and approaches in education 1.2 Variety of Philosophical approaches to education 1.3 Education different periods and societies Chapter 2: Madrassah Education 2.1 Madrassah: origin, aims and objectives 2.2 Role of Madrassah in 21st Century 2.3 System of education in Madrassah 2.4 Madrassah reforms in Pakistan Chapter 3: Universal Literacy 3.1 Literacy and individual rights 3.2 Factors affecting program for universal literacy: medium of instruction. 3.3 Formal and non-formal education: Advantages and disadvantages. Chapter 4: Gender Disparity 4.1 Concept of gender equality 4.2 Factors affecting the status and role of women 4.3 Steps towards reducing gender disparity Chapter 5: Population Education 5.1 Concept of Population Education 5.2 Factors affecting Population Education 5.3 Impact of Population Growth on National Development 5.4 Roles and responsibilities of family, school, mosque and community in population education 5.5 Steps towards Population planning and welfare Chapter 6: Environmental Awareness 6.1 Types of pollution 6.2 Causes of pollution 6.3 Environmental education Chapter 7: Privatization of Education 7.1 Government resources and multiple demands 7.2 Need for private sector education 7.3 Challenges of quality education Chapter 8: Information in Education 8.1 New concept of information explosion. 8.2 Expanding learning resources. 8.3 Information and communication technology (ICT). 8.4 Technology in education.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

AIOU (2006) Population Education Course MA EPM 584, Islamabad: AIOU. Badran, M. (2005). The Gender of Islam, Al-Ahram: Cairo. Haltak, J. (1990). Investing in the Future, Setting Educational Priorities in the Developing World, Paris, UNESCO. McGraw-Hill Kogakusha. Ministry of Education, Curriculum Wing (2010), 13 Modules on Various Core Themes of Population Education, Islamabad. Modhukar Indira (2003). Changing Demands of Technical and Vocational Education, Annual Publication New Delhi. Mohantry, Jagannath. Primary and Elementary Education, Deep & Deep Publication Private Ltd. Pakistan, Govt: (2003). Education for All, Ministry of Education Curriculum Wing Islamabad. Rao, V. K. (2004). Population Education efficient Printer, New Delhi. Sylvester, C. (1994). Feminist Theory and International Relation, in Post Modern Era, Cambridge University Press. UNESCO, Pakistan (2004). Quality of education in Pakistan, UNESCO Office, Islamabad.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 7th Course Code: Edu-403 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Research Project Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to  Enhance language skills and develop critical thinking  Discuss the meaning, nature & scope of research in education  Situate them as researching professionals  Conduct research in different educational settings  Write research report and present it effectively

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 Research and Educational Research 1.2 Importance of educational Research 1.3 Scientific Method Chapter 2: Review of Basic Research Methods 2.1 Qualitative Research Method. 2.2 Quantitative Research Method. Chapter 3: Preparation and Presentation of Proposal 3.1 Title Page 3.2 Defining the Problem 3.3 Research Objectives 3.4 Sampling 3.5 Data Collection 3.6 Data Analysis 3.7 Ethics of Educational Research Chapter 4: Tools of Research 4.1 Questionnaire 4.2 Tests 4.3 Interview 4.4 Rating Scale 4.5 Socio-metric Techniques Chapter 5: Report Writing 5.1 Preliminary Pages 5.2 Main Body of Report 5.3 Citation and References 5.4 Bibliography and its styles

RECOMMENDED BOOKS: Best & James (2003) Research in Education Crtswell, J. W (2009. Research Design”, London: Sage Publications. Fraenkel, J. & Norman, E. (2005) How to Design and Evaluation Research (8th edition) L.R. Gay. (2001) Educational Research. Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 7th Course Code: Edu-404 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Comparative Education Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Describe the meaning and significance of comparative education  Compare the education systems of selected developed countries  Compare the education systems of selected developing countries  Analyze critically the education system of Pakistan  After studying this course, the students will be able to:

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Introduction to Comparative Education 1.1 Concept of comparative education - meaning, need and scope 1.2 Purpose of Comparative Education Chapter 2: Elements of Comparative Education (Both Qualitative and Quantitative dimensions) 2.1 Objectives 2.2 Curricula 2.3 Teaching methodology 2.4 Assessment and evaluation (student achievement, Examination system). 2.5 Facilities 2.6 Educational structure 2.7 Administrative and financial set up 2.8 Teacher education Chapter 3: Comparative view of system of Education in Pakistan 3.1 Private and public 3.2 Madrassah and formal education 3.3 Formal vs. Distance and non-formal education Chapter 4: Comparative Education in Developed Countries 4.1 USA 4.2 UK 4.3 Japan 4.4 Singapore Chapter 5: Comparative Education in Developed Countries 5.1 India 5.2 China 5.3 Malaysia 5.4 Pakistan Chapter 6: Global Issues in Comparative Perspectives (focusing developing countries) 6.1 Quality education 6.2 Education for All 6.3 Recruitment of teachers at elementary and secondary levels 6.4 Admission procedure at higher education level

RECOMMENDED BOOKS:

Isani, and Virk, M.L. (2006) Higher Education in Pakistan. Islamabad: National Book Foundation.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 7th Course Code: COMP-101 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Information Communication Technology (ICT) Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Define computer terminology  Identify the basic components of a computer and describe the function of each.  Use the keyboard to interact with the computer  Describe different applications of computers in education.  Develop skills to use computer in educational settings.  Communicate through computer with friends, and teachers in and outside the country.  Use computer for research, data analysis and presentations

COURSE OUTLINE: Chapter 1: Introduction 1.1 Concepts of Educational Technology 1.2 Definitions of Educational Technology 1.3 System Approach 1.4 The Technology and its Components: Microelectronics, Computer 1.5 Telecommunication Chapter 2: Aural Aids/Audio Media 2.1 The Hearing/Listening Process 2.2 Characteristics of Aural Aids/Audio Media 2.3 Audio-formats and Their Applications 2.4 Function and Uses of Radio, Tape-Recorder

Chapter 3: Non-Projected Aids 3.1 Board and Display formats 3.2 Models: Preparation and purposes of Models in Instructions 3.3 Still pictures and Realia Chapter 4: Projected Aids 4.1 Projected Material and Projections (Epidiascope, Slide-Projectors, Filmstrip, Overhead and Micro-Projectors) 4.2 Role of Television and VCR in Instruction Chapter 5: Instructional Technology 5.1 Programmed Tutoring 5.2 Programmed Instruction 5.3 Audio-Tutorial System Chapter 6: Games and Instructions 6.1 Basic Concepts of Instructional Games 6.2 Instructional Simulations 6.3 Instructional Simulations Games Chapter 7: New Trends in Educational Technology 7.1 The Role of Computer in Educational and Training 7.2 Computer Assisted Instruction and CAL 7.3 Computer, Internet, Satellite System, Teleconference, etc. RECOMMENDED BOOKS Ely, D. (1999). Toward a philosophy of instructional technology: thirty years on. British Journal of Educational Technology v30 no4 (pp.305- 10). Rowland, G.(1993). "Designing and Instructional Design".Educational technology research and development (1042-1629), 41 (1), p. 79.Seels, B. B. & Richey, R. C. (1994). Instructional technology: The definition and domains of the field. Bloomington, IN: Association for Educational Communications and Technology. Smith, P. L. & Ragan, T. J. (2005).Instructional Design.Third edition. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, Inc. Solomon, D. L. (2000). Philosophical inquiry in instructional technology: the forgotten pathway to learning. Paper presented at the Association for Educational Communications and Technology (AECT) 2000 International Convention (22nd, Long Beach, CA, February 16- 20, 2

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 8th Course Code: EDU-405 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Educational Management and Leadership Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Explain the concept of school organization, management and discipline and factors affecting school discipline  Different sheet between the concept of leadership and management utilizing the major indicator of effective leadership management.  Maintain school record and activities according to the school mandate.  Explain the functions of basic rules of  Organized school activities (curricular and co-curricular) affectively and manage available resources (material, human and time) efficiently leave pay and allowances E & D, codes of ethics

COURSE OUTLINE:

Chapter 1: Educational Management & Administration 1.1 Concept and basic component of management 1.2 Characteristics and levels of Management 1.4 Need and Importance of Management in Modern Age 1.4 Modern techniques of managements 1.4.1 Program evaluation and review technique (P.F.R.T) 1.4.2 Critical part method (C.P.M) 1.4.3 Planning, Programming Budgeting System (P.P.B.S) 1.4.4 Concept of Educational Administration 1.5 Difference between Administration and Management

Chapter 2: Educational Planning 2.1 Concept and Importance of Educational Planning 2.2 Characteristics of Educational Planning 2.3 Types and phases of Educational Planning 2.4 Role of Educational Manager in Educational Planning 2.5 Basic Elements of Management in Educational Planning 2.6 Educational Process Planning in Pakistan 2.7 Factors affecting the Planning 2.8 Majors principles and guidelines for Planning Chapter 3: Communication 3.1 Concept and Objectives of Communication in Educational Administration 3.2 Elements and Process of Communication 3.3 Methods of Communication 3.4 Barriers of Communication in Educational Administration Chapter 4: Leadership and Management 4.1 Concept of Leadership 4.2 Characteristics and Styles of Leadership 4.3 Role of Leadership in Management and Planning

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

Afridi, A. (1998). School organization: Ijaz Publishers. Bovee, C.L. et al. (1995). Management. International Edition. New York: McGraw Hill, Inc. Burden, R.P. (1995). Classroom management and discipline: Methods to facilitate cooperation instruction. New York: Longman. Bush, T.B. et al. (1999). Educational management: Re-defining theory, policy and practice. London: Longman. Farooq, R.A. (1994). Education system in Pakistan. Islamabad: Asia Society for the Promotion of Innovation and Reforms in Education. Lumicbry, R.P. (1995). Classroom demonstration, administration, concepts and practice. Third Edition. London: Wadsworth. (2004). School and Family Partnership. Islamabad: Children‟s Resources International.

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 8th Course Code: EDU-406 Cr.Hour: 03 Marks: 200 Course Title: Teaching Practice

(Long Term Internship)

Department of Education BS 4 Years Program Semester: 8th Course Code: EDU-407 Cr.Hour: 03 Course Title: Environmental Education Marks: 100 Objectives The students will be able to:  Provide orientation on the evolution and scope of this emerging discipline  Learn the importance of environmental science in human life and its relationship with various segments of society

COURSE OUTLINE: 1.1 Environment and environmental education 1.2 Definition, Scope, Need, Component 1.3 Factors affecting environment natural and manmade factor Ecosystem 2.1 Introduction & Concept of Eco System 2.2 Ecology Function & Structure of Ecosystem 2.3 Procedure, Consumer & Decomposers of ecosystem Energy Flow in ecosystem, Food chain Food web and ecology pyramid Environmental Pollution 3.1 Concept of pollution and environmental pollution 3.2 Types of pollution

Human Ecology & Population 4.1 Concept of pollution & Education, Impact of pollution growth on Environment 4.2 Issues of pollution growth & environment 4.3 Fast Growth Literacy Financial Limitation & Health Natural Resources & their Preservation 5.1 The concept of Natural Resource 5.2 Kinds of Natural Recourse 5.3 Approaches to the preservation of natural Resources 5.4 Environmental Protection, Efforts national & international level Trend and Issue in environmental Education 6.1 Issue in environment 6.2 Access of Carbon dioxide, Green House Effect

6.3 Global Warning Theory, Ozone Layer, Migration, Od Species

RECOMMENDED BOOKS Hungerford, H. R., & Volk, T. L. (1990).Changing learner behavior through environmental education. The journal of environmental education, 21(3), 8-21. Palmer, J. (2002). Environmental education in the 21st century: Theory, practice, progress and promise. Routledge. Jensen, B. B., &Schnack, K. (1997).The action competence approach in environmental education. Environmental education research, 3(2), 163-178. Stevenson, R. B. (2007). Schooling and environmental education: Contradictions in purpose and practice. Environmental Education Research, 13(2), 139-153. Tanner, T. (1980). Significant life experiences: A new research area in environmental education. The Journal of Environmental Education, 11(4), 20-24. Iozzi, L. A. (1989). What research says to the educator: part two: environmental education and the affective domain. The Journal of Environmental Education, 20(4), 6-13.